BOOKS 

-  B  Y  : 


PROFESSOR  ROBERTSON 

CRITICAL  NOTES  TO  BROADUS'  HARMONY  OF  THE  COS- 
PELS.  Tenth  Revised  Edition.  Price  of  the  Harmony, 
$1.25  net.     (Doran.) 

A  SHORT  GRAMMAR  OF  THE  GREEK  NEW  TESTAMENT. 
Third  Revised  Edition.     Price,  $1.50  net.     (Doran.) 

A  GRAMMAR  OF  THE  GREEK  NEW  TESTAMMENT  IN  THE 
LIGHT  OF  HISTORICAL  RESEARCH.  Second  Revised 
Edition.    Price,  $5.00  net.     (Doran.) 

PRACTICAL  AND  SOCIAL  ASPECTS  OF  CHRISTIANITY. 
The  Wisdom  of  James,     Price,  $1.25  net.     (Doran.) 

LIFE  AND  LETTERS  OF  JOHN  A.  BROADUS.  Popular  Edi- 
tion.    Price,  50c  net.     (Griffith  and  Rowland.) 

KEYWORDS  TO  THE  TEACHING  OF  JESUS.  Price,  50c  net. 
(Griffith  and  Rowland.) 

THE  TEACHING  OF  JESUS  CONCERNING  GOD  THE 
FATHER.    Price,  50c  net.     (American  Tract  Society.) 

THE  STUDENT'S  CHRONOLOGICAL  NEW  TESTAMENT. 
Price,  $1.00  net.     (Revell.) 

THE  GLORY  OF  THE  MINISTRY.  Third  Edition.  Price, 
$1.25  net.     (Revell.) 

JOHN  THE  LOYAL.  Studies  in  the  Ministry  of  John  the 
Baptist.    Popular  Edition.    Price,  50c  net.     (Scribner.) 

EPOCHS  IN  THE  LIFE  OF  JESUS.  Popular  Edition.  Price, 
50c  net.     (Scribner.) 

EPOCHS  IN  THE  LIFE  OF  PAUL.  Popular  Edition.  Price. 
50c  net.     (Scribner.) 

COMMENTARY  ON  MATTHEW  (Bible  for  Home  and  School). 
Price,  60c  net.     (Macmillan.) 

STUDIES  IN  THE  NEW  TESTAMENT.  Price,  50c  net.  (Bap- 
tist Sunday  School  Board.) 

SYLLABUS  FOR  NEW  TESTAMENT  STUDY.  Fourth  Re- 
vised Edition.    Price,  $1.35  net.     (World  Press.) 


SYLLABUS 

FOR 
NEW  TESTAMENT  STUDY 


A  GUIDE  FOR 
LESSONS  IN  THE  CLASS-ROOM 


By 
A.  T.  ROBERTSON,  D.D.,  LL.D.. 

Professor  of  Interpretation  of  the  New  Testament 

in  the 

Southern  Baptist  Theological  Seminary, 

Louisville,  Ky. 


Fourth  Revised  and  Enlarged  Edition. 


1915 

BAPTIST  WORLD  PUBLISHING  CO., 

Louisoitle,   Ky. 


Copyright  1915 
By  A.  T.  Robertson 


PREFACE. 


The  immediate  purpose  of  tMs  Syllabus  is  to  facilitate  the 
work  in  the  class  in  New  Testament  English  in  the  Southern 
Baptist  Theological  Seminary.  It  is  not  designed  for  general 
use,  though  other  institutions  have  adopted  it.  The  book, 
revised  throughout,  serves  the  function  of  a  broad  outline  of 
the  New  Testament  history  with  precise  references  to  the 
text-books  used  for  the  daily  lessons.  The  method  pursued  is 
the  study  of  the  sources  of  our  knowledge  as  far  as  practicable 
with  the  aid  of  useful  helps.  The  course  follows  the  historical 
development  of  the  events  of  the  period  and  the  interpretation 
of  the  New  Testament  books  is  based  on  historical  exegesis. 
The  whole  of  the  New  Testament  era  is  covered  in  one  ses- 
sion of  eight  months  and  the  work  is  of  necessity  rapid,  while 
comprehensive.  This  grasp  of  the  whole  period  is  essential 
for  proper  interpretation  of  any  single  position.  The  more 
important  books,  with  various  critical  standpoints,  are  men- 
tioned from  time  to  time.  The  plan  and  spirit  of  the  course 
are  due  to  John  A.  Broadus,  who  established  it  in  1859,  the 
first  course  in  the  English  New  Testament  in  any  theological 
seminary  so  far  as  I  know.  All  ministers  need  a  thorough  grip 
upon  the  English  New  Testament  whether  they  do  or  do  not 
know  the  Greek.  The  knowledge  of  each  reacts  favorably 
upon  the  other.  Neither  takes  the  place  of  the  other.  Both 
are  necessary  to  the  real  student  of  the  New  Testament.  The 
student  who  enters  this  class  ought  to  know  at  least  what  is 
in  the  author's  Studies  in  the  New  Testament. 

A.  T.  ROBERTSON. 

LoulsTllle,  Ky.,  October,  1915. 

5 


CHART  OF  INTERBIBLICAL  AND  NEW 
TESTAMENT  TIMES. 

(Many  of  the  datea  are  confessedly  provisional,  especially  in  the  Apostolic  history.) 


DATS 

RULBBS  OF  jrODEA 

HIGH  PRIESTS 

WRITINGS  AND 
EVENTS  IN  JUDEA 
1 

CONTEMPORARY 
EVENTS 

B.C. 

Under  Persia  536 
B.  C.  to  331  B.  C. 

Artaxerxea    Mne- 
mon. 

Part  of  Book  of  Ba- 
ruch. 

Book  of  Tobit  pos- 
sibly. 

405 
400 

Jonathan. 

Retreat  of  the  Ten 

399 

Thousand  (Xeno- 
phon). 
Death  of  Socrates 

334 

• 

Roman   Consuls 
begin. 
Plato. 
Aristotle. 
Battle   of  Grani- 

333 

cus. 
Battle  of  Issue. 

331 
330 

End    of    Persian 
rule.     Beginning  of 
Greek  rule  over  Ju- 
dea.    Alexander  the 
Great. 

Death     of     High 
Priest  Jaddua.    last 
name  mentioned  in 
0.  T.  (Neh.  12:llf.) 

Alexander  con- 

323 

quers  Persian  Em- 
pire. 
Alexander  dies  at 

320 

Ptolemaic  rule, 
over  Jews. 

Babylon. 
Ptolemaic  Rule 

312 

begins  in  Egypt. 
Seleucid  Kings  be- 

299 

Simon     I.      The 
Just  High  Priest. 

Ptolemy  Philadel- 
phus. 

Traditional  date  of 
the     so-called     Great 
Synagogue  and  the  fix- 
ing cf  canon  of  the  0.  T 

Translation    of    the 
Septuagint  begun. 

Probable  date  of  Ec- 
clesiasticus  or  the  Wis- 
dom of  Son  of  Sirach. 

Appearance  of 
Chasidim. 

gin  rule  in  Syria. 
Seleucid  Era. 

285-247 
250 

Eleazer  (287-26). 

Zeno. 

Epicurus. 

First  Punic  War. 

225 

Second    Punic 

216 

War. 
Battle  of  Cannae 

198 

Beginning  of  Sel- 
eucid  rule  over  Jews, 
under  Antiochus  the 
Great. 

Jewish-Alexandrian 
Philosophy. 

Aristobulus  and 
Wisdom    of    Solomon 
lere  or  little  later. 

(Hannibal). 

INTERBIBLICAL  AND  NEW  TESTAMENT  CHART 


DATE 

RULERS   OF   JUDEA 

HIGH   PRIESTS 

WRITINGS   AND 
EVENTS    IN   JCDEA 

CONTEMPORAHT 
EVENTS 

B.C. 

190 
175 
172 

Antioehus  Epi- 
phanes  begins  his  ef- 
forta    to    Hellenize 
the  Jew8 

Jason,  the  Hellen- 
izing  High  Priest. 

Menelaus,  an- 
other  Ucllenizing 
High  Priest. 

Rededication  of  the 
Temple. 

Book  III,  of  Sybil- 
line  Oracles  probably 
about  this  time. 

Book  of  Judith. 

Great     beaten     by 
Romans     at     Mag- 
nesia.   Romans  gain 
foothold  in  the  East 

167 

166 
165 

Beginning  of  Mac- 
cabean  Revolt  under 

Mattathias. 

Polybius. 

161 

160 

Death  of  Judas  at 
Eleasa. 

Jonathan  Macca- 
beus succeeds  him. 

Death  of  Alcimus 
(Hellenizing  High 
Priest). 

No    High    Priest 
for  7  years. 

Jonathan  made 
High      Priest     and 
so  combines  political 
and  religious  office. 

153 

Third  Punic  War. 

146 

Probably  I.  Esdras. 
Probably   also   part 
of  Book  of  Enoch. 

143 

Simon  Maccabeus 
rules. 

inth  destroyed. 
Embassy  to  Rome 

142 

Political    independ- 
ence of  the  Jews. 

135 

John  Hyrcanus 
rules. 

130 

Samaritan  temple 
destroyed. 

Destruction   of   Sa- 
maria 

The  Essenes. 

Revival   of   Hellen- 
ism. 

Clash    with    Phari- 
isees,  and  siding  with 
Sadducees.    Party 
strife. 

108 

105 

Aristobulus    calls 
himself  King  of  Ju- 
dea. 

Alexander  Janna- 
eus  reigns. 

Cicero  and  Pom- 

104 

pey  born. 
Power  of  Mariua. 

100 

Birth    of    Julius 

86 

Book  of  Jubilees  or 
Little     Genesis     and 
Psalms  of  Solomon. 

Revival  of  Pharisa- 
ism. 

Caesar. 
Sylla. 

Lucretius. 
Catullus. 

INTERBIBLICAL  AND  NEW  TESTAMENT  CHART. 


Salome-Alexandra 
rulea. 


RULERS  OP   JUDEA 


Hyrcanus  High 
Priest. 

Separation  again 
between  political 
and  religious  rule. 


Aristobulug  King. 


Pompey  re-in- 
states Hyrcanus. 

Roman  rule  of  Ju- 
dea  really  begins. 


Rule  by  Councils. 


Hyrcanus  ap- 
pointed Ethnarch  by 
Caesar,  and  Anti- 
pater  his  Prime  Min- 
ister (Procurator). 


HIGH   PRIESTS 


Hyrcanus  High 
Priest  still. 


Herod  appointed 
Tetrarch  and  rule 
taken  away  from 
Hyrcanus.  Judea 
now  a  Roman  Prov- 
ince. 

Parthians  estab- 
lish Antigonus  as 
King. 


Herod  becomes 
King  of  Judea. 


Birth  of  Herod  the 
Great. 


Overthrow  of  Hyr- 
canus by  Aristobulus, 

Antipater  takes  side 
of  Hyrcanus. 


WRITINGS    AND 
EVENTS   IN   JUDEA 


Pompey  enters  Tem^ 


pie. 


Crassus  plunders 
Jerusalem. 


CONTEMPORART 

EVENTS 


I  Maccabees  and  II 
Maccabees  both  belong 
to  this  century. 

Probably  also  the  so- 
called  4  Maccabees. 


Hyrcanus  deposed 
and  Ananelus  made 
High  Priest. 


Pompey  sent  to 
Asia. 

Syria  a  Roman 
Province  and  so  end 
of  Seleucid  kings. 

Catiline. 

Cicero. 


First  Triumvirate 
(Pompey,  Caesar, 
Crassus.) 

Rise  of  the  Par- 
thians to  power. 

Caesar  crosses  the 
Rubicon. 

Defeat  of  Pompey 
at  Pharsalia. 

Caesar  with  Cleo- 
patra in  Egypt. 

Downfall  of  Re- 
public. 

Caesar  perpetual 
Dictator. 


Assassination  of 
Caesar. 

Battle  of  Philippi 
and  victory  of  the 
Second  Triumvirate 
(Octavius,  Antonius, 
Lepidus),  over  Bru- 
tus and  (iassiuB. 


Parthians  capture 
Jerusalem  while 
Herod  flees  to  Rome 
and  is  appointed  King 
of  Judea. 

Herod  marries  Mari 


Anthony  'oses  a 
kingdom  for  Cleo- 
patra. 

Virgil. 


10      INTERBIBLICAL  AND  NEW  TESTAMENT  CHART 


DATE 

BULERa  OP  JUDEA 

HIGH   PRIESTS 

WRITINQS  AND 
EVENTS   IN   JCDEA 

CONTBMPORART 
EVENTS 

B.C. 

35 

Aristobulus   High 
Priest.    His  drown- 
ing. 

Succeeded  by  Je- 
sus and  then  Simon. 

Hiiit'l  and  Shamraai, 
rival  teachers  of  Rab- 
binism  in  Jerusalem. 

Scribism    dominant 
in  Palestine. 

Jewish      Rabbinical 
Theology  (Talmud 
A.  D.  200-500). 

Rise  of  Herodians. 

Tibullus. 

31 

Battle  of  Actium 

27 

and  victory  of  Octa- 

vius  over  Antonius. 

Octavius  becomes 

25 

Samaria  rebuilt. 

Herod  begins  repair- 
ing the  Temple  at  Je- 
rusalem. 

Birth   of   John   the 
Baptist. 

BIRTH  OF  JESUS. 

Death  of  Herod  the 
Great. 

Emperor  (Augustus) 

20  or  19 

CorneUus  Nepos. 

6 

Sallust. 
Horace. 
Livy. 

5 

Matthias. 

4 

Ovid. 

4 

Archelaus  Eth- 
narch  of  Judea. 

Joseph. 
Joasar. 

Eleasar. 

Jesus. 

Ananus. 

Herod  Antipas 

A.  D. 
4 

Rise  of  Zealots. 

Visit    of    the    Boy 
Jesus  to  Jerusalem. 

Tetrarch  of  Gallilee 
and   Perea.     Philip 
Tetrarch  of  Iturea, 
Trachonitis,  etc. 

6 

7 

Archelaus  deposed 
and     Judea     again 
made    Province    of 
Rome. 

rator. 

Diodorus  Siculua. 
Strabo. 

9 
12 
14 

Ambiviua    Procu- 
rator. 
Annius  Ruf  us  Pro- 

Death  of  Augustus 

15 

Valerius     Gratus 
Procurator. 

Assumption  of 

Moses. 

John  Baptist  begins 
ministry. 
Baptism  of  Jesus. 

Crucifixion  and  Res- 
urrection of  Christ. 

Ascension  of  Christ. 

Tiberius   becomea 

16 

Ishmae! . 

Simon. 

Caiaphas. 

full  Emperor  (after 
two  years  co-reign- 

18 

ing  in  theProvinces.) 

25 

(or  26) 
26 

Pontius  Pilate 
(Procurator.) 

(or  27) 
30 

(or  29) 
Pass- 
over 
Forty 

days 
later. 

INTERBIBLICAL  AND  NEW  TESTAMENT  CHART.     11 


DATB 

RULERS   OF  JTJDEA 

HIGH  PRIESTS 

WRITINGS    AND 
EVENTS   IN   JUDEA 

CONTEMPORARY 
EVENTS 

30 

A.  D. 

Pente- 

Descent of  the  Holy 
Spirit. 

cost. 
34 

Death    of    Philip 

34-36 

Death   of   Stephen. 

Conversion  of  Sau!. 

Writings    of    Phiio 

(bornaboutB.  C.  20). 

the  Tetrarch. 

35-37 

36 

37 

Recall  of  Pontius 
Pilate.       Succeeded 
by  Marcellus. 

Maruelus. 

Jonathan. 
Theophilus. 

Caligulus  Emperor. 

39 

Herod  Agrippa  I, 
made  King. 
Herod  Antipas  de- 

41 

Herod  Agrippa  I, 
given    Judea    also. 
Rules  as  King. 

Simon. 

Matthias. 
Ellonaios. 

Joseph  Ananus. 

posed  as  Tetrarch. 

43 

Death  of  James  the 
Apostle.       Important 
date  in  career  of  Paul 
because  of  visit  to  Jer- 
usalem at  time  of  fam- 
ine and  death  of  Herod 
(Acts  11:30). 

Epistle  of  James. 

Conference  at  Jeru- 
salem. 

Epistles  of  Paul  to 
the  Thessalonians 
(First  group). 

44 

45 

48 
49-50 

I,  and  Judea  a  prov- 
ince   again.      Cus- 
piua  Fadus  Procura- 
tor. 

Alexander. 

Rebellion  of  Theu- 
das. 

52 
51-53 

Felix. 

Rebellious  out- 

54 

breaks      of      Jews 
against  Rome. 
Nero  Emperor. 

56-58 

Second     group     of 
Paul's  Epistles.  1  Cor.' 
2    Cor.,    Gal.,    Rom. 
Date  of  Galatians  un- 
certain. 

The  Judaizers. 

Important   date   in 
career  of  Paul. 

Possibly  Mark  and 
Matthew  by  this  time. 

Probably  Gospel  of 
Luke   during   stay   at 
Caesarea  (58-60). 

Departure  of  Paul  to 
Rome. 

58-60 

Festus     succeeds 
Felix. 

Bun-hus. 
Seneca. 

59 

Ishmael. 
Joseph. 

60 

59-61 

62 

Albinus. 

Ananus. 

12      INTERBIBLICAL  AND  NEW  TESTAMENT  CHART 


DATE 

RULERS   OP  JXJDEA 

HIOH  PRIESTS 

WRITINOS   AND 
EVENTS    IN   JUREA 

CONTEMPORART 
EVENTS 

A.  D. 

61-63 

Third      group       of 
Paul's  Epistles-     Phil- 
ippians,  Colossians, 
Ephesians    and    Phil- 
emon. 

The  Gnostics. 

Paul  set  free. 

64 

Geesias  Florua. 

Burning  of  Rome. 

65 

Matthias. 

Epistles    of    Peter, 
Jude,  and  that  to  the 
Hebrews,     most  prob- 
ably between  64  and 
69. 

Josephus    Governor 
of  Galilee. 

Pastoral  Epistles  of 
Paul  (Fourth  Group). 

Possible     death     of 
Simon  Peter. 

Paul's    Second    Im- 
prisonment and  death. 

Flight  of  Christians 
to  Pella. 

Destruction  of  Tem- 
ple and  Jerusalem  by 
Titus. 

End  of  Sanhedrin. 

Rabbinic  School  at 
Jamnia 

Writings  of  Josephus 

Possible  date  of 
Epistles  of  John. 

Possible  date  of  Gos- 
pel of  John. 

Probable     date     of 
Revelation  of  John. 

Persecution  of  Chris- 

66 

People  revolt 
against  Rome. 

Romans  driven 

66-68 

from  Jerusalem. 

67 

Vespasian  in  Gal- 

68 

ilee  and  Judea. 
Death    of    Nero. 

69 

Brief  reigns  of  GalbSi 
Otho,  Vitellius. 

Vespasian   Em- 
peror. 

Quintus  Curtius. 

70 

End     of     Jewish 
:jtate. 

75 

Epictetus. 
Pliny  the  Elder. 

79 

Titus  Emperor. 

81 

85 

peror. 

90 

Ebionites. 

Martial. 

.Juvsnal. 

95 

Christians    under 
Domitian. 

96 

Nerva  Emperor. 

98 

Trajan  Emperor. 

98-100 

Death  of  John  and 
close  of  Apostolic  time. 
Towards  close  of  this 
century  2   (4)   Esdras 
ayd  Apocalypse  of  Ba- 
ruch    were    doubtless 
written  and  also  parts 
of  Enoch  and  Sybilline 
Oracles.    Here  also  be- 
long Epistles  of  Clem- 
ent of   Rome,  and  so- 
called  Epistle  of  Barna- 
bas. 

Plutarch. 

Quintilian. 

SYLLABUS  FOR  NEW  TESTAMENT  STUDY 


General  Bibliography. 

BOOKS  ABOUT  BOOKS  ON  THE  NEW  TESTAMENT. 

Briggs — Theological  Encyclopaedia. 

Bruckner — Theologischer    Jahresbericht:     Das     Neue     Testa- 
ment (published  annually). 

Jones,    M. — The    New    Testament   in   the    Twentieth    Century 
(1914> 

Robertson — Bibliography  for  Study  of  New  Testament  Greek 
(1903). 

Schaff — Theological  Propaedeutic   (1893). 

Schuerer — History  of  the  Jewish  People  in  Time  of  Christ  (has 
exhaustive  lists  at  beginning  of  chapters. 

Thayer — Books  and  Their  Use  (1903). 

Vincent — Student's  New  Testament  Handbook   (1893). 

Votaw  and  Bradley — Books  for  New  Testament  Study  (1901). 

Votaw — Books  for  New  Testament  Study   (Biblical  World  for 
October,  1905,  and  May,  1911). 

Weidner — Theological  Encyclopaedia    (1889). 

See  also  Bible  Dictionaries,  and  most  of  the  special  treatises. 

BIBLE    DICTIONARIES. 

Buckland — Universal  Bible  Dictionary    (1914). 
Cheyne — Encyclopaedia  Biblica.     Four  volumes   (1899-1903). 
Davis — A  Dictionary  of  the  Bible.    One  volume  (second  edition 
1903). 

13 


14  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Easton — Illustrated  Bible  Dictionary.     One  volume   (1893). 
Guthe — Kurzes  Bibelworterbuch.     One  volume    (1903). 
Hastings — A  Dictionary  of  the  Bible.     Five   volumes    (1898- 

1904). 
Hastings — A    Dictionary    of    Christ    and    the    Gospels.      Two 

volumes    (1906-1908). 
Hastings — A  Dictionary  of  the  Bible.     One  volume   (1909). 
Hastings — ^Encyclopaedia    of    Religion    and    Ethics.      Twelve 

volumes    (1908 — ). 
Hauck — Realencyklopadie    fur    protestantische    Theologie    imd 

Kirche.    3  Aufl.    Twenty-two  volumes  (1896-1909). 
Jackson — New      Schaff-Herzog     Encyclopaedia     of     Religious 

Knowledge.    Thirteen  volumes  (1908-1913). 
Jacobus — A  Standard  Bible  Dictionary.    One  volume  (1909). 
Orr — International    Standard    Bible   Encyclopaedia.     Five   vol- 
umes  (1915). 
Smith — A    Dictionary    of    the    Bible.     Four    volumes    (1888). 

Revised  A — J,  1893. 
Smith — A  Dictionary  of  the  Bible.    One  volume  (1902,  reprint). 
Singer — The  Jewish  Encyclopaedia.     Twelve  volumes   (1901-6). 
The  Temple  Bible  Dictionary.    One  volume   (1910). 
Wright — Illustrated  Bible  Treasury  (1896). 

liVlPORTANT    EDITIONS    OF   THE    ENGLISH    NEW 
TESTAMENT. 

Besides  standard  versions  of  the  whole  Bible  (the  King 
James'  or  Authorized  Version,  the  1911  Bible,  which  is  the 
Authorized  Version  slightly  altered,  the  Canterbury  Revision, 
the  American  Standard  Version)  and  special  editions  of  the 
English  Bible  (like  the  Cross  Reference  Bible,  the  Scofield 
Reference  Bible,  the  Variorum  Teachers'  Bible,  the  Temple 
Bible,  the  Century  Bible,  the  Bible  for  Home  and  School,  Mes- 
sages of  the  Bible,  the  Modern  Reader's  Bible),  there 
are  excellent  translations  of  the  New  Testament  (like  the 
Bible  Union  Version,  Moffatt's  Historical  New  Testament  and 
also  his  New  Translation  of  the  New  Testament,  Weymouth's 


GENERAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY.  15 

Modern  Speech  New  Testament,  the  Twentieth  Century  New 
Testament,  Robertson's  Student's  Chronological  New  Testa- 
ment, etc.)  Of  interest  also  is  The  New  Testament  in  Braid 
Scots  by  W.  W.  Smith  (1901). 

CONCORDANCES. 

Cruden — Complete  Concordance   (1885). 

Gillespie — Englishman's  Greek  Concordance   (1885). 

Hatch  and  Redpath — Concordance  to  the  Septuagint.  Six  vol- 
umes  (1892-6).     Supplement  on  Proper  Names   (1900). 

Moulton  and  Geden — Concordance  to  the  Greek  Testament 
(1897). 

Strong — Exhaustive  Concordance  to  the  Bible  (1894). 

Strong — Student's  Concordance  and  Revised  Version   (1882). 

Thorns — Concordance  to  the  Revised  Version  of  the  New  Tes- 
tament  (1883). 

Young — Analytical  Concordance  to  the  Bible.  Seventh  edition 
(1893). 

Walker — Comprehensive  Concordance  to  the  Bible  (1894). 

BOOKS   ON   OLD   TESTAMENT   QUOTATIONS. 

Bartlett  and  Others — New  Testament  in  the  Apostolic  Fathers 

(1905). 
Boehl — ^Alttestamentliche  Citate  im  Neuen  Testament   (1878). 
Dittmar — Vetus  Testamentum  in  Novo  (1899). 
Gough — New  Testament  Quotations    (compared  with  Hebrew 

and  LXX,  1855). 
Huhn — Die  Alttestamentliche  Citate,  etc.   (1900). 
Johnson — The  Quotations  of  the  New  Testament  from  the  Old 

(1896). 
McFarland — Jesus  and  the  Prophets   (1905). 
Scott — New  Testament  Quotations. 
Taylor,  C. — The  Gospel  in  the  Law   (1869). 
Toy — Quotations  in  the  New  Testament  (1884). 
Turpie — The  Old  Testament  in  the  New  (1868). 


16         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  NEW  TESTAMENT. 

Allen   and   Grensted — Introduction  to   the  books  of   the  New 

Testament  (1913). 
Bacon — An  Introduction  to  the  New  Testament  (1900). 
Barth — Einleitung  in  das  Neue  Testament  (1908). 
Belzer — Einleitung   in  das   Neue  Testament.     Second  edition 

(1902). 
Bleek — Einleitung  in  das  Neue  Testament.     4  Aufl.    (1886). 
Clemen — Die  Enstehung  des  N.  T.   (1906). 
Cruttwell — Literary  History  of  Early  Christianity    (1893). 
Davidson,    S. — Introduction    to    the    New    Testament.      Third 

edition  (1894). 
Dods — Introduction  to  the  New  Testament   (1894). 
Gardner,  P. — A  Historic  View  of  the  New  Testament   (1901). 
Gloag — Introduction   to   the    New    Testament.     Four   volumes 

(1879). 
Godet — Introduction   to  the  New  Testament.      (Part  I.,  1894; 

Part  II.,  Div.  i.,  1899). 
Gregory,   C.    R.— Einleitung   in   das   Neue   Testament    (1909). 
Harnack — History  of  Early  Christian  Literature  until  Eusebius 

(1897). 
Holtzman,  H.  J. — Lehrbuch  der  historisch-kritischen  Einleitung 

in  das  Neue  Testament.    3  Aufl.   (1892). 
Jacquier — Histoire  des  Livres  du  Nouveau  Testament.     Four 

tomes    (1903-8). 
Jones,    M. — The   New    Testament   in   the    Twentieth    Century 

(1914). 
Jiiiicher — An   Introduction  to  the  New  Testament    (1904). 
Kerr — Introduction  to  New  Testament  Study   (1892). 
McClymont — The  New  Testament  and  Its  Writers    (1893). 
McClymont — History  and  Results  of  New  Testament  Criticism 

(1913). 
Moffatt — The  Historical  New  Testament   (1901). 
Moffatt — An  Introduction  to  the  Literature  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment  (1911). 
Nash — Higher  Criticism  of  the  New  Testament  (1903). 


GENERAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY.  17 

Peake — Critical  Introduction  to  the  New  Testament  (1910). 
Ramsay — The  First  Christian  Century  (1911). 
Salmon — Introduction  to  the  New  Testament   (1892). 
Soden,    H.    von — The    History   of   Early    Christian   Literature 

(1906). 
Weiss,  B. — A  Manual  of  Introduction  to  the  New  Testament. 

Two  volumes  (1889).    Dritte  Aufl.   (Berlin,  1897). 
Wrede — The  Origin  of  the  New  Testament  (1909). 
Zahn — -An  Introduction  to  the  New  Testament.    Three  volumes 

(1909). 

(The  above  list  includes  only  the  more  important  of  the  com- 
paratively recent  books  and  does  not  include  books  on  special 
problems  like  the  synoptic  question — only  the  New  Testament 
as  a  whole — and  does  not  includue  books  on  the  canon,  the 
geography  of  Palestine  and  customs  of  the  people,  which  are 
treated  in  the  class  in  Biblical  Introduction.  For  books  on 
the  language  of  the  New  Testament  and  the  text  of  the  New 
Testament,  students  are  referred  to  the  work  in  the  Greek 
classes.) 

NEW   TESTAMENT   HISTORY   AND   TIMES. 

(Books  Covering  Aspects  of  the  Whole  Period.) 
Abbott — Society  and  Politics  in  Ancient  Rome    (1909). 
Adam — Religious  Teachers  of  Greece   (1908). 
Angus — Environment  of  Early  Christianity    (1915). 
Arnold — The    Roman    System    of    Provincial    Administration 

(1906).. 
Bousset — Die  Religion  des  Judenthums  im  neutestamentlichen 

zeitalter.    2  Aufl.  (1906). 
Bergmann — Judische       Apologetik       im       neutestamentlichen 

Zeitalter  (1908). 
Breed — Preparation  of  the  World  for  Christ.     Second  edition 

(1893). 
Bury — History  of  the  Roman  Empire  from  B.  C.  28  to  A.  D. 

180   (1893). 


18  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Case — The  Evolution  of  Early  Christianity  (1914). 

Clemen — Primitive    Christianity    and   Its   Non-Jewish    Sovirces 

(1912). 
Cornill — History  of  the  People  of  Israel   (1898). 
Deissmann — Light  From  the  Ancient  East   (1910). 
Dewick — Primitive    Christian  Eschatology    (1912). 
Dill — Roman  Society  From  Nero  to  Marcus  Aurelius  (1905). 
Dbllinger — The  Gentile  and  the  Jew.     Two  volumes   (1906). 
Edersheim — History  of  the  Jewish  Nation  (1885). 
Edersheim — Sketches  of  Jewish  Social  Life  (1876). 
Ewald — History  of  Israel.     Eight  volumes    (1876-86). 
Farrar — Early  Days  of  Christianity    (1882). 
Farrer — Paganism  and  Christianity    (1891). 
Felten — Neutestamentliche     Zeitgeschichte.       Two     volumes. 

(1910). 
Ferrero — The  Greatness  and  Decline  of  Rome.     Five  volumes 

(1907-9). 
Ferrero — Characters  and  Events  of  Roman  History   (1909). 
Fisher — Beginnings  of  Christianity.     Second  edition   (1911). 
Friedlander — Die    religiosen    Bewegungen    innerhalb    des    Ju- 

dentums  im  Zeitalter  Jesu  (1905). 
Friedlander— Roman  Life  and  Manners  under  the  Early  Em- 
pire.    Three  volumes   (1909-10). 
Glover — Conflict     of    Religions     within    the    Roman    Empire 

(1911). 
Grant — The  Peasantry  of  Palestine   (1907). 
Gratz — Geschichte  der  Juden.     5  Aufl.  (1906). 
Hall — Historical  Setting  of  the  Early  Gospel    (1912). 
Hardy — Christianity   and  the  Roman   Government    (1894). 
Harnack — Mission  and  Expansion  of  Christianity  in  the  First 

Three  Centuries.     Two  volumes   (1908). 
Hausrath — History  of  New  Testament  Times.     Four  volvmies 

(1878-95). 
Herford — Pharisaism   (1912). 

Hollmann — The  Jewish  Religion  in  the  Time  of  Jesus   (1909). 
Holtzmann,  O. — Neutestamentliche  Zeitgeschichte   (1895). 
Inge — Society  in  Rome  Under  the  Caesars  (1894). 


GENERAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY.  19 

Jeremias — Babylonisch  im  Neuen  Testament  (1904). 

Kaerst — Geschichte  des  hellenistischen  Zeitalters.  Two  vol- 
Times  (1901-9). 

Krijger — Hellenismus  und  Judentum  im  neutestamentlichen 
Zeitalter   (1908). 

Latimer — Judea  From  Cyrus  to  Titus   (1899). 

Ledrain — Histoire  d'lsrael   (1892). 

Mackie — Bible  Manners  and  Customs  (1898). 

Maclear — Class  Book  of  New  Testament  History    (1890). 

Mahaffy — Survey  of  Greek  Civilization  (1896). 

Mahaffy — The  Silver  Age  of  the  Greek  World   (1906). 

Mathews — The  History  of  New  Testament  Times  in  Palestine. 
Second  edition   (1910). 

Mommsen — History  of  Rome.     Five  volumes    (1894). 

Mommsen — The  Provinces  of  the  Roman  Empire  From  Caesar 
to  Diocletian.     Two  volimies   (1909). 

IVionroe — Source  Book  of  the  History  of  Education  for  the 
Greeks  and  Romans  (1902). 

Morrison — The  Jews  Under  Roman  Rule.  Fourth  edition 
(1899). 

Orr — Neglected  Factors  in  the  Study  of  the  Early  Progress  of 
Christianity  (1899). 

Ottley — Short  History  of  the  Hebrews  in  the  Roman  Period 
(1900). 

Oesterley  and  Box — The  Religion  and  "Worship  of  the  Syna- 
gogue  (1907). 

Pfleiderer — Primitive  Christianity:  Its  Writings  and  Teach- 
ings in  Their  Historical  Connections.  Three  volumes 
(1906-10). 

Pressense — The  Ancient  World  and  Christianity. 

Ramsay,  W.  M. — The  Church  in  the  Roman  Empire  (1893). 

Ramsay,  W.  M. — Roads  and  Travel  in  the  New  Testament 
(article  in  Hastings  D.  B.,  Volume  V.). 

Ramsay — The  Bearing  of  Recent  Discovery  on  the  Trust- 
worthiness of  the  New  Testament  (1915). 

Reitzenstein — Die  hellenistichen  Mysterienreligionen. 


20  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Riggs — History  of  the  Jewish  People  in  the   Maccabean  and 

Roman  Periods   (1900). 
Robertson,  A.  T. — Studies  in  the  New  Testament   (1915). 
Schiirer — The   Jewish   People   in   the    Time    of    Christ.     Five 

volumes  (1891). 
Schwalm — La   vie  priv§e  du  peuple  juif  h  I'Spoque  de  J6sus 

Christ   (1910). 
Smith,  George  Adam — Historical  Geography  of  the  Holy  Land. 

Fourteenth  edition,  two  volumes  (1908). 
Stapfer — Palestine    in    the    Time    of    Christ.      Third    edition 

(1885). 
Stobart — The  Glory  That  Was  Greece  (1911). 
Stobart — The  Grandeur  That  Was  Rome   (1912). 
Trumbull — Studies  in  Oriental  Social  Life   (1907). 
Tucker — Life    in    the    Roman   World    of    Nero    and    St.    Paul 

(1910). 
Uhlhorn — Conflict  of  Christianity  with  Heathenism   (18793. 
Wendland — Die  hellenistisch-romische  Kultur  in  Ihren  Bezie- 

hungen  zu  Judentum  und  Christentum.    3  Aufli.   (1912). 
Wenley — Preparation    for   Christianity  in  the   Ancient  World 

(1898). 
Wernle — Beginnings   of  Christianity.     Two  volumes    (1903-4). 


THEOLOGY  OF  THE  NEW   TESTAMENT. 
(Merely  a  Few  of  the  Leading  Books  on  the  Whole  Field.) 

Alexander — System  of  Biblical  Theology   (1888). 

Bernard — Progress  of  Doctrine  in  the  New  Testament  (1867). 

Beyschlag — Theology  of  the  New  Testament.     Two  volumes 

(1895). 
Bovon — Theologie     du     Nouveau     Testament.     Two     volumes 

1893-4). 
Bruce — The  Kingdom  of  God   (1893). 
Cone — The    Gospel    and    Its    Earliest    Interpretations.    Second 

edition    (1894). 
Estes — Theology  of  New  Testament  (1900). 


GENERAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY.  21 

Fairbairn — Studies  in  Religion  and  Theology   (1910). 

Peine — Theologie  des  Neuen  Testaments   (1910). 

Fletcher — Psychology  of  the  New  Testament. 

Gould — Biblical  Theology  of  the  New  Testament   (1900). 

Holtzmann,  H.  J — Lehrbuch  der  Neutestamentlichen  Theologie. 

Two  volimies    (1897). 
Schlatter — Theologie   des   Neuen   Testaments.     Two   volumes 

(1909-10). 
Stevens — The  Theology  of  the  New  Testament   (1899). 
Weiss,    B. — Biblical   Theology   of   the   New   Testament.      Two 

volumes    (1888-9).    6  Aufl.  (1895). 
Weiss,  B. — The  Religion  of  the  New  Testament  (1904). 
Wernle — Beginnings   of  Christianity.     Two  voliunes    (1903-4). 

HERMENEUTICS   OR    INTERPRETATION. 

Briggs — A  General  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Holy  Scripture. 

(1899). 
Carpenter — The  Bible  in  the  Nineteenth  Century  (1903). 
Cave — Introduction  to  Theology  and  Its  Literature  (1896). 
Clarke — The  Use  of  the  Scriptures  in  Theology   (1905). 
Clemen — Religionsgeschichtliche  Erklarung  des  Neuen  Testa- 
ments  (1909). 
Dods — The  Bible:  Its  Origin  and  Nature  (1905). 
Farrar — The  History  of  Interpretation  (1886). 
Farrar — The  Messages  of  the  Books  (1885). 
Gilbert — A  Short  History  of  the   Interpretation  of   the   Bible 

(1908). 
Gunkel — Zum  religionsgeschichtlichen  Verstandnis  des  Neuen 

Testaments   (1903). 
Immer — Hermeneutics  of  the  New  Testament.     Third  edition 

(1890). 
Lockhart — Principles  of  Interpretation  (1900). 
Machlachlan — The   New   Testament   in   the   Light  of  Modern 

Knowledge. 
Moulton,  R.  G. — Literary  Interpretation  of  the  Bible  (1899). 
Nash — History  of  the  Higher  Criticism  of  the  New  Testament 

(1903). 


22  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Peake — The  Bible  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (1910). 
Sanday — The  Oracles  of  God.    Third  edition  (1891). 
Selwyn — The  Oracles  of  the  New  Testament  (1911). 
Scott,  E.  F. — The  Apologetic  of  the  New  Testament  (1907). 
Selleck — The  New  Appreciation  of  the  Bible  (1907). 
Stoddart — The  New  Testament  in  Life  and  Literature   (1914). 
Strong — Popular  Lectures  on  the  Books  of  the  New  Testament 

(1914). 
Terry — Biblical  Hermeneutics.     Third  edition   (1890). 
Torrey — How  to  Study  the  Bible  (1905). 
Schweitzer — The  Quest  of  the  Historical  Jesus  (1910). 
Willett  and  Campbell — The  Teachings  of  the  Books   (1899). 

EXTRA-CANONICAL   EARLY  CHRISTIAN   LITERATURE 

Abbott — Light  on  the  Gospel  from  an  Ancient  Poet   (1912). 

Bardenhewer — Patrologie.     Third  edition   (1910). 

Bartlet  and  Other  Writers — The  New  Testament  in  the  Apos- 
tolic Fathers   (1905). 

Cruttwell — A  Literary  History  of  Early  Christianity.  Two  vol- 
umes  (1893). 

Donehoo — Apocryphal  and  Legendary  Life  of  Christ  (1903). 

Funk— Patres  Apostolici.     Second  edition  (1901). 

Gebhardt,  Harnack  and  Zahn — Patrum  Apostolicorum  Opera. 
Fifth  edition  (1906). 

Giles — Codex  Apocryphus  Novi  Testamentik,  Two  volumes 
(1852). 

Goodspeed — Index  Patristicus   (1907). 

Grenfeil  and  Hunt — Logia  of  Jesus   (1897). 

Grenfell  and  Hunt — New  Sayings  of  Jesus   (1904). 

Griffenhoofe — The  Unwritten  Sayings  of  Christ   (1903). 

Handmann — Das  Hebraer  Evangelium  (1888). 

Harnack — Geschichte  der  altchristlichen  Literatur  bis  Euse- 
bius.     Two  volumes   (1893-1904). 

Harnack  and  Fleming — Ein  jiidisch-christliches  Psalmenbueh 
aus  dem  ersten  Jahnhundert  (1910). 

Harris — The  Newly-Recovered  Gospel  of  St.  Peter  (1893). 


GENERAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY.  23 

Harris — The  Odes  and  Psalms  of  Solomon  (1909). 

Hennecke — Handbuch  zu  den  Neutestamentlichen  Apokryphen 

(1904). 
Hill — The  Earliest  Life   of    Christ  Ever   Compiled  From  the 

Four  Gospels,  Being  the  Diatessaron  of  Tatian   (1894). 
Hone — Apocryphal  New  Testament   (1820). 
Horder — Newly  Found  Words  of  Jesus   (1905). 
Klein — Die  alteste  Christliche  Kateschismus  und  die  jiidische 

Propaganda-Literatur    ( 1909 ) . 
Knopf — Das  nachapostolische  Zeitalter  (1905). 
Kriiger — History   of   Early   Christian   Literature   in  the   First 

Three  Centuries  (1897). 
Liglitfoot — The  Apostolic  Fathers.     Three  volumes    (1885-90). 
Lock    and    Sanday — Two   Lectures   on   the    Sayings   of   Jesus 

(1897). 
Nicholson — The  Gospel  According  to  the  Hebrews. 
Orr — The  New  Testament  Apocryphal  Writngs   (1904). 
Pick — The  Extra-Canonical  Life  of  Christ  (1903). 
Pick — Paralipomena:     Remains    of    Gospels    and    Sayings    of 

Christ  (1908). 
Pick — Apocryphal    Acts    of    Paul,    Peter,    John,    Andrew    and 

Thomas   (1909). 
Porter — Messages  of  the  Apocalyptical  Writers. 
Preuschen — Antilegomena:    Die    Reste    der   ausserkanonischer 

Evangelien  und  urchristlichen  Ueberlieferungen.     2  Aufl. 

(1905). 
Resch — Aussercanonische     Paralleltexte    zu     den     Evangelien 

(1893). 
Resch — Agrapha.     2  Aufl.     (1906). 

Ropes — Die  Spruche  Jesu  die  in  den  kanonischen  Evangelien 
nicht  uberliefert  sind  (1896). 
Schaff,    P. — The    Teaching    of   the    Twelve    Apostles.      Third 

edition  (1890). 
Schlecht — Doctrina  XII  Apostolorum  (1901). 
Swete — The  Apocryphal  Gospel  of  St.  Peter  (1893). 
Swete — Patristie  Study   (1902). 


24  NEW   TESTAMENT    SYLLABUS. 

Taylor,  C. — The  Oxyrhynchus  Logia  and  the  Apocryphal  Gos- 
pels  (1899). 

Taylor,  C. — The  Oxyrhynchus  Sayings  of  Jesus  Found  in  1903 
(1905). 

Walker — English  Translation  of  the  Apocrypha  of  the  New 
Testament  (Volume  VIII  Ante  Nicene  Fathers). 

Zahn — Tatian's  Diatessaron   (1881). 


PART  I. 

The  Interbiblical  History* 

(400  B.  c.  to  B.  C.  5.) 

The  text-books  used  in  connection  with  this  part  of  the 
Syllabus  are  Josephus,  the  Apocrypha  of  the  Old  Testament, 
and  the  Pseudepigrapha.  The  picture  is  drawn  from  the  origi- 
nal sources.  Free  use  of  the  best  books  on  the  period  is  ad- 
vised, and  such  books  are  pointed  out  at  the  proper  place. 
Copious  lectures  are  given  with  each  lesson,  showing  the  inner 
development  of  the  history.  A  knowledge  of  ancient  history  is 
assumed  in  this  study  of  the  inter-biblical  history  of  the  Jews. 
One  is  supposed  to  have  some  acquaintance  with  the  outstand- 
ing features  in  the  history  of  Egypt,  Assyria,  Babylonia, 
Greece  and  Rome  as  well  as  of  the  Old  Testament.  A  selected 
bibliography  is  given. 

THE  OLD  TESTAMENT  APOCRYPHA  AND 
PSEUDEPIGRAPHA. 

Andre — Les  Apocryphes  de  I'ancien  Testament  (1903). 

Andrews — Apocryphal  Books  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments 
(1908). 

Bagster  and  Sons — The  Apocrypha.    Including  III  and  rv  Mac- 
cabees. 

25 


26  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Ball — Ecclesiastical  or  Deutero-canonical  Books  of  the  Old 
Testament   (1892). 

Bensley  and  James — Fourth  Esdras   (1895). 

Berrymann— Jiidische  Apocalyptik  im  neutestamentlichen 
Zeitalter   (1908). 

Bissell — The  Apocrypha  of  the  Old  Testament  (Lange  Comm.) 
(1890). 

Bonwetsch — Das  slavishe  Henochbuch  (1896). 

Bousset — Die  jiidische  Apocalyptik  (1903). 

Bousset — Die  Religion  des  Judentums  im  neutestamentlichen 
Zeitalter  (1903). 

Box — The  Ezra-Apocalypse   (1912). 

Burkitt — Jewish  and  Christian  Apocalypses    (1914). 

Buttweiser — Outline  of  the  Neo-Hebraic  Apocalyptic  Literature 
(1901). 

Charles — Eschatology    (1899). 

Charles — The  Book  of  Enoch.    Second  edition  (1912). 

Charles — The  Apocalypse  of  Baruch  (1896). 

Charles — The  Assumption  of  Moses  (1897). 

Charles — The  Ascension  of  Isaiah  (   (1900). 

Charles — The  Book  of  Jubilees    (1902). 

Charles — The  Testaments  of  the  Twelve  Patriarchs   (1908). 

Charles — Apocrypha  and  Pseudepigrapha  of  the  Old  Testa- 
ment.   Two  volumes  (1913). 

Charles — Religious  Development  Between  the  Old  and  the  New 
Testaments  (1914). 

Charles — A  Critical  History  of  the  Doctrine  of  the  Future  Life 
in  Israel,  in  Judaism  and  in  Christianity. 

Chowlson — Beitrage  zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte  des  Juden- 
thums    (1910). 

Churton  and  Others — The  Apocryphal  Books.  With  brief  com- 
mentary (1880). 

Cook — The  Fathers  of  Jesus  (1886). 

Courad — Die  religiosen  und  sittlichen  Anschaungen  der  alt- 
testamentlichen  Apokryphen  und  Pseudepigraphen  (1907). 

Daubney — The  Use  of  the  Apocrypha  in  the  Christian  Church 
(1900). 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  27 

Daubney — The  Three  Additions  to  Daniel  (1906). 

Danziger — Jewish  Forerunners  of  Jesus   (1904). 

Deane — The  Boole  of  Wisdom   (1881). 

Deane — Pseudepigrapha  (1891). 

Duff — I  and  II  Estras. 

Fairweather  and  Black — The  First  Book  of  Maccabees  (1897). 

Fairweather — I  and  II  Maccabees. 

Fritzsche  and   Grimm — Kurzgefasstes   exegetisches   Handbuch 

zu  den  Apokryphen  des  A.  T.    Three  volumes   (1851-9). 
Geffcken — Die  Oracula  sibyllina   (1902). 
Geffcken — Komposition     und     Entstehungszeit     der     Oracula 

sibyllina   (1902). 
Goodrick — The  Book  of  Wisdom   (1913). 
Gregg — The  Wisdom  of  Solomon. 

Gressmann — Israelitische  jiidische  Eschatologie  (1905). 
Harris — Odes  and  Psalms  of  Solomon  (1910). 
Hart — Ecclesiasticus  in  Greek   (1909). 
Harwell — The  Principal  Versions  of  Baruch    (1915). 
Holimann — The  Jewish  Religion  in  the  Time  of  Jesus    (1909). 
Holscher— Kanonisch  und  Apokryph    (1905). 
Holtzmann — Die  jiidische   Schriftgelehrsamkeit   zur  Zeit   Jesu 

(1901). 
Hughes — Ethics  of  Jewish  Aopcryphal  Literature   (1910). 
Issaverdens — The  Uncanonical  Writings  of  the  Old  Testament. 
Kabisch — Das  Vierte  Buch  Ezra   (1889). 
Kautzsch — Die  Apokryphen   und    Pseudepigraphen   des   A.    T. 

Two  volumes  (1900). 
Keil — Kommentar  iiber  die  Biicher  der  Makkabaer   (1875). 
Martin — Le  Livre  d'Henoch  (1907). 
Montefiore — The  Wisdom  of  Solomon   (1887). 
Montefiore — Aspects  of  Judaism   (1895). 

Morfill  and  Charles — The  Book  of  the  Secrets  of  Enoch  (1896). 
Nelson's   Sons — Old   Testament  Apocrypha.     Revised   English 

Version  (1895). 
Oesterley — Ecclesiasticus    (1912). 

Oesterley — The  Religion  and  Worship  of  the  Synagogue  (1907). 
Oesterley — The  Books  of  the  Apocrypha   (1914). 


28  NEW  TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Oesterley — Doctrinal  Teaching  of  the  Apocrypha  (1914). 

Oxford  University  Press — The  Apocrypha.    Revised  (1896). 

Philippi — Das  Buch  Henoch   (1868). 

Ryle  and  James — Psalms  of  the  Pharisees    (1891). 

Sayce — Tobit  and  the  Babylonian  Apocryphal  Writings. 

Schechter — Studies  in  Judaism  (1908). 

Schmidt — Ecclesiasticus. 

Schodde — Book  of  Jubilees. 

Sedgwick — The  Story  of  the  Apocrypha. 

Smend — Die  Weisheit  des  Jesus  Sirach.    Two  volumes   (1906). 

Snell — The  Value  of  the  Apocrypha. 

Stevenson — Wisdom    and    the    Jewish    Apocryphal    Writings 
(1903). 

Swete — Greek    Text   of   the    Apocrypha.      Old    Testament    in 
Greek.     Three  volumes  (1895-1907). 

Swete — An  Introduction  to  the  Old  Testament  in  Greek.     Re- 
vised edition  by  Ottley  (1914). 

Terry — The  Sibylline  Oracles   (1899). 

Vaganay — Le    Problgme    eschat.    dans   le    IV   Livre    d'Esdras 
(1907).) 

Violet — Die  Ezra-Apokalypse.     Teil  I   (1910). 

Viteau  and  Martin — Les  Psaumes  de  Salomon  (1910). 

Voltz — Jiidische  Eschatologie. 

Voikmar — Einleitung  in  die  Apokryphen. 

Wace — Apocrypha.    With  Commentary.     Two  volumes   (1888). 

Wahl — Clavis  librorum  veteris  testamenti  apocryphorum  philo- 
logica  (1853). 

Westcott — Introduction  to  the  Four  Gospels   (1875). 

Winter  and  Wiinsche — Die  jiidische  Literatur  seit  Abschluss  des 
Canon. 

Zbckier — Apokryphen. 

See  also    Singer — The   Jewish  Enclycopaedia.     Twelve   vol- 
umes  (1901-6). 

PHILO. 

Bentwich — Philo-Judaeus  of  Alexandria   (1910). 
Br6hier — Les   id6es    philosophiques   et   religieuses   de   Philon 
d' Alexandria  (1908). 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  29 

Bucher — Philonische  studien. 

Cohn — Einteilung  und  Chronologie  der  Schriften  Philos. 

Cohn  and  Wendland — Philonis  Alexandrini  Opera  quae  super- 
sunt.     Greek  text  (1896). 

Delaunay — Philo  d'AIexandrie.     Second  edtiion  (1870). 

Drummond — Philo  Judteus:  or,  The  Jewish- Alexandrian  Philos- 
ophy in  Its  Development  and  Completion.  Two  volumes 
(1888). 

Frankel — Ueber  den  Einfluss  der  palastinensischen  Exegese 
auf  die  Alexandrinische  Hermeneutik. 

Gfrorer — Philo  und  die  Alexandrinische  Theosophie   (1831). 

Guthrie — The  Message  of  Philo-Judaeus  of  Alexandria   (1909). 

Guyot — Les  reminiscences  de  Philon  ches  Plotin  (1906). 

Herriot — Philon  le  Juif  (1898). 

Kruger — Philo  und  Josephus  als  Apologeten  des  Judentums 
(1906). 

Paris  (IVIangey) — Edition  of  Philo's  "Works  in  the  Greek  Text 
(1852). 

Ritter — Philo  und  die  Halacha  (1879). 

Ryle — Philo  and  Holy  Scripture. 

Siegfried — Philo  von  Alexandria  (1875). 

Tauchnitz — Edition  of  the  Greek  Text. 

Windisch — Die  Frommigheit  Philos  und  ihre  Bedeutung  fur  das 
Christentum   (1909). 

Yonge — Philo  Jud^us.  Complete  works.  Four  volumes  in 
Bohn  Library  1854-5.  One  volume  Macmillan,  same  date. 
See  also  various  works  on  Greek  philosophy  and  the 
articles  on  Philo  in  dictionaries,  cyclopaedias  and  quarter- 
lies, in  particular  Singer,  The  Jewish  Encyclopaedia. 


JOSEPHUS. 

Bentwich — Josephus   ( 1914 ) . 

Berendts — Die   Zeugnisse  von   Christentum  im   Slavischen   de 

Bello  Judaico  des  Josephus  (1906). 
Bioch — Die  Quellen  des  Flavius  Josephus   (1879). 


30  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Boettger — Topographisch-historisches  Lexicon  zu  den  Schriften 

des  Flavius  Josephus  (1879). 
Destinon — Die  Chronologie  des  Josephus   (1880). 
Destinon — Die  Quellen  des  Josephus   (1882). 
Duschak — Josephus  und  die  Tradition  (1864). 
Holscher — Die  Quellen  des  Josephus   (1904). 
Krenkel — Josephus  und  Lukas   (1894). 
Krijger — Philo    und   Josephus    als   Apologeten    des   Judentums 

(1906). 
Margoliouth — Whiston's  Translation  of  Josephus.    Edited  with 

notes   (1906). 
MiJIIer — Des  Flavius  Josephus  Schrift  gegen  den  Apion  (1877). 
Nussbaum — Observationen  in  Flavius  Josephus   (1875). 
Niese — Flavii  Josephi  Opera  cum  apparatu  critico.    Greek  text. 

Seven  volumes   (1887-95). 
Niese — Flavii  Josephi  Opera.    Editio  Minor.     Six  volumes. 
Olitzki — Flavius  Josephus  und  die  Halacha  (1885). 
Schlatter — Die  hebraischen  Namen  bei  Josephus   (1913). 
Schmidt,  W. — De  Flavii  Josephi  elocutione  (1894). 
Shilleto — Whiston's      Translation     Revised.       Five      volumes 

(1889-90). 
Trai  1 1 — Josephus. 
Whiston — Standard  Translation. 

See  also  articles  in  cyclopaedias  and  quarterlies. 

THE  TALMUD. 

Barclay — The  Talmud  (1878). 

Bennett — The  Mishna  as  Illustrating  the  Gospel  (1912). 

Bergmann — Jiidische    Apologetik    im    neutestamentlichen    Zei- 

talter   (1908). 
Bernfeld — Das  Talmud:  seine  Bedeutung  und  seine  Geschichte. 
Bohl — Forschungen  nach  einer  Volksbibel  zur  Zeit  Jesu. 
Bousset — Die   Religion  des  Judentums  im  neutestamentlichen 

Zeitalter  (1903). 
Bousset — Jesu    Predigt    in    ihren    Gegensatz    zum    Judentum 

(1892). 


INTBRBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  31 

Braunschweiger — Die  Lehrer  der  Mischnah  (1890). 

Buchler — Das  galilaische 'Am-ha-'Aretz  (1906). 

Buxtorf — Lexicon  Talmud. 

Cook — The  Fathers  of  Jesus   (1886). 

Danziger— Jewish  Forerunners  of  Jesus  (1904). 

Delitzsch — Hillel  and  Jesus   (1867). 

Delitzsch — Talmudische  Studien. 

Duschak — Die  Moral  der  Evangelien  und  des  Talmud   (1877). 

Friebig — Talmud  und  Theologie  (1903). 

Friedlander — Rabbinic  Philosophy  and  Ethics   (1884). 

Friedlander — Die  religiosen  Bewegungen  innerhalb  des  Juden- 
tums  im  Zeitalter  Jesu  (1905). 

Geiger — Das  Judenthum  und  seine  Geschichte. 

Goldschmidt — Der  babylonische  Talmud  (1897). 

Hamburger — Real-Encyclopadie  fiir  Bibel  und  Talmud   (1883). 

Herford — Christianity  in  Talmud  and  Midrash   (1903). 

Herford — Pharisaism   (1912). 

Hershon — -The  Treasures  of  the  Talmud. 

Kohler — Grundriss  einer  systematischen  Theologie  des  Juden- 
tums  auf  geschichtlicher  Grundlage    (1910). 

Laible — Jesus  Christus  im  Talmud   (1900). 

Lightfoot,  J. — Horae  Hebraicae  et  Talmudicse  in  4  Evangel. 

Melzinier — Introduction  to  the  Talmud.    Second  edition  (1903). 

Montefiore — Aspects  of  Judaism  (1895). 

Montefiore — The  Religious  Teaching  of  Jesus   (1910). 

Montefiore — Judaism  and  St.  Paul  (1915). 

Nicolas — Les  doctrines  religieuses  des  Juifs  pendent  des  deux 
siecles  anterieuses  k  I'ere  Chretienne  (1860). 

Oesteriey — Religion  and  Worship  of  the  Synagogue   (1907). 

Peters — ^Wit  and  Wisdom  of  the  Talmud   (1900). 

Pick — What  is  the  Talmud?   (1887). 

Pick — Jesus  and  the  Talmud  (1913). 

Pick — The  Cabala:  Its  Influence  on  Christianity  and  Judaism 
(1913). 

Rabbinowicz — Kritische  Uebersicht  der  Gesammt  und  Ein- 
zelausgabe  des  Babylonischen  Talmuds  seit  1484.  Twenty- 
six  volumes  (1880-6). 


32  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Ragsport — Tales  and  Maxims  from  the  Talmud   (1910). 
Raphall — The  Mishna. 

Robinson — The  Evangelists  and  the  Mishna  (1859). 
Rodkinson — English    Translation    of   the    Babylonian    Talmud 

(1898). 
Schechter — Studies  in  Judaism  (1908). 
Schechter — Some  Aspects  of  Rabbinic  Theology  (1909). 
Schottgen — Horse  Hebraicse  (1742). 
Schwab — Le  Talmud  de  Jerusalem  (1871). 
Stapfer — Les  id6es  religieuses  en  Palestine  k  I'epoque  de  J6sus 

Christ  (1878). 
Strack — Einleitung  in  den  Talmud.    4  Aufl.  (1908). 
Strack — Jesus,    die    Haretiker    und    die    Christen    nach    den 

altesten  Aufgaben  (1910). 
Surenhusleus — Mishnah. 
Taylor,  C. — Sayings  of  the  Jewish  Fathers   (1897).     Appendix 

(1900). 
Thein — Der  Talmud. 
Tauchuma — Midrash. 
Weber — Die  Lehre  des  Talmud  (1880). 
Weber — Jiidische   Theologie   auf  Grimd   des  Talmud  und  ver- 

"wandter    Schriften    gemeinfasslich    dargestellt.      2    Aufl. 

(1897). 
Wetstein — Novum  Testamentum  Graecum. 
Wijnsche — Der  Jerusalemische  Talmud 
Wiinsche — Bibliotheca  Rabbinica. 

See  in  particular:     Singer — The  Jewish  Encyclopaedia. 

THE  TARGUMS. 

For   the    various    Targums    (Jerusalem,    Jonathan,   Joseph, 
Onkelos)  see 

Berliner — Targum  Onkelos. 

Duschak — Der  Moral  der  Evangelien  und  des  Talmud. 

Frankel — Targum  der  Propheten. 

Singer — Onkelos  und  seine  Verhaltnis  zur  Halacha. 

Singer — The  Jewish  Encyclopaedia. 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  33 

HANDBOOKS   ON    THE    INTERBIBLICAL   PERIOD. 

Bevan — Jerusalem  Under  the  High  Priests  (1904). 

Cheyne — Religious  Life  After  the  Exile. 

Conder — The  Hebrew  Tragedy   (1900). 

Fairweather — From  the  Exile  to  the  Advent  (1895). 

Fairweather — The  Background  of  the  Gospels   (1909). 

Garner — Connection  of  Sacred  History   (1880). 

Grant — Between  the  Testaments  (1908). 

Gregg — Between  the  Testaments   (1908). 

Hunter — After  the  Exile.     Two  volumes   (1890). 

Huntington — Palestine  and  Its  Transformation   (1911). 

Kent — ^Makers  and  Teachers  of  Judaism   (1911). 

Kriiger — Hellenismus    imd    Judentum    im    neutestamentlichen 
Zeitalter  (1908). 

Latimer — Judea  from  Cyrus  to  Titus    (1899). 

Maclear — Class  Book  of  New  Testament  History  (1890). 

Madden — Coins  of  the  Jews  (1881). 

Mathews — A  History  of  New  Testament  Times   in  Palestine. 
Second  edition  (1910). 

Morrison — The    Jews    under     Roman    Rule.      Fourth    edition 
(1899). 

Ottley — A  Short  History  of  the  Hebrews  to  the  Roman  Period 
(1901.) 

Paulus — Les  Juifs  avant  le  Messie   (1905). 

Prideaux — Connection  Between  the   Old   and   the   New  Testa- 
ments.   Two  volumes  (1858). 

Rae — Connection  Between  the  Old  and  the   New  Testaments 
(1904). 

Raphall — Post-Biblical  History  of  the  Hebrews  (1886). 

Redford — Four  Centuries  of  Silence    (1885). 

Riggs — History  of  the  Jewish  People  in  the   Maccabean   and 
the  Roman  Periods   (1900). 

Schlatter — Israels  Geschichte   von  Alexander   dem  Grosse  bis 
Hadrian  (1901). 

Schiirer — The  Jewish  People  in  the  Time  of  Christ.     Five  vol- 
umes   (1891). 
3 


34  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Skinner — Historical  Connection  Between  the  Old  and  the  New 

Testaments. 
Smith,  George  Adam — Jerusalem  From  the  Earliest  Times  to 

A.  D.  70.    Two  volumes  (1908). 
Toy — Judaism  and  Christianity  (1890). 
Waddy-Moss — From  Malachi  to  Matthew   (1899). 
Wise — History  of  the  Hebrew  Second  Commonwealth  (1880). 


LESSON    I. 


In  the  Persian   Period    (B.  C.  400-B.  C.  331). 


1.  Periods  of  the  Inter-Biblical  History: 

(a)  Persian  Period,  B.  C.  536  to  B.  C.  331;  beginning  of  In- 

ter-Biblical History  uncertain,  about  B.  C.  400. 

(b)  Greek  Period,  B.  C.  331  to  B.  C.  167. 

(c)  Maccabean  Period,  B.  C.  167  to  B.  C.  63. 

(d)  Roman  Period,  B.  C.  63  to  B.  C.  5,  when  Jesus  was  born. 

The   Roman  rule  continued  till  A.  D.  70,  when  the 

nation  of  the  Jews  perished  with  the  destruction  of 

Jerusalem. 

For  a  full  treatment  of  the  sources  of  our  knowledge  of  the 

Interbiblical     History    and     the    literature     thereon    see 

Schijrer — History  of  the  Jewish  People  in  the  Time  of 

Jesus,  Div.  I.,  Vol.  I.,  pp.  1-166. 

2.  The  Jews  still  under  Persian  Rule,  down  to  B.  C.  331. 
Read  Josephus'  Antiquities,  Book  XI.,  chapter  vii.     General 

contents  of  each  of  the  four  works  of  Josephus  (War, 
Antiquities,  Life,  Against  Apion).  Note  especially  sketch 
of  his  own  life.  Name  the  books  in  the  Apocrypha.  Read 
the  Book  of  Tobit  (Apocrypha). 
See  further  on  Tobit,  Schiirer — History  of  the  Jewish  Peo- 
ple, Div.  II.,  Vol.  III.,  pp.  37-44. 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  35 

List  of  Persian  Rulers: 

Cyrus,  B.  C.  536-529. 
Cambj^ses,  B.  C.  529-522. 
Darius  Hystaspis,  B.  C.  522-486. 
Xerxes,  B.  C.  486-465. 
Artaxerxes,  B.  C.  465-425. 
Xerxes  II.,  B.  C.  425. 
Darius  Nothus,  B.  C.  425-405. 
Artaxerxes  Mnemon,  B.  C.  405-359. 
Ochus,  B.  C.  359-338. 
Arses,  B.  C.  338-336. 
Darius,  B.  C.  336-331. 

List  of  High  Priests  During  Persian   Period  of  the 
Inter-Biblical  History: 

Eliashib   (time  of  Nehemiah,  B.  C.  445).     Exact  years   not 

known.    A  Sanballat  in  time  of  Nehemiah. 
Joiada.    Exact  years  not  known. 
Jonathan,  B.  C.  405-359. 
Jaddua,  B.  C.  359-331.    Latest  name  in  Old  Testament   (Neh. 

12:llf.).     Close  of  Old  Testament  canon  and  history.     A 

Sanballat  in  Josephus  in  time  of  Jaddua. 

Special   Books  on    Persian   Period: 

Benjamin — Persia  (Story  of  Nations  Series,  1888). 
Budge — Babylonian  Life  and  History  (1888). 
Cox — The  Greeks  and  the  Persians  (1876). 
Kent — The  Babylonian,  Persian  and  Greek  Periods   (1899). 
Ragozin — Media  (Story  of  the  Nations  Series,  1887). 
Ragozin — Chaldaea  (Story  of  the  Nations  Series,  1886). 
Stave — Ueber  den  Einfluss  des  Parsimus  auf  den  Judenthum. 
Cf.   also   Goodspeed — History   of   Ancient   World;    Meyers- 
Ancient    History;     Rawlinson — Ancient   Monarchies;    Sayce— 
Ancient  Empires. 


36  NEW    TESTAMENT    SYLLABUS. 

LESSON   II. 

In  the  Greek    Period    (B.  C.  331-167). 

1.  Three  divisions: 

(a)  The   reign  of  Alexander  over  the  Jews   B.   C.   331-323. 

Alexander  was  recognized  B.  C.  336  as  king  by  the 
Congress  at  Corinth.  Reigned  in  all  twelve  years 
and  eight  months. 

(b)  Under  the  Ptolemies,  B.  C.  320-198.     Interval  of  three 

years     after  the  death  of  Alexander  before  Ptolemy 
Soter  conquered  Jerusalem, 
(c)   Under  the  Seleucid  Kings,  B.  C.  198-167.     Seleucid  line 
from  Seleucus  Nicator.    Seleucid  Era  began  in  Syria, 
B.  C.  312. 

2.  The  Jews  under  Alexander: 

Josephus,   Antiquities,   Book  XI.,   ch.   viii.     Of.   Dan.   8   and 
11:2-4. 

3.  The  Jews  under  the  Ptolemies: 

Origin  of  the  Septuagint — Josephus,  Antiquities,  Book  XII.. 

ch.  i.,  1-iii,  2  (skipping  sections  8-10  in  ch.  ii.). 
Consult  some  Bible   distionary   on  the  subject   of  the   Sep- 
tuagint and  Schurer — History,  etc.,  Div.  II.,  Vol.  III.,  pp.  159- 
195. 

Special  Books  on  Alexander  the  Great. 

Arrian — Anabasis  of  Alexander. 

Church — A  Young   Macedonian   in   the   Service  of  Alexander. 
Curteis — Rise  of  the  Macedonian  Empire  (1879). 
Curtius — Life  of  Alexander. 

Droysen — Geschichte  Alexanders  des  Grosses    (1880). 
Droysen — Geschichte  des  Hellenismus.     Second  edition  (1870). 
Hogarth — Philip  and  Alexander   (1897). 
Mahaffy — The  Story  of  Alexander's  Empire   (1899). 
Mahaffy — Progress  of  Hellenism  in  Alexander's  Empire  (1905), 
Mahaffy — Greek  Life  and  Thought  from  Alexander  to  the  Ro- 
man Conquest   (1887). 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  37 

Plutarch— Sketch  of  Alexander  in  his  "Lives". 

Schreiber — Studien  uber  das  Bildness  des  Grossen  Alexanders. 

Wall is-B ridge — Life  and  Exploits  of  Alexander  (1896). 

Wendland — Die  hellenistisch-Romische  Kultur.    3  Aufl.  (1912). 

Wheeler — Alexander  the  Great  (1900). 

Williams — Life  of  Alexander  the  Great. 

See    also    Botsford — History   of   Greece;     Bury — History   of 
Greece;  Gulick — Life  of  the  Ancient  Greeks;  Grote,  Myers,  etc. 


BOOKS  ON  THE  PTOLEMAIC   ERA. 

Hultsch — Die  ptolemaischen  MUnz-und  Rechnungswiiste. 
Mahaffy — The  Empire  of  the  Ptolemies   (1895). 
Mahaffy — History  of  Egypt  under  Ptolemaic  Dynasty    (1899). 
Strack — Die  Dynastie  der  Ptolemaer  (1897). 

See  the  various   histories  of  Egypt:      Breasted — History  of 
the  Ancient  Egyptians;   Petrie — History  of  Egypt,  etc. 


BOOKS  ON   THE  SEPTUAGINT. 

Text. 

Swete — The  Old  Testament  in  Greek.     Three  volumes.    Second 
edition  (1899). 
The  fuller  Cambridge  edition  of  the  Greek  text  is  now  ap- 
pearing. 

Concordance. 

Hatch  and  Redpath   (1896). 

Helbing — Grammatik    der    Septuaginta.      Laut-und    Wortlehre 

(1907). 
Thackeray — A  Grammar  of  the  O.  T.  in  Greek.    Vol.  I.  (1909). 


38  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

SPECIAL  BOOKS. 

Churton — The  Influence  of  the  Septuagint  upon  the  Progress  of 

Christianity   (1861). 
Deissmann — Bible  Studies   (1901). 
Hatch — Essays  in  Biblical  Greek  (1892). 
Kennedy — Sources  of  New  Testament  Greek  (1895). 
Swete — Introduction  to  the  Old  Testament  in  Greek.     Second 

edition  (1914). 

List  of  Ptolemaic  Kings  (Egyptian  Capital  at  Alexandria). 

Ptolemy  Soter,  B.  C.  323-285. 

Ptolemy  Philadelphus,  285-247  (translation  of  the  LXX 
begun). 

Ptolemy  Euergetes  I.,  B.  C.  247-222. 

Ptolemy  Philopator,  B.  C.  222-205. 

Ptolemy  Epiphanes,  B.  C  205-181. 

Ptolemy  Philometor,  B.  C.  181-146. 

Ptolemy  Euergetes  II.,  B.  C.  170-116  (jointly  with  Physcon  or 
Ptolemy  Philometor,  till  B.  C.  146). 

Ptolemy  Lathyrus,  B.  C.  116-107. 

Ptolemy  Alexander  and  Cleopatra,  B.  C.  107-80. 

Ptolemy  Auletes,  B.  C.  80-51  (exiled  for  three  years). 

Ptolemy  Dionysius  and  Cleopatra,  B.  C.  51-30.  (Death  of 
Antony  and  Cleopatra.    Under  Roman  domination.) 

LESSON   III. 

1.  The  Jews  under  the  Greek  (Seleucid)  Kings  of  Antioch 
(B.  C.  198-167) : 
Jos.,  Ant.,  Book  XII.,  ch.  iii.,  3 — ch.  iv.,  5,  10  and  11.  Im- 
portant dates  here:  Antiochus  the  Great  was  beaten  by 
Ptolemy  Philopator  at  Raphia  (near  Gaza)  in  B.  C.  217. 
Antiochus  takes  Jerusalem  B.  C.  203.  Scopas,  general  of 
Ptolemy  Epiphanes,  got  back  Judea  in  B.  C.  199,  but  Anti- 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  39 

ochus  the  Great  defeated  Scopas  at  Panium  in  B,  C. 
198,  and  recovered  Jerusalem  and  Judea,  for  some  time 
a  football  between  Egypt  and  Syria.  One  hundred  and 
twenty-two  years  of  Ptolemaic  rule  are  now  over.  The 
Romans  conquered  Antiochus  the  Great  in  B.  C.  190,  near 
Magnesia  (close  to  Ephesus).  Downfall  of  Hannibal  came 
also.  Antiochus  lost  all  of  Asia  Minor  west  of  the  Taurus 
Mountains.  The  Romans  thus  gain  a  foothold  in  Asia. 
3  Maccabees,  of  uncertain  date,  either  first  century  A.  D. 
or  B.  C,  is  a  rhetorical  account  of  a  visit  of  Ptolemy  Philo- 
pator  to  Jerusalem  and  of  his  persecution  of  the  Jews  of 
Alexandria.  The  book  has  no  historical  value,  but  is 
worth  looking  at  as  a  story  simply. 

Wisdom  of  the  Son  of  Sirach  (Ecclesiasticus). 

Read,  besides  Prologue,  especially  chapters  1,  2,  24-26,  38 
and  39,  44-51.  Observe  teachings  as  to  women,  physicians, 
scribes,  immortality,  Messiah  (?).  Your  estimate  of  the 
book.     Sayings  that  strike  you. 

Date  of  the  Original  and  of  the  Translation. 

(a)  Original  work  was  after  Simon  the  High  Priest,  the  Son 

of  Onias  (ch.  50:1).  Two  men  of  this  title,  both  sons 
of  an  Onias  (Simon  I.  and  Simon  II.).  One  of  them 
died  B.  C.  287  and  the  other  198.  The  newly-discov- 
ered Hebrew  text  is  fairly  good  Biblical  Hebrew,  re- 
inforcing argument  for  early  date,  if  a  genuine  orig- 
inal text.  An  enormous  Ecclesiasticus  literature  has 
appeared  since  the  discovery  of  this  Hebrew  text. 
See  list  in  Presbyterian  and  Reformed  Review  for 
July,  1900,  in  article  by  Robert  Dick  Wilson.  It  was 
written  after  one  of  these  dates  (287  or  198),  and 
most  likely  the  first  one.  How  long  after  the  first 
it  was  written  is  not  known. 

(b)  Original  work  was  before  the  Maccabean  struggle,  B.  C. 

167.  It  does  not  mention  the  Maccabees  in  the  list  of 
worthies  (chs.  44-50),  and  stops  with  Simon;  so  be- 
tween 287  and  167  B.  C. 

(c)  Translator  into  Greek  says  in  the  Prologue  that  he  came 


40  NEW   TESTAMENT    SYLLABUS. 

to  Egypt  in  the  thirty-eighth  year  of  Ptolemy  Euer- 
getes.  Here  again  we  are  in  doubt,  for  two  Ptolemies 
had  this  name.  But  only  the  second  (170-116) 
reigned  that  long,  in  conjunction  with  Philometor. 
However,  it  is  possible  that  the  translator  means  to 
say  in  his  own  thirty-eighth  year  under  (epi)  Euer- 
getes.  Either  is  possible.  Still  the  second  Ptolemy 
has  the  best  of  the  argument.  Cf.  1  Mace.  13:42; 
14:27,  for  similar  use  of  epi.  If  so,  then  he  made 
this  trip  132  B.  C.  He  stayed  there  some  time  and 
translated  the  book  about  B.  C.  130.  But  it  was  orig- 
inally written  in  Hebrew  by  his  grandfather,  Jesus. 
Possibly  the  original  work  was  written  between  B.  C. 
250  and  170.  But,  whether  written  during  the  Ptole- 
maic or  the  Seleucid  period,  it  is  a  picture  of  Jewish 
life  and  doctrine  in  Palestine. 
See  further  Schlirer — History,  etc.,  Div.  IL,  Vol.  III.,  pp. 
23-32. 

Further  Books  on  Ecclesiasticus: 
Cowley  and   Neubauer — The  Original  Hebrew  of  a  Portion  of 

Ecclesiasticus. 
Genung — The  Hebrew  Literature  of  Wisdom   (1906). 
Kent — The  Wise  Men  of  Israel  and  their  Proverbs. 
Root — The  Profit  of  the  Many. 
Sanders — Messages  of  the  Sages   (1915). 
Schecter  and  Taylor — The  Wisdom  of  Ben-Sira. 

List  of  the  Seleucid  Kings  (Syrian  Capital  at  Antioch). 
Seleucus  Nicator,  312-280. 
Antiochus  Soter,  280-261. 
Antiochus  Theos,  261-246. 
Seleucus  Callinicus,  246-226. 
Seleucus  Ceraunus,  226-223. 

♦Antiochus  the  Great,  223-187.    Cf.  Hannibal  and  the  Scipios. 
Seleucus  Philopator,  187-175. 


*Two  lines  of  descent,  hence  from  Antiochus's  sons  that  are 
very  confusing. 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  41 

Antiochus  Epiphanes,  175-164. 

Antiochus  Eupator,  164-162. 

Demetrius  Soter,  162-150. 

Alexander  Balas,  150-145. 

Demetrius  Nicator,  145-138,  first  reign. 

Antiochus  Sidetes  VI.,  138-128,  Tryphon  as  guardian. 

Demetrius  Nicator,  128-125,  second  reign. 

Seleucus   V.   succeeded   to   ttie   throne,   but  was   murdered 
directly. 

Antiochus  Grypus,  125-113. 

Antiochus  Cyzicenus,  113-95. 

During    111-96    Antiochus    Grypus    wrested    part    of    Syria 
away  from  Cyzicenus. 

Antiochus  Eusebes,  95-83,  throne  not  secure. 

Tigranes,  83-69. 

Antiochus   Asiaticus,   69-65.     Pompey   then   makes    Syria   a 
Roman  province. 

Cf.   Bevan— The   House   of   Seleucus    (two  volumes,  1902), 
Bouche-Leclerq — Historie  des  Seleucidae   (1913). 
Gardner — The  Seleucid  Kings  of  Syria  (1878). 


List  of  Jewish  High  Priests  during  the  Greek  Period  Till  Office 
Passes  to  the  IVIaccabees: 

Onias  I.,  B.  C,  331-299. 

Simon  I.,  the  Just,  B.  C.  299-287.  Time  of  the  so-called 
Great  Synagogue. 

Eleazar,  B.  C.  287-266.  (Reputed  translation  of  the  LXX. 
begun.) 

Manasseh,  B.  C.  266-240. 

Onias  II.,  B.  C.  240-227. 

Simon  II.,  B.  C.  226-198. 

Onias  III.,  B.  C.  198-175. 

Jason,  B.  C.  175-172. 


42  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Menelaus,  B.  C.  162-160. 

Alcimus,  B.  C.  162-160. 

Vacant  for  seven  years,  till  153,  when  Jonathan  Maccabseus 
was  made  High  Priest  by  Alexander  Balas. 

See  further  on  Jewish  priesthood  and  temple  worship, 
Schilrer — HistoiT,  etc.,  Div.  II.,  Vol.  I.,  pp.  207-305. 

LESSON   IV. 

First     Lesson    in    the    Maccabean    Period     (Beginning    of    the 
Maccabean  Revolt,  B.  C.  167-166). 

I.  Mace,  chs.  i.,  ii.;  II.  Mace.  chs.  iv.-vii.;  Josephus,  Ant., 
Book  XII.,  ch.  V.  5.  Cf.  Dan.  viii.,  20-26;  and  ch.  xi.  The  first 
part  of  the  lesson  is  really  in  the  Seleucid  era,  but  is  prepara- 
tory to  the  uprising.  Four  lessons  on  this  Period.  Josephus 
and  the  two  Maccabean  books  here  overlap  and  supplement 
each  other.  Group  the  events  aroimd  the  following  outline. 
There  were  undoubtedly  four  expeditions  of  Antiochus  Epi- 
phanes  against  Egypt,  though  it  is  diflBcult  to  divide  accurately 
the  accovmts  in  Josephus  and  I.  and  II.  Mace.  But  a  working 
hypothesis  is  presented  in  the  Outline. 

1.  Antiochus  Epiphanes  and  his  efforts  to  Hellenize  the  Jews. 

Manoeuvres  of  Jason  and  Menelaus.  B.  C.  175-172.  I. 
Mace,  i.,  1-15;  II.  Mace.  Iv. 

2.  Antiochus  going  against  Egypt  and  defeating  the  Egyptians 

at  Pelusium.     B.  C.  171.    I.  Mace.  1.,  16-18. 

3.  In  B.  C.  170  he  makes  a  second  expedition  against  Egypt. 

Outcome  and  why.  Effect  on  Jerusalem.  I.  Mace,  i.,  19-28 ; 
II.  Mace,  v.,  1-23.  II.  Mace,  confuses  to  some  extent  the 
events  of  the  second  and  fourth  expeditions. 

4.  In  B.   C.   169  Antiochus   makes    a  third   expedition   against 

Egypt.  Reason  for  failure.  Cf.  Livy  xiv.,  11;  Polybius 
xxix.,  10  and  11.  The  Jews  in  Alexandria  forced  Antiochus 
Epiphanes  to  retire  from  Alexandria.  They  had  heard  of 
his  conduct  at  Jerusalem  the  year  before  and  were  ready 
to  help  drive  him  away  from  Alexandria. 

5.  In  B.  C.  168  he  makes  his  fourth  expedition  against  Egypt. 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  43 

Reason  for  failure,  and  his  subsequent  conduct  towards 
Jerusalem.  I.  Mace,  i.,  29-64;  II.  Mace,  v.,  24-26;  Dan. 
viii.,  20-26,  and  ix.,  27;  xi.,  21-45;  cf.  Livy  xlv.,  12. 

6.  Mission  of  Athenseus  to  Jerusalem  to  carry  out  the  decree  of 

Antiochus,  and  the  way  he  was  received.  Eleazar,  the 
mother  and  her  seven  sons.    II.  Mace.  vi.  and  vii. 

7.  Behavior  of  the  Samaritans  in  this  crisis.    Jos.,  Ant.,  Book 

XII.,  ch.  v.,  5. 

8.  Behavior  of  Mattathias  and  his  five  sons,  and  the  cleavage 

between  the  Asideans  and  the  Apostates.     B.  C.  167  and 
166.    I.  Mace,  ii.;  II.  Mace,  v.,  27. 
For    further    discussion    see    Schurer — History    of    Jewish 
People,  Div.  I.,  Vol.  I.,  pp.  169-218;  Div.  II.,  Vol.  I.,  pp.  1-56. 


Books  on  Maccabean  Period. 

Bost — L'6poque  des  Maccabees    (1862). 

Curtiss — The  Name  Maccabee  (1876). 

De  Saulcy — Histoire  des  Machab6es  ou  princes  de  la  dynastle 

asmon6enne  ( 1880 ) . 
Fairweather — The  Maccabees   (1903). 
Henderson — The  Age  of  the  Maccabees   (1907). 
Jost — History  of  the  Jews  from  the  Maccabees  to  the  Present 

Day  (1848). 
Niese — Die  beiden  Makkabaer-biicher  (1901). 
Riggs — The  Maccabean  and  Roman  Periods   (1900). 
Rossmann — Die  Makkabaische  Erhebung  (1860). 
Streane — The  Age  of  the  Maccabees  (1898). 

From  this  point  throughout  till  the  close  of  the  first  century 
A.  D.,  Schiirer's  five  volumes  on  the  History  of  the  Jewish  Peo- 
ple in  the  Time  of  Jesus  Christ  can  be  consulted  with  great 
profit  for  the  history,  ideas  and  customs  of  the  Jews.  See  also 
the  various  books  on  Jewish  history  and  the  handbooks  on  the 
Interbiblical  Period. 


w 
» 

(J 
o 

< 
W 

!z; 
o 

CO 


|3 


°« 


•^  as 

—  CD  uj 
O  JU5 

kStJ 


■  =03- 
02 


OfiQ 


-Sffl 

II]  . 

< 


-uM- 


xov 


xS 


II 

UJ  . 
ZU 
E    . 

<« 

Kov- 

<<s 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  45 

LESSON  V. 

Second   Lesson  on  the   Maccabaean   Period    (Judas   Maccabaeus 
B.  C.  166-161). 

I.  Mace,  iii.,  1 — ix.,  22.  Same  subject  treated  in  II.  Mace, 
viii.-xv.,  and  Jos.,  Ant.,  Bk.  XII.,  chs.  vii.-xi.,  to  which  reference 
can  be  made  if  desired. 

Seven  Chief  Campaigns  by  Judas. 

1.  Against  ApoIIonius.     I.  Mace,  iii.,  10-12,  verses  1-9  opening 

eulogy  on  Judas.     Place  of  battle  not  known.     B.  C.  166. 

2.  Against  Seron.    I.  Mace,  iii.,  13-37.    Battle  of  Bethhoron.    B. 

C.  166. 

3.  Against  the  three  generals  of  Lysias,  viz.,  Ptolemy,  Nicanor 

and  Gorgias.  I.  Mace,  iii.,  38 — iv.,  25.  Battle  of  Em- 
maus.     B.  C.  165. 

4.  Against  Lysias  himself.     I.  Mace,  iv.,  26-61.    Battle  of  Beth- 

sura.     B.  C.  164. 

5.  Against   neighboring   enemies,    viz.,   Idumeans,    Ammonites, 

Galileans,  Gileadites  (numerous  battles,  Bosor,  RaphOn, 
Carnain,  Ephron,  etc.),  Idumeans  again,  Philistines,  the 
tower  in  Jerusalem.  I.  Mace,  v.,  1 — vi.,  27.  B.  C.  163. 
Merely  glance  over  this  section. 

6.  Against    the    young   King    Antioehus.     Defeat   of  Judas    at 

Baethzacharias  (near  Bethsura) .  I.  Mace,  vi.,  28-vii.,  4. 
B.  C.  162. 

7.  Against  Demetrius'   generals,   viz.,   Bacchides,  Nicanor   and 

Bacehides  again.  Battles  of  Capharsalama,  Adora  (Beth- 
horon), and  Eleasa  (near  Ashdod).  Intrigues  of  Alcimus, 
the  High  Priest.  Judas'  appeal  to  the  Romans.  His 
death.  B.  C.  161.  I.  Mace.  vii„  5 — ix.,  22. 
See  further  Schiirer — History,  etc.,  Div.  I.,  Vol.  I.,  pp. 
219-233. 

Special   Books  on  Judas   Maccabeus. 

Conder — Judas  Maecabseus  and  the  Jewish  War  of  Independ- 
ence (1894). 


46  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Church — Judas,  the  Hammer,  a  romance. 

Curtiss — The  Name  Maccabee   (1877). 

Longfellow — Judas  Maccabaeus. 

Ludlow — Deborah — A  Tale  of  the  Times  of  Judas  Maccabaeus 

(1900). 
Weiss — Judas  Maccabaeus. 


LESSON  VI. 

Third  Lesson  on  the  Maccabean  Period  (Jonathan  Maccabaeus, 
Simon  Maccabaeus,  and  John  Hyrcanus,  B.  C.  161-106.) 

1.  Jonathan  Maccabaeus,  B.  C.  161-143.    L  Mace,  ix.,  23-xii.,  53. 

(a)  Jonathan   succeeding   to   the   rule   and   struggle    with 

Bacchides.    L  Mace,  ix.,  23-57. 

(b)  Apostate  Hellenizers  appeal  to  Bacchides,  and  the  truce 

with  Jonathan.    L  Mace,  ix.,  58-73. 

(c)  Overtures  to  Jonatha  nby  contesting  Syrian  Kings,  Alex- 

ander and  Demetrius,  and  his  policy.  Made  High 
Priest.    L  Mace,  x.,  1-47. 

(d)  Jonathan  keeping  on  good  terms  with  Alexander  and 

then  with  young  Demetrius,  knowing  whose  side  to 
take,  like  a  politician.  Merely  sketch  I.  Mace,  x., 
48 — xl.,  37. 

(e)  Jonathan  again  changing  sides  from  Demetrius  to  young 

Antiochus,  useful  to  both,  and  why  Tryphon  seizes 
Jonathan.     Merely  sketch  L  Mace,  xi.,  38 — xii.,  53. 

2.  Simon  Maccabaeus,  B.  C.  143-135.     I  Mace,  chs.,  xiii.-xvi. 

(a)  Simon's  effort  to  rescue  Jonathan.     1.  Mace,  xiii.,  1-32. 

(b)  Simon  taking  sides  with  Demetrius,  and  peace  at  last. 

Year  1  of  Jewish  Independence.    I.  Mace,  xiii.,  33-42. 

(c)  Simon  at  last  takes  the  tower  in  Jerusalem.    L  Mace. 

xiii.,  43-53. 

(d)  Demetrius'  eastern  campaign   and  rising  of  Antiochus 

against  him,  and  Antiochus'  insult  to  Simon's  offer  to 
help.     Merely  sketch  L  Mace,  xiv.,  1 — xvi.,  10. 

(e)  Ignoble  death  of  Simon.    I.  Mace,  xvi.,  11-22. 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  47 

3.  John  Hyrcanus  (John  Hyrcanus  I.),  B.  C.  135-106.    Jos.,  Ant., 
Book  XIII.,  chs.  viii.-x.    Chief  points: 

(a)  Ousting  Ptolemy  from  Dagon,  near  Jericho.    Jos.  viii.,  1. 

(b)  Hyrcanus  besieged  in  Jerusalem  and  outcome.  Jos.  viii., 

2  and  3. 

(c)  Conduct  of  Hyrcanus    in  Jerusalem    and   towards   the 

Parthians.    Jos.  viii.,  4. 

(d)  Hyrcanus   attacking   Samaritans   and   Idumeans.     Jos. 

ix.  1  and  2. 

(e)  Taking  advantage  of  Syrian  troubles,  and  Jews  growing 

rich.     Merely  sketch  Jos.  ix.,  3 — x.,  4. 

(f)  Hyrcanus   deserting  the   Pharisees  for   the   Sadducees. 

Jos.  X.,  5-7. 
Cf.  Werner — Johann  Hyrkan  (1877),  and  Schiirer — History, 
etc.,  Div.  I.,  Vol.  I.,  pp.  234-290. 


LESSON  VII. 

Fourth    Lesson    on   the    Maccabaean    Period.      (Decline   of   the 

Maccabaean   Dynasty  and  Beginning  of  Roman 

Period,  B.  C.  106-47.) 

Jos.,  Ant.,  Book  XIII.,  ch.  xi.,  1 — Book  XIV.,  ch.  viii.,  5. 

1.  John  Hyrcanus'  two  sons    (Aristobulus  and  Alexander  Jan- 

nseus)  and  their  wife  (Salome  Alexandra).    B.  C.  106-69. 
(a) Aristobulus'  brief  and  revolutionary  reign  (calls  himself 
King),  B.  C.  106.    Jos.,  Book  XIII.,  ch.  xi. 

(b)  Alexander  Jannseus   succeeds  to  rule  and  wife  of  his 

brother,  and  extends  rule  widely.  Dealing  with 
Pharisees  and  general  character.  B.  C.  105-78.  Merely 
sketch  Jos.,  Book  XIII.,  chs.  xii.-xv. 

(c)  Reign  of  Salome  Alexandra  and  her  alliance  with  the 

Pharisees,  B.  C.  78-69.    Josephus,  Book  XIII.,  ch.  xvl. 

2.  Alexander  Jannaeus'   two   sons,   Hyrcanus    (John   Hyrcanus 

II,)  and  Aristobulus   (Aristobulus  II.).    B.  C.  69-63. 
(a)  Character  of  the  two  sons  and  their  compromise.    Jos., 
Book  XIII.,  ch.  xvi.,  1-2;  Book  XIV.,  ch.  1.,  1-2. 


48  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

(b)  Antipater   on  the  scene,  and  his  schemes.     Jos.,  Book 

XIV.,  ch.  i.,  3 — ch.  ii.,  2. 

(c)  Pompey  steps   in  and   captures   Jerusalem  and   settles 

things.    Josephus,  Book  XIV.,  ch.  ii.,  3— ch.  iv.,  5. 
3.  Under  the  Romans.    What  Gabinius,  Crassus  and  Caesar  did 
to  the  Jews,  B.  C.  63-47.    The  First  Triumvirate  (Pompey, 
Caesar,  Crassus). 

(a)  Gabinius    making   a   sort   of   aristocratic    rule    for   the 

Jews,  and  Antipater  watching  his  chances,  B.  C.  57. 
Merely  sketch  Jos.,  Book  XIV.,  chs.  v.  and  vi. 

(b)  Crassus   plundering   Jerusalem,    B.    C.   54.     Jos.,   Book 

XIV.,  ch.  vii. 

(c)  Caesar  siding  against  Hyrcanus,  and  Antipater,  gaining 

Caesar's  favor  in  Egypt,  saves  the  day  for  Hyrcanus. 
Antipater  given  office  under  Hyrcanus,  sort  of  Prime 
Minister  (Procurator),  who  was  called  Ethnarch  as 
■well  as  High  Priest,  B.  C.  47.  Battle  of  Pharsalia, 
B.  C.  48.  Jos.,  Book  XIV.,  ch.  viii. 
See  further,  Schiirer — History,  etc.,  Div.  I.,  Vol.  I.,  pp.  291-382. 


Special  Books  on  the  Roman  Period: 

Arnold — History   of   the   Later  Roman   Commonwealth.     New 

edition   (1906). 
Eotsford — History  of  Rome. 
Bury — Student's  Roman  Empire. 
Capes — The  Early  Empire  (1877). 
Champagny — Rome,  et  la  Judee.    2  vols.  (1862). 
Ferrero — Greatness  and  Decline  of  Rome.  Five  volumes  (1907). 
Ferrero — Characters  and  Events  of  Roman  History   (1908). 
Ferrero — The  Women  of  the  Caesars. 
Firth — Augustus  Caesar  (1903). 
Fowler — Julius  Caesar. 

Gardthausen — Augustus  und  seine  Zeit  (1904). 
Jones — The  Story  of  the  Roman  Empire   (1908). 
Long — Decline  of  the  Roman  Republic    (1874). 
Mahaffy — The  Greek  World  Under  Roman  Sway. 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  49 

Merivale — The  Fall  of  the  Roman  Republic   (1853). 

Merivale — The  Roman  Triumvirates   (1878). 

Milne — The  History  of  Egypt  Under  Roman  Rule    (1898). 

Morrison — The  Jews  Under  Roman  Rule    (1890). 

Ottley — Short  History  of  the  Hebrews   in  the  Roman  Period 

(1900). 
Scott — Portraitures  of  Julius  Ceesar   (1903). 
Schneckenburger — Augustus  (1903). 
Seech — Kaiser  Augustus   (1902). 

LESSON   VIII. 

In  the  Roman  Period   (Continued): 

Three  lessons  on  Herod;  born  B.  C.  74  and  died  B.  C.  4.  Son 
of  Antipater,  the  Idumean.  First  lesson,  The  Early  Years  of 
Herod,  B.  C.  47-37.  Jos.,  Ant.,  Bk.  XIV.,  chs.  ix.,  xi., — xvi. 
(skipping  X.). 

1.  Herod  as  governor  of  Galilee.    Jos.  XrV.,  ix. 

2.  Antipater  helping  Csesar,  whose  death  (B.  C.  44)  puts  Herod 

on  Cassius'  side  against  the  Second  Triumvirate  (Octa- 
vius,  Antonius,  Lepidus).     Merely  sketch  Jos.  XIV.,  xi. 

3.  Herod  driving  out  Antigonus  and  betrothing  Mariamne.    Jos. 

XIV.,  xii.,  1. 

4.  After  battle  of  Philippi    (B.  C.  42)    Antony  gets  the  East, 

whereupon  Herod  gets  his  favor  and  takes  the  rule  away 
from  Hyrcanus.  Herod  Tetrarch  and  Judea  now  a  Roman 
Province.    B.  C.  41.    Jos.  XIV.,  xii.,  2  and  xiii.,  1  and  2. 

5.  Parthians  come  and  establish  Antigonus,  and  Herod's  flight. 

Jos.  XIV.,  xiii.,  3-10. 

6.  Herod's  effort  to  regain  his  rule  and  surprising  success  in 

Rome.    Even  appointed  King  in  B.  C.  40.    Jos.  XIV.,  xiv. 

7.  Winning  his  crown  by  B.  C.  37.    Merely  sketch  Jos.  XIV.,  xv. 

and  xvi.    Final  downfall  of  the  Hasmonean  House. 
Look  over  the  Book  of  Wisdom  of  Solomon  as  preparation 
for  lectures  on  Jewish  Alexandrian  Philosophy. 

See  further  on  Herod,  Schiirer — History,  etc.,  Div.  I.,  Vol.  I., 
pp.  383-399. 
4 


50  NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Special  Books  on  Herod: 

Amelie  Rives — Herod  and  Mariamne   (Lippincott,  Sept.,  1888). 

Farrar — The  Herods   (1900). 

Ferguson — The  Family  of  the  Herods  (1902), 

Stephen  Phillips — Herod  (1900). 

Vickers — The  History  of  Herod  (1885). 

Jewish    Literature   of   the    Inter-Biblical    and    New   Testament 
Times  (Outside  of  the  New  Testament). 

Two  centuries  of  literary  activity,  Jerusalem  and  Alexandria. 
In  two  languages,  Hebrew  (or  Aramaic)  and  Greek.  Some 
has  doubtless  perished,  much  that  remains  is  insipid,  marking 
a  distinct  decline  from  the  great  prophetical  times  closing  with 
Malachi. 

See  chart  for  probable  or  possible  dates  of  these  books,  a 
very  uncertain  matter  in  most  cases. 

1.  Histories:     L,  H.  and  IIL  Maccabees  belong  to  this  time.    I. 

Mace,  is  a  noble  book.  11.  and  H.  Mace,  are  florid  and 
fanciful.    Josephus  comes  at  the  close  of  the  N.  T.  times. 

2.  Romances:     Tobit  and  Judith. 

Apocryphal  additions  to  the  O.  T. :  To  Esther  in  the  Septua- 
gint,  not  in  Hebrew.  To  Daniel  there  are  added  in  the 
Septuagint  the  Prayer  of  Azarias  and  the  Song  of  the 
Three  Children,  Susannah,  Bel  and  the  Dragon.  The 
Septuagint  gives  the  Prayer  of  Manassas  and  the  Epistle 
of  Jeremias  as  genuine  works,  but  both  are  doubtless 
spurious.  L  Esdras,  though  used  by  Josephus  as  a  gen- 
uine work,  cannot  be  so  maintained.  It  is  a  re-working 
of  Ezra  and  II.  Chron.  before  the  time  of  Christ. 

3.  Philosophical  works:     Wisdom  of  the  son  of  Sirach,  Arlsto- 

bulus.  Wisdom  of  Solomon,  IV.  Maccabees,  Philo. 

4.  Apocalyptic  writings:     Book  of  Enoch,  Book  of  the  Secrets 

of  Enoch,  Sybilline  Oracles,  Apocalypse  of  Baruch,  As- 
sumption of  Moses,  Ascension  of  Isaiah,  Psalter  of  Solo- 
mon,   Book    of   Jubilees,   II.   Esdras,    Testament   of   the 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  51 

Twelve  Patriarchs.  These  last  and  some  of  the  others 
are  called  pseudeplgraphic  works,  written  under  the  name 
of  some  worthy  of  older  times. 

See  previous  bibliography  for  the  O.  T.  Apocrypha  and 
Pseudepigrapha.  In  particular,  for  Palestinian  Jewish  Litera- 
ture see  Schiirer — History,  etc.,  Div.  II.,  Vol.  III.,  pp.  1-155,  and 
for  Graeco-Jewish  Literature  pp.  157-320. 


•I  - 

S    M 


S  "-5 


p 


O  p     1. 

i    ■ 

Q 
O 


-— (/)0o'o_ 


■ —  I  "- 
Op 


—  <o 


X  <» 

<  «      _  _  _ 


S  «  u    . 

3 —  Sf-i  •^'^ 


w, 


J3  a'^ 


<2 
.1-:  w_ 


Q      0.  o 


H  S  OS' 

Sao 

0:1 -s^r 


IiJ  u 

■z  u — 


g« 

Wl/1 

(^  » 

I   . 

.  0> 

Pl,t3 

cfl  y 

M  a 

P40 

«>^ 

iiZ* 

>  a 

w^ 

Q}  cd 

_l« 

t>  en 

■fa 

JO 

ft)  (2 

—  <ca 


•SI 

c/3 


<  5^ 


■a 


<      0 

—  K  10 

a.    ."O 

uoS_ 

^5S 

g"^"^ 

M 

S  s 

< 

M 

0. 

u 

E:«n 

<j 

"^.^ 

OrJ 

— <« 

9  0 

2<! 

II  <^ 

-  U    lA 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  53 

LESSON   IX. 

In  the  Roman  Period   (Continued): 

Second  lesson,  Herod's  Prosperous   Reign  B.  C.  37-19.     Jos., 
Ant.,  Book  XV. 

1.  Herod's  dealing  with  the  Sanhedrin,  ch.  i. 

2.  Fate  of  Antigonus  and  Hyrcanus,  ch.  i.,  2 — ii.,  4. 

3.  Herod  and  his  mother-in-law,  Alexandra,  struggle  against  each 

other  for  the  favor  of  Cleopatra  and  Antony.  Death  of 
Mariamne's  brother,  Aristobulus.  Plots  and  counter- 
plots. Joseph's  charge  and  jealousies  and  hatred  (Salome 
and  Cyprus,  Alexandra  and  Mariamne)   ch.  ii.,  5 — iii.,  9. 

4.  Cleopatra's    influence    over    Antony    and    Herod.      Merely 

sketch  ch.  iv. 

5.  Issue  between  Antony  and   Octavius,  and  battle  of  Actium, 

B.  C.  31;  Herod  not  allowed  to  help  Antony.  Merely 
sketch  ch.  v. 

6.  Winning  Octavius'  favor  and  losing  Mariamne's  love.    Death 

of  Hyrcanus,  Mariamne,  Alexandra  and  sons  of  Baba, 
chs.  vi.  and  vii. 

7.  Herod  as  a  builder  of  cities,  and  theatres  even  in  Jerusalem. 

Trophies  to  Augustus  (Cf.  Antiochus  Epiphanes).  The 
Hellenizing  influence  of  Herod.     Chs.  viii.  and  ix. 

8.  Herod  educating  his  sons  by  Mariamne  (Alexander  and  Aris- 

tobulus) in  Rome.  Currying  favor  of  Augustus  and  next 
to  Agrippa.    Temple  at  Panium.    Merely  sketch  ch.  x. 

9.  Herod  repairing  the  temple  at  Jerusalem.     Begun  B.  C.  19 

and  finished  A.  D.  65.  Ch.  xi.  Begun  in  18th  year  of 
Herod's  reign.  Herod  began  to  reign  B.  C.  37.  Jos.  cor- 
rect here  and  wrong  in  War  I.,  xxi.,  1,  when  he  says  it 
was  begun  in  15th  year  of  reign.  Schiirer  points  out  that 
it  was  in  same  year  as  the  visit  of  the  Emperor  to  Syria, 
which  was  B.  C.  20  or  19,  according  to  Dion  Cassius,  liv., 
7.  Herod  has  been  reigning  seventeen  years  when  this 
visit  was  made  by  Ccesar.  (Jos.  Ant.,  XV.,  x.,  3).  See 
note  in  Broadus'  Harmony  of  the  Gospels   (pp.  235f.). 


54  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Look  over  IV.  Maccabees  as  preparation  for  lecture  on 
Jewish  Alexandrian  Philosophy. 

See  further  on  Herod,  Schiirer — History,  etc.,  Div.  L,  Vol.  L, 
pp.  392-439. 

On  IV.  Maccabees  see  further,  Schiirer — History,  etc.,  Div. 
II.,  Vol.  III.,  pp.  244-8. 

See  also  Davidson — The  Stoic  Creed  (1907).  Forbes — 
Socrates  (1905).    Murray — The  Stoic  Philosophy  (1915). 


LESSON  X. 

In  the  Roman  Period   (Continued): 

Third  lesson,  Herod's  Decline  and  Death.  B.  C.  19-4.  Jos., 
Ant.,  Book  XVI.  and  Book  XVII.,  i. — viii.  Broadus'  Comm,  on 
Matt,  ii.,  1. 

1.  Herod's  law  against  housebreakers.     XV.,  i.,  1. 

2.  Troubles  with  Mariamne's  sons,  and  Salome  and  Antipater. 

XVI.,  i.,  2  and  iii.  and  iv. 

3.  Herod  having  trouble  with  the  Jews.    XVI.,  v.  and  vii.,  1. 

4.  Fresh  domestic  troubles  stirred  up  by  the  women  and  Anti- 

pater and  Pheroras.    XVI.,  vii.  and  viii. 

5.  Herod  Getting  into  Trouble  at  Rome.    Merely  sketch  XVI., 

ix.  and  x. 

6.  The    Trial    of    Herod's    sons,    Alexander    and    Aristobulus 

XVI.,  xi. 

7.  Antipater's  ambitious  schemes  and  their  outcome.    Merely 

sketch  XVII.,  i.-v. 

8.  Herod  now  makes  Antipas  his  successor  and  tries  to  regain 

his   health    amid    many    troubles.     Death    of    Antipater. 
XVII.,  vi.  and  vii. 

9.  Herod   alters  his  will  again,  and  finally  dies  in  B.   C.   4, 

Funeral.    XVII.,  viii. 
10.  General  character  of  Herod.    See  Broadus'  Comm.  on  Matt, 
ii.,  1. 
For  literature  on  Philo,  see  previous  list  of  books.    In  par- 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  55 

ticular  note  Schiirer — History,  etc.,  Div.  II.,  Vol.  III.,  pp. 
321-381. 

For  closing  years  of  Herod,  see  further  Schiirer — ^History, 
etc.,  Div.  I.,  Vol.  I.,  pp.  440-467. 

Lecture  on  Philo,  concluding  the  course  on  Jewish  Alexan- 
drian Philosophy. 

LESSON  XI. 

The  Jewish  Parties:  Pharisees,  Sadducees,  Scribes,  Essenes, 
Herodians,  Zealots. 

1.  Pharisees  and  Sadducees — See  Broadus  on  Matt,  iii.,  7. 

2.  Essenes — Broadus  on  Matt.  p.  46a. 

3.  Mishna,  the  two  Gemaras,   the   two   Talmuds — Broadus   on 

Matt.,  p.  45a,  and  footnote. 

4.  Scribes — Broadus  on  Matt.,  ii.,  4. 

5.  Sanhedrin — Broadus  on  Matt.,  xxvi.,  59. 

6.  Herodians — Broadus  on  Matt.,  p.  451. 

7.  Zealots — Broadus  on  Matt.,  p.  31a  and  page  217a. 

In  each  case  read  the  portions  of  Josephus  referred  to  in 
the  Commentary.  Lecture  on  Talmud  or  Jewish  Rabbinical 
Theology. 

See  further  on  Pharisees  and  Sadducees,  Schiirer — History, 
etc.,  Div.  II.,  Vol.  II.,  pp.  10-43;  on  the  Essenes,  see  Schiirer — 
History,  etc.,  Div.  II.,  Vol.  II.,  pp.  188-218;  on  the  Mishna, 
Gemara,  Talmud,  Midrash,  see  Schiirer — History,  etc.,  Div.  I., 
Vol.  I.,  pp.  117-166;  on  the  scribes,  scribism,  school  and  syna- 
gogue, life  under  law,  see  Schiirer — History,  etc.,  Div.  II.,  Vol. 
I.,  pp.  306-379,  Div.  II.,  Vol.  II.,  pp.  44-125;  on  the  Sanhedrin, 
see  Schiirer — History,  etc.,  Div.  II.,  Vol.  I.,  pp.  163-195;  on  the 
Zealots,  see  Schiirer — History,  etc.,  Div.  II.,  Vol.  II.,  pp.  80f. 

Special  Books  on  Jewish  Parties. 

(See   previous  list   on  Talmud  and  Targums,   and  the  his- 
tories, periodicals,  cyclopaedias  and  dictionaries.) 
Bischoff — Jesus  und  die  Rabbinen  (1905). 


56  NEW    TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Delitzsch — Hillel  and  Jesus  (1867). 

Elbogen — Die  Religionsanchauungen  der  Pharisiier  (1904). 

Friedlander — Rabbinic  Philosophy  and  Ethics   (1912). 

Herford — Pharisaism  (1912). 

Holscher — Sadduzaismus   (1906). 

Jost — Geschichte  des  Judenthums  und  seine  secte. 

Leszynsky — Die  Sadduzaer   (1912). 

Lightley — Les  Scribes   (1905). 

Lucius — Der   Essenismus    in   seinem   Verhaltniss   zum    Juden- 

thum  (1881). 
Montet — Essai  sur  les  origines  des  partis  sadduceen  et  phari- 

seen  et  leur  histoire   jusq'   k  naissance   de   Jesus-Christ 
(883). 

Oesterley — Religion  and  "Worship  of  the  Synagogue  (1907). 
Regeffe — La  Secte  des  Essenes. 
Schnedermann — Das   Judentum   und  die   christliche  Verkiindi- 

gung  in  den  Evangelien  (1884). 
Wellhausen — Die  Pharisaer  und  Sadducaer  (1874). 
Wicks — Doctrine    of    God    in     the    Jewish    Apocryphal    and 

Apocalyptical  Literature   (1915). 


LESSON  XII. 

The  Jewish    Expectations  Concerning   the    Messiah. 

Read  preparatory  for  this  lecture  II.  Esdras,  chs.  lii.-xiv. 
The  other  chapters  and  "Jesus"  in  vii.,  28,  are  doubtless  Chris- 
tian additions.    Lecture  on  the  Jewish  Picture  of  the  Messiah. 

See  further  on  the  Messianic  Hope,  Schiirer — History,  etc., 
Div.  II.,  Vol.  II.,  pp.  126-187. 

For  literature  on  Jewish  apocalypses,  see  previous  list. 

Books  on  the  Messianic  Hope  of  the  Jews  and  Eschatology. 

Adeney — The  Hebrew  Utopia  (1879). 

Alexander — The  Witness  of  the  Psalms  to  Christ. 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  57 

Andrews — God's  Revelations  of  Himself  to  Men  (1886). 
Anger — Vorlesungen   iiber   die    Geschichte   der   Messianischen 

Idee    (1873). 
Baldensperger — Die     Messianisch-apokalyptischen    Hoffnungen 

des  Judentums    (1903).     3  Aufl. 
Bousset — Der  Antichrist  in  der  tiberlieferung  des  Judentums, 

des  N.  T.,  und  der  alten  Kirche   (1895). 
Bousset — Die  jiidische  Apokalyptik   (1903). 
Briggs — Messianic  Prophecy. 
Buttweiser — Outline  of  the  Neo-Hebraic  Apocalyptic  Literature 

(1901). 
Charles — A  Critical  History  of  the  Doctrine  of  a  Future  Life 

in  Israel,  in  Judaism,  and  in  Christianity  (1899). 
Charles — Religious  Development  between  the  Old  and  the  New 

Testaments   (1914). 
Colani — Jesus-Christ    et    les    croyances    messianiques    de    son 

temps.     Second  edition   (1864). 
Cumine — The  Messiah   (1915). 
Dewick — Primitive  Christian  Eschatology  (1912). 
Delitzsch — Old  Testament  History  of  Redemption. 
Delitzsch — Messianic  Prophecies   (1880). 
Delitzsch — Messianic     Prophecies     in     Historical     Succession 

(1891). 
Drummond — The  Jewish  Messiah  (1877). 
Edersheim — Prophecy  and  History  in  Relation  to  the  Messiah 

(1884). 
Edersheim — The  Witness  of  Israel  to  the  Messiah. 
Flugei — Messiah-Ideal. 
Gloag — Messianic  Prophecy. 
Goodspeed — Israel's  Messianic  Hope   (1900). 
Greenhouse — The  Messiah  in  Jewish  History  (1906). 
Gressmann — Der    Ursprung    der    israelitisch-jiidischen    Escha- 

tologie  (1905). 
Hart — The  Hope  of  Catholic  Judaism   (1910). 
Hengstenberg — Christology. 
Hilgenfeid — Die  jiidische  Apokalyptik  in  ihrer  geschichtlichen 

Entwickelung  (1857). 


68  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Hilgenfeld — The  Messiah  of  the  Jews. 

Higginson — Ecce  Messias. 

Huhn — Die     Messianischen     Weissagungen     des     israelitisch- 

judischen  Volkes  (1890). 
King — The  Messiah  in  the  Psalms   (1899). 
L.agrange — Le  Messianisme  chez  les  juifs   (1908). 
Leathes — Witness  of  the  Old  Testament  to  Christ  (1868). 
Leman — Histoire  complete  de  I'idSe  messianique  chez  le  peuple 

d'  Israel  (1909). 
Oesterley — The  Evolution  of  the  Messianic  Idea   (1908). 
Orelli — The  Old  Testament  Prophecy  of  the  Consimamation  of 

God's    Kingdom    Traced    in    Its    Historical    Development 

(1889). 
Porter — Messages  of  the  Apocalyptical  Writers. 
Riehm — Messianic  Prophecy.     Second  edition   (1891). 
Schbnefeld — Ueber    die    Messianische   Hoffnung   von    200    vor 

Christo  bis  gegen  50  nach  Christo  (1874). 
Volz — Judische  Eschatologie  von  Daniel  bis  Akiba  (1903). 
Woods — The  Hope  of  Israel  (1896). 


LESSON  XIII. 

A  Glimpse  of  the  World  Into  Which  Jesus  Was  Born. 
A   Lecture. 

On  the  state  of  culture  in  general,  see  Schiirer — History, 
etc.,  Div.  II.,  Vol.  I.,  pp.  1-163,  and  on  Judaism  in  the  Disper- 
sion, see  SchUrer — History,  etc.,  Div.  II.,  Vol.  II.,  pp.  219-327. 

Besides  the  various  books  in  many  lines  already  mentioned 
that  interpret  the  historical  conditions  of  the  great  era  B.  C.  5, 
one  may  note  further: 

1.  The  Greek  and  Roman  writers  of  the  general  period  like 
Appian,  Arrian,  Caesar,  Cicero,  Dio  Cassius,  Epictetus, 
Horace,  Juvenal,  Livy,  Ovid,  Plutarch,  Seneca,  Strabo. 
Seutonius,  Tacitus.  These  throw  a  lurid  light  on  the 
times 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  59 

2.  The  Papyri,  Ostraca,  and  Inscriptions  reflect  in  vivid  fashion 
the  life  of  the  people.    See 

Crum — Coptic  Ostraca  (1902). 

Deissmann — Bible  Studies   (1901). 

Deissmann — Light  from  the  Ancient  East   (1910). 

Deissmann — St.  Paul  in  the  Light  of  Social  and  Religious  His- 
tory   (1912). 

Hill   and   Hicks — A   Manual  of   Greek  Historical  Inscriptions 
(1901). 

Kennedy — Sources  of  N.  T.  Greek  (1895). 

Miliigan — Greek  Papyri  (1910). 

Robertson — A  Grammar  of  the  Greek  N.   T.  in  the  Light  of 
Historical  Research.     Second  edition  (1915). 
See  also  cyclopaedias  and  Bible  dictionaries. 


3.  Summary  Outlines  of  the  Period: 

Abbott — Society  and  Politics  in  Ancient  Rome  (1909). 

Angus — The  Environment  of  Early  Christianity   (1915). 

An  rich — Das    antike    Mysterienwesen   in    seinen   Einfluss    auf 

das  Christentum   (1894). 
Bauer — Christus  und  die  Caisaren.     2  Aufl.    (1879). 
Becker — Gallus. 

Benson — Christ  and  His  Times   (1889). 
Beurlier — Le  cult  rendu  aux  empereurs  romains   (1891). 
Boissier — La   religion  romain  d'Auguste  aux  Antonins.     Two 

volumes    (1874). 
Breed — Preparation  of  the  World  for  Christ.     Second  edition 

1893). 
Carter — The  Religious  Life  of  Ancient  Rome. 
Case — The  Evolution  of  Early  Christianity  (1914), 
Church — Pictures  of  Roman  Life  and  Story  (1892), 
Cumont — Mysteries  of  Mithra  (1903). 

Cumont — Religions  orient,  dans  le  paganisme  romain    (1906). 
Davis — The  Influence  of  Wealth  in  Imperial  Rome  (1910). 
Doeliinger — Gentile  and  Jew.    Two  volumes  (1906). 


60  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Edersheim — Life   and  Times    of  Jesus   the   Messiah.     "Vol.   I., 

Book  L     The  Preparation  for  the  Gospel. 
Farrar — Early  Days  of  Christianity.     Book  L    The  World. 
Fisher — The  Beginnings  of  Christianity   (1877).     Chs.  I.-VIL 
Farrer — Paganism  and  Christianity    (1891). 
Fowler — Religious  Experience  of  the  Roman  People  (1911). 
Fowler — Roman  Ideas  of  Deity  In  the  Last  Century  before  the 

Christian  Era   (1914). 
Friedlander — Roman  Life  and  Manners  under  the  Early  Em- 
pire.   Three  volumes  (1909-10). 
Friedlander — Geschichte   der  jiidischen  Apologetik  als  Vorge- 

schichte  des  Christentums   (1903). 
Gel  ke— Life  of  Christ  (1877).     Chs.  I.-VL 
Glover — Conflict    of    Religions    in    the    Early    Roman    Empire 

(1909). 
Houston — Anno  Domini:     A  Glimpse  of  the  World  into  which 

Messias  Was  Born  (1885). 
Hyde — From  Epicurus  to  Christ  (1904), 
Keim — Rome  und  das  Christentum  (1881). 
Lanciani — Ancient  Rome   (1897). 

Laurie — Historical  Survey  of  Pre-Christian  Education    (1895). 
Lord — The  Old  Roman  World  (1868). 
Muirhead — The  Times  of  Christ  (1904). 

Petrie — Personal  Religion  in  Egypt  before  Christianity  (1909). 
Pressense — Jesus  Christ:   His  Times,  Life,  and  Work   (1866). 

Book  I.    Preliminary  Questions. 
Ramsay — The  Church  in  the  Roman  Empire  (1897). 
Reitzenstein — Die  hellenistischen  Mysterien-religionen    (1910). 
Robertson — Studies   in   the   New   Testament    (1915).     Part   1. 

The  Background. 
Schmitz — Die  Opferanschauung  des  spateren  Judentums  und  die 

Opferanschauung  des  Neuen  Testaments   (1910). 
Seidel — In  the  Time  of  Jesus   (1885). 
Sihier — Testimonium    AnimaB    or    Greek    and    Roman    before 

Christ. 
Stapfer — Palestine  in  the  Time  of  Christ  (1885). 


INTERBIBLICAL  HISTORY.  61 

Tucker — Life  in  the  Roman  World  of  Nero  and  St.  Paul  (1910). 
Tuting — The  Coming  of  the  Kingdom  of  Christ  to  the  Roman 

Empire   (1915). 
Uhlhorn — Conflict  of  Christianity  with  Heathenism  (1879). 
Wendland — Die      hellenistisch-romische      Kultur      in      ihren 

Beziehungen    zu    Judentum    und    Christentum.      3    Aufl. 

(1912). 
Wenley — The    Preparation    for    Christianity    in    the    Ancient 

World  (1898). 
Wissowa — Die   Religion  und   Mythologie   der  Romer.     2   Aufl. 

(1912). 

4.  Novels  Dealing  with  the  Period: 

Brooks — A  Son  of  Issachar.   A  Romance  of  the  Days  of  Messias 

(1890). 
Bulwer — Days  of  Pompeii. 

Croly — Tarry  Thou  Till  I  Come.    New  Edition  (1901). 
Farrar — Darkness  and  Dawn;  or  Days  of  Nero  (1893). 
Gardenhire — Lux  Crucis  (1904). 

Miller— Saul  of  Tarsus.    A  Story  of  Paul's  Time  (1906). 
Rhone — In  the  Days  of  the  Son  of  Man  (1903). 
Sienkewics — Quo  Vadis.     A  Story  of  the  Days  of  Nero  (1893). 
Stearns— A  Friend  of  C«sar  (1901). 


PART  IL 

The  Life  of  Christ. 

(B.  C.  5  to  A.  D.  30.) 

The  text-books  used  in  connection  with  this  part  of  the  Sylla- 
bus are  Broadus'  Harmony  of  the  Gospels,  Broadus'  Commen- 
tary on  Matthew,  Josephus,  Robertson's  Epochs  in  the  Life  of 
Jesus,  and  The  Student's  Chronological  New  Testament.  Use 
of  other  books  is  strongly  encouraged,  with  abundant  reference 
to  maps.  The  lectures  with  each  lesson  aim  to  unfold  the  his- 
tory from  an  inner  point  of  view  and  to  be  exegetical  and  spir- 
itual. The  Scripture  text  itself  is  the  basis  of  study,  question, 
8,nd  lecture. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY    OF    IMPORTANT    WORKS    ON    THE    GOS- 
PELS  AND   THE    LIFE    OF   CHRIST. 

I.     THE  GOSPELS. 

1.   Introduction  to  the  Four  Gospels. 

Abbott — The  Fourfold  Gospel.  Introduction.  Diatessarica.  Part 

X.,  Section  I.  (1913). 
Abbott — Miscellanea  Evangelica   (1914). 

Abbott — The  Fourfold  Gospel.    Part  I.    The  Beginning  (1914). 

63 


64  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Alexander — Leading  Ideas  of  the  Gospels  (1898). 

Bad  ham — Formation  of  the  Four  Gospels. 

Barrows — The  Gospels  True  Histories. 

Battifol — Six  Lecons  sur  les  evangiles  (1897). 

Bennett — The  Four  Gospels  from  a  Lawyer's  Standpoint. 

Blass — Philology  of  the  Gospels  (1898). 

Burton — A  Short  Introduction  to  the  Gospels   (1904). 

Cone — Gospel  Criticism  and  Historical  Christianity    (1891). 

Da  Costa — The  Four  Witnesses  (1851). 

Dale — The  Living  Christ  and  the  Four  Gospels  U890). 

Dalman — The  Words  of  Jesus  (1902). 

Godet — Biblical  Studies. 

Godet — The  Collection  of  the  Four  Gospels,  and  the  Gospel  of 

St.  Matthew  (1899). 
Gregory,  D.  S. — Why  Four  Gospels   (1876). 
Hausleiter — Die  Vier  Evangelien  (1906). 

Lardner — Credibility  of  the  Gospels.     Seven  volumes    (1857). 
Luckock — The    Special    Characteristics    of    the    Four    Gospels 

(1900). 
Marvin — Authorship  of  the  Four  Gospels   (1886). 
Mill — On  the  Mythical  Interpretation  of  the  Gospels.    Reply  to 

Strauss   (1861). 
Moffatt — Theology  of  the  Gospels   (1912). 
Morehead — Studies  in  the  Four  Gospels. 
Norton — Genuineness  of  the  Gospels   (1848). 
Resch — Aussercanonische    Parallel-texte    zu    den    Evangelien 

(1893). 
Roberts — Discussion  on  the  Gospels  (1864). 
Robinson — The  Study  of  the  Gospels   (1898). 
Salmon — The  Human  Element  in  the  Gospels   (1907). 
Sanday — The  Gospels  in  the  Second  Century  (1876). 
Scott — The  Making  of  the  Gospels   (1905). 
Sparrow — The  Gospels  in  Art. 
Stanton — The  Gospels  as  Historical  Documents.     Part  I.    The 

Early  Use  of  the  Gospels  (1903). 
Stokoe — Manual  of  the  Four  Gospels  (1901). 
Tischendorf — Origin  of  the  Four  Gospels   (1867). 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  65 

Wernle — The  Sources  of  Our  Knowledge  of  the  Life  of  Jesus 

(1907). 
Westcott — Introduction  to  the  Four  Gospels  (1875). 
Westcott — Elements  of  the  Gospel  Harmony  (1851). 
Williamson — Four  Lectures  on  the  Early  History  of  the  Gos- 
pels. 
Zimmern — Der  historische  Werth  der  altesten  Ueberlieferung. 
See  also  the  Bible  distionaries,  the  New  Testament  introduc- 
tions, and  the  commentaries  on  the  Gospels. 


2.  The  Synoptic  Problem. 

Besides  the  preceding  note  the  following: 

Abbott  and  Rushebrooke — The  Common  Tradition  of  the 
Synoptic  Gospels  in  the  Text  of  the  Revised  Version 
(1884). 

Bacon — The  Beginnings  of  Gospel  Story  (1909). 

Badham — St.  Mark's  Indebtedness  to  St.  Matthew  (1897). 

Bleek — Synoptische  Erklarung  der  drei  ersten  Evangelien 
(1862). 

Bosanquet — Outlines  of  the  Synoptic  Record  (1904). 

Buckley — Introduction  to  the  Synoptic  Problem  (1912). 

Burkitt — Two  Lectures  on  the  Gospels. 

Burkitt — The  Gospel  History  and  Its  Transmission.  Second 
edition  (1907). 

Burkitt — The  Earliest  Sources  for  the  Life  of  Jesus  (1910). 

Burton — Some  Principles  of  Literary  Criticism  and  Their  Ap- 
plication to  the  Synoptic  Problem  (1904). 

Campbell — The  First  Three  Gospels. 

Carpenter — The  First  Three  Gospels.     Third  edition  (1904). 

Cary — The  Synoptic  Gospels. 

Chase — The  Gospels  in  the  Light  of  Historical  Criticism  (1914). 

Cone — Gospel  Criticism  and  Historical  Christianity   (1911). 

Gloag — Introduction  to  the  Synoptic  Gospels  (1895). 

Goguel — L'    evangile   de   Marc  et   ses   rapports   avec   ceux   de 
Matthieu  et  de  Luc  (1909). 
5 


66  NEW   TESTAMENT    SYLLABUS. 

Harnack — Luke  the  Physician   (1907). 

Harnack — The   Sayings  of  Jesus:    the   Second   Source  of   St. 

Matthew  and  St.  Luke    (1908). 
Harnack — The   Date  of   the  Acts   and   the    Synoptic   Gospels 

(1911). 
Hayes — The  Most  Beautiful  Book  in  the  World  (1913). 
Hawkins — Horae  Synopticse.     Second  edition  (1909). 
Hobson — Diatessaron    of    Tatian    and    the    Synoptic    Problem 

(1904). 
Hoffmann — Das  Marcus  evangelium  und  seine  Quellen  (1904). 
Holdsworth — Gospel  Origins   (1913). 
Holtzmann — Die    synoptische    Evangelien,    ihr    Ursprung   und 

geschichtlicher  charakter  (1863). 
Koch — Die  Abfassungszeit  des  lukanischen  Geschichtswerkes 

(1910). 
Jolley — Synoptic  Problem  for  English  Readers   (1893). 
Lummis — How  Luke  Was  Written  (1913). 
Montefiore — The  Synoptic  Gospels   (1909). 
Mliller — Zur  Synopse:  Untersuchung  iiber  die  Arbeitsweise  des 

Lukas  und  Matthaus  und  ihre  Quellen  (1908). 
Palmer — Gospel  Problems  and  Their  Solution   (1908). 
Paul — Die  Abfassungszeit  der  synoptischen  Evangelien  (1887). 
Petrie — The  Growth  of  the  Gospels  (1910). 
Rohrich — La  composition  des  6vangiles  (1898). 
Rushebrooke — Synopticon:  An  Exposition  of  the  Common  Mat- 
ter of  the  Synoptic  Gospels  (1880). 
Salmon — The  Human  Element  in  the  Gospels   (1907). 
Sanday  et  alii — Studies  in  the  Synoptic  Problem  (1911). 
Scott — The  Making  of  the  Gospels.    New  edition  (1908). 
Spitta — Die  synoptische  Grundschaft  (1912). 
Stanton — The  Synoptic  Gospels  (1909).    Part  II.  of  the  Gospels 

as  Historical  Documents. 
Weiss,    B. — Das    Marcusevangellum    und    seine    synoptischen 

Parallelen  (1872). 
Weiss,  B. — Das  Matthausevangelium  und  seine  Lucas  parallelen 

(1876). 


THE  LIFE   OF    CHRIST.  67 

Weiss,     B. — Die     geschichtlichkeit     des     Markusevangeliums 

(1905). 
Weiss,  B. — Quellen  des  Lukasevangeliums  (1907). 
Weiss,     B. — Die     Quellen     der     synoptischen     Ueberlieferung 

(1908). 
WeizsScker — Untersuchungen  iiber  die  evangelische  Geschichte, 

ihre  Quellen  und  die  Gang  ihrer  Entwickelung.     2  Aufl. 

(1901). 
Wellhausen — Einleitung  in  die  drei  ersten  Evangelien   (1905). 
Wendling — Ur-Markus   (1905). 

Wendling — Die  Entstehung  des  Markusevangeliums    (1908). 
Wendt — Die  Lehre  Jesu.     Band  I.     Die  evangelischen  Quellen- 

berichte  iiber  die  Lehre  Jesu   (1886).     The  Teaching  of 

Jesus.    Vol.  I.  (1892). 
Weston — Matthew  the  Genesis  of  the  New  Testament   (1900). 
Wernle — Die  synoptische  Frage    (1899). 
Wernle — The  Sources  of  our  Knowledge  of  the  Life  of  Jesus 

(1907). 
Wetzel — Die  synoptischen  Evangelien  (1883). 
Wright — The  Composition  of  the  Four  Gospels   (1890).  • 
Wright — The  Gospel  According  to  St.  Luke  in  Greek  (1900). 
See  Bible  dictionaries,  introductions   and  commentaries. 

3.  The  Authorship  and  Character  of  the  Fourth  Gospel. 

Abbott,  Peabody  and  Lightfoot — The  Fourth  Gospel:  Evidences 
External  and  Internal  for  its  Johannean  Authorship 
(1891). 

Abbott,  Ezra — On  the  Authorship  of  the  Fourth  Gospel  (1880). 

Abbott,  E.  A. — Johannine  "Vocabulary  (1905). 

Abbott,  E.  A. — Johannine  Grammar  (1906). 

Appe! — Die  Echheit  des  Johannesevangeliums   (1915). 

Askwith — The  Historical  Value  of  the  Fourth  Gospel  (1910). 

Bacon — The  Fourth  Gospel  in  Research  and  Debate  (1910). 

Baldensperger — Der  Prolog  des  vierten  Evangeliums  (1898). 
•x      Barth — The  Gospel  of  John  and  the  Synoptic  Gospels   (1907).  •  V/ 
'    ^  Chapman — John  the  Presbyter  and  the  Fourth  Gospel  (1911). 


68  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Clemen — Die  Entstehung  des  Johannesevangeliums   (1912). 
Drummond — An  Inquiry  into  the  Character  and  Authorship  of 

the  Fourth  Gospel  (1904). 
Evans — St.  John  the  Author  of  the  Fourth  Gospel  (1888). 
Ewald — Das  Hauptproblem   der  Evangelienfrage  und  der  Weg 

zu  seiner  Losung  (1890). 
Fouard,  S. — Jean  et  la  fin  de  I'age  apostolique  (1904). 
Gardner,  P. — The  Ephesian  Gospel   (1915). 
Gobel — Die  Reden  des  Herrn  nach  Johannes  (1906). 
Gregory,  C.  R. — Wellhausen  und  Johannes  (1910). 
Green — The  Ephesian  Canonical  Writings   (1910). 
Grill — Untersuchungen  uber  die  Entstehung  des  vierten  Evan- 

geliums  (1902). 
Jackson — The  Fourth  Gospel  and  Some  Recent  German  Criti- 
cisms  (1906). 
Johnstone — The  Philosophy  of  the  Fourth  Gospel  (1909). 
Kreyenblihl — Neue  Losung  der  Johanneischen  Frage  (1905). 
Lepin — L'  Origine  du  Quatrieme  fivangile  (1907). 
Lewis — Disarrangements  in  the  Fourth  Gospel   (1910). 
Lewis,  F.  G. — The  Irenteus  Testimony  to  the  Fourth  Gospel: 

Its  extent.  Meaning,  and  Value   (1908). 
Lias — Doctrinal  System  of  John  (1875). 
Lightfoot — Essays  on  the  Work  entitled  Supernatural  Religion 

(1889). 
Lightfoot — Biblical  Essays  (1893). 
Loisy — le  quatrieme  evangile  (1903). 
Lowrie — The  Doctrine  of  John  (1895). 

Luthardt — St.  John  the  Author  of  the  Fourth  Gospel  (1875). 
Overbeck — Das  Johannesevangelium  (1911). 
Peyton — The  Memorabilia  of  Jesus. 
Richmond — The  Gospel  of  the  Rejection  (1906). 
Robinson — Historical  Character  of  St.  John's  Gospel. 
Sanday — Criticism  of  the  Fourth  Gospel  (1905). 
Schmiedei — The  Johannine  Writings   (1908). 
Scott,  E.  F. — The  Historical  and  Religious  Value  of  the  Fourth 

Gospel  (1909). 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  69 

Scott,   E.    F. — The  Fourth  Gospel:    Its  Purpose  and  Theology 

(1906). 
Sears — The  Fourth  Gospel,  the  Heart  of  Christ  (1872). 
Sense — A    Free    Inquiry    into    the    Authorship   of   the   Fourth 

Gospel. 
Smith,  J.  R. — The  Teaching  of  the  Fourth  Gospel  (1903). 
Speer — The  Greatest  Book  in  the  World  (1915). 
Spitta — Das    Johannesevangelium    als    Quelle    der    Geschichte 

Jesu  (1909). 
Stevens — Johannine  Theology  (1894). 
Watkins — Modern  Criticism  Considered  in  its  Relation  to  the 

Fourth  Gospel  (1890). 
Wellhausen — Das  Evangelium  Johannis    (1908). 
Wendt — The  Gospel  According  to  St.  John:  An  Inquiry  into  its 

Genesis  and  Historical  Value  (1902). 
Wendt — Die  Schichten  im  vierten  Evangelium  (1911). 
Worsley — The  Fourth  Gospel  and  the  Synoptists  (1909).   * 
Wrede — Charakter    und     Tendenz     des    Johannesevangeliums 

(1903). 

II.     COMMENTARIES   ON   THE   GOSPELS. 

1.  Series  on  Entire  New  Testament. 

(a)    For  English  Readers. 
American    Commentary,    An — Edited    by    Alvah    Hovey.      By 

various  authors    (1880-1890). 
Bengel — Gnomon    of    the    New    Testament.       Translated    by 

Blackley  and  Hawes.    Three  volumes  (1867). 
Bible  Commentary  (Speaker's  Commentary).    Edited  by  Cook. 

By  various  British  authors.    New  edition  (1898). 
Bible  for  Home  and  School.    Edited  by  Shailer  Mathews.     By 

various  American  authors  (1908 — ). 
Cambridge    Bible   for   Schools    and    Colleges.     Various    British 

authors.    Nineteen  volumes  on  N.  T.  (1877-96). 
Carroll,   B.   H. — Interpretation  of  the  English  Bible    (1912 — ). 
Century    (New)    Bible.     Edited  by  W.  F.  Adeney.     By  various 

authors.     Thirteen  volumes  on  N.  T.   (1899-1904). 


70  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Clark,  G.  W. — People's  Commentary   (1873-1905). 

Clark,  T.  and  T. — Handbooks  for  Bible  Classes. 

Dummelow — A  Commentary  on  the  Bible  in  One  Volume.     By 

various  British  authors  (1909). 
Ellicott — New  Testament  for  English  Readers.    Three  volumes. 

1878ff.     By  various  British  authors. 
Expositor's    Bible.     Edited   by   Sir   W.   Robertson   Nicoll.     By 

various  British   authors.     Twenty-one  volumes   on  N.   T. 

and  one  index  volume  (1889-94). 
Gray — Christian  Worker's  Comm.  on  the  Whole  Bible   (1915). 
Humphrey — Commentary  on  the  Revised  Version  of  the  N.  T. 

(1882). 
Parker — People's  Bible. 
Maclaren — Expositions  of  Holy  Scripture.     Volumes  on  N.  T. 

(1895-1908). 
Van   Ness — Convention      (Southern     Baptist)      Commentaries. 

Various  Baptist  authors    (1912 — ). 
Walker  and  Warman — The  Reader's  Commentary  (1910 — ). 
Weiss — A  Commentary  on  the  New  Testament.    Translated  by 

Schodde  and  Wilson.    Four  volumes  (1906). 
Westminster  New  Testament.    By  various  British  authors. 
Westminster  Commentaries.    Edited  by  Walter  Lock  (1901 — ). 

(b)    For  those  who  know  Greek: 

Afford — Greek  Testament.  Four  volumes.   Sixth  edition  (1874), 

Bengel — Gnomon  Novi  Testament!.     Third  edition   (1855). 

Briggs,  Driver  and  Plummer  (editors) — The  International 
Critical  Comemntary.  By  various  American  and  British 
authors.  Will  be  about  eighteen  voliunes  on  N.  T. 
(1895—). 

Calvin — Commentaries  on  the  N.  T.  English  translation  (1847). 
Tholuck's  edition  in  Latin  is  in  five  volumes  and  cheap. 
Covers  all  the  N.  T.  except  Revelation. 

Holtzmann,  H.  J.  (editor) — Der  Commentar  zum  Neuen  Testa- 
ment.   By  various  German  authors.    Four  volumes  (1890). 


THE   LIFE    OP    CHRIST.  71 

Lietzmann  (editor) — Handbuch  zum  Neuen  Testament.  By 
various  German  writers   (1906 — ). 

Meyer — Commentary  on  the  N.  T.  From  Thess.  to  Rev.  by 
Liinemann,  Huther  and  DUsterdieck.  Translation.  Eleven 
volumes  (1885-1887). 

Meyer  (edited  and  thoroughly  revised  by  various  German 
authors) — Kritisch-exegetischer  Kommentar  iiber  das 
Neue  Testament.     Sixteen  volumes    (1897-1910). 

Nicoll  (editor) — The  Expositor's  Greek  Testament.  By  various 
British  authors.    Five  volumes   (1897-1910). 

Perowne  and  Robinson  (editors) — Cambridge  Greek  Testa- 
ment for  Schools  and  Colleges.  Nineteen  volumes  on 
N.  T.  (1887-1915). 

Vincent — Word  Studies  in  the  N.  T.    Two  volumes  (1889). 

Weiss,  B. — Das  Neue  Testament  im  berichtigten  Text,  mit 
Kurzer  Erlauterung.    2  Aufl.    Three  volumes  (1902-5). 

Weiss,  J.  (editor) — Die  Schriften  des  Neuen  Testaments.  Neu 
iibersetzt  und  fur  die  Gegenwart  erklart.  By  various 
German  authors.     2  Aufl.     Two  volumes   (1907-8). 

Zahn  (editor) — Der  Kommentar  zum  Neuen  Testament.  By 
various  German  authors  (1905 — ). 

2.    Commentaries  on  Matthew, 
(a)    For  English  students. 

Besides     those    by    Bengel,    Carroll,    Clarke,    Ellicott, 
Humphreys,    Maclaren,    Parker,   B.    Weiss,    covering 
all  the  New  Testament,  the  following  books  by  sep- 
arate authors  are  to  be  noted: 
Anderson — The  Gospel  according  to  St.  Matthew   (1909). 
Broad  us — Commentary  on  the  Gospel  of  Matthew.     American 

Commentary  (1887). 
Carr — Cambridge  Bible  for  Schools  and  Colleges, 
Gibson — The  Gospel  of  Matthew.     Expositor's  Bible   (1890). 
Gressmann  and   Klostermann — Matthaus    (1909). 
Norton — The  Gospel  according  to  St.  Matthew   (1909). 
M orison — Practical   Commentary   on  the  Gospel  according  to 
St,  Matthew.    Ninth  edition  (1895). 


72  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Robertson — Commentary  on  the  Gospel  according  to  Matthew. 

Bible  for  Home  and  School  (1911). 
Slater — St.  Matthew.     The  New-Century  Bible    (1901). 
Smith,    D. — The   Gospel    of    St.    Matthew.      The    Westminster 

New  Testament  (1909). 

(b)    For  Greek  students. 

Besides  Alford,  Bengel,  Calvin,  Meyer,  Vincent  and  B. 
Weiss  on  the  whole  New  Testament,  one  may  note 
the  following  separate  writers: 

Allen — A  Critical  and  Exegetical   Commentary  on  the  Gospel 

according  to  St.  Matthew.     Int.  Crit.  Comm.   (1907). 
Baljon — Commentaar  op  het  Evangelie  van  Mt.  (1900). 
Blass — Evangelium  secundum  Matthseum   (1901). 
Bruce — The  Synoptic  Gospels.    Exp.  Gk.  Test.   (1897). 
Carr — Matthew  in  the  Cambridge  Greek  Testament   (1894). 
Chrysostom — Homiletical  discourses. 

Holtzmann — Die  Synoptiker.    Hand-Commentar.   3  Aufl  (1901). 
Loisy — Les  evangiles  synoptiques.     Two  volumes    (1907-8). 
McNeile — The  Gospel  according  to  St.  Matthew  (1915). 
Nosgen — Das  Evangelium  des  Matthaus    (1897). 
Plummer — An  Exegetical  Commentary  on  the  Gospel  according 

to  St.  Matthew   (1909). 
Weiss,     B. — Das    Matthaus-Evangelium.      Meyer    Kommentar. 

9  Aufl.  (1898). 
Weiss — Die  drei  alteren  Evangelien.  Schriften  des  N.  T.  (1907). 
Wellhausen — Das  Evangelium  Matthsei    (1904). 
Zahn — Das    Evangelium    des    Matthaus.      Zahn    Kommentar. 

2  Aufl.  (1905). 

3.   Commentaries  on   Mark, 
(a)    For  English  students. 

Besides  those  on  the  whole  New  Testament. 

Alexander — Gospel  of  Mark  (1863). 

Bacon — The     Beginnings     of     Gospel     Story:       A     Historico- 

Critical  Inquiry  into  the  Sources  of  and  Structure  of  the 

the  Gospel  according  to  Mark  (1909). 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  73 

Broadus — Gospel  according  to  Mark. 

Chadwick — The  Gospel  of  Mark.    Exp.  Bible  (1887). 

Clarke — Gospel  of  Mark.     Am.  Comm.   (1881). 

Jacobus — The  Gospel  according  to  Mark.     Bible  for  Home  and 

School  (1915). 
Luckock — Footprints    of   the    Son    of   Man   as   Traced   by    St. 

Mark  (1889). 
Maclean — Gospel   of   St.   Mark.     Cambridge   Bible  for    Schools 

and  Colleges. 
Menzies- — The  Earliest  Gospel:  A  Historical  Study  of  the  Gos- 
pel according  to  Mark  (1901). 
Morison — Practical   Commentary   on   the  Gospel  according   to 

St.  Mark.     Seventh  edition  (1894). 
Salmond — The   Gospel   according   to   St.   Mark.     New-Century 

Bible. 
Taylor,  J.    J. — Gospel   according   to   Mark.     S.   B.   Convention 

Series. 


(b)    For  Greek  students. 

Besides  the  general  books. 

Du  Btglisson — The  Origin  and  Characteristics  of  Mark  (1906). 

Bruce — Exp.  Gk.  Test.  (1897). 

Gould — The  Gospel  according  to  St.  Mark.     Int.  Crit.  Ser.  1896. 

Holtzmann — Die  Synoptiker.    Hand-Comm.  (1901). 

Lagrange — Evangile  selon  St.  Marc   (1911). 

Loisy — Les  evangiles  synoptiques  (1908). 

Maclean — Camb.  Gk.  Test.  (1893). 

Plummen — Camb.  Gk.  Test.  (1915). 

Swete — The   Gospel   according  to   St.    Mark.      Second   edition 

(1902). 
Weiss,  B. — Meyer  Komm.  (1901). 
Weiss,  J. — Das  alteste  Evangelium   (1903). 
Weiss,  J. — Die  Schriften  d.  N.  T. 

Wellhausen — Das  Evangelium   Marci.     2   Aufl.    (1909). 
Wohlenberg — Das    Evangelium    des     Markus.      Zahn    Komm. 

(1910). 


74  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

4.  Commentaries  on  Luke. 

(a)  For  English  Students. 

Not  on  entire  New  Testament. 

Adeney — New-Century  Bible. 

Bliss — In  Am.  Comm.  (1881). 

Burton — Exp.  Bible  (1890). 

Farrar — In  Cambridge  Bible  for  Schools  and  Colleges. 

Lindsay — Gospel  according  to  St.  Lulce. 

Sadler — Gospel  according  to  St.  Luke   (1886). 

Stevenson — Handbook  to  Luke   (1901). 

(b)  For  Greek  students. 

Not  on  entire  New  Testament. 

Blass — Evangelium  secundum  Lucam  (1897). 

Bruce — Synoptic  Gospels  in  Exp.  Gk.  T.  (1897). 

Burnside — Camb  .Gk.  Test.   (1915). 

Farrar — Camb.  Gk.  Test.  (1884). 

Godet — Commentary  on  the  Gospel  of  St.  Luke  (1887). 

Holtzmann — Die  Synoptiker.    Hand-Komm.   (1901). 

Lolsy — Les  6vangiles  synoptiques   (1908). 

Plummer — The  Gospel  according  to  St.  Luke.    Int.  Crit.  Comm. 

Fourth  edition   (1909). 
Rose — L'Svangile  selon  S.  Luc  (1904). 
Weiss,  B. — Meyer  Komm.    9  Aufl.  (1901). 
Weiss,  J. — Schriften  d.  N.  T. 
Wellhausen — Das  Evangelium  Lucae   (1904). 

5.  Commentaries  on  John, 
(a)    For  English  students. 

Not  on  entire  New  Testament. 

Candler — Practical  Studies  in  the  Gospel  of  John.    Three  vol- 
umes (1912-15). 
Dods — The  Gospel  of  John.    Exp.  Bible.    Two  volumes  (1891). 
Hovey — In  Am.  Comm.  (1885). 
McClymont — New-Century  Bible  (1901). 


THE  LIFE   OF   CHRIST.  75 

Milligan  and  Moulton — In  Schaff's  Comm.   (1895). 

Plummer — Camb.  Bible  for  Schools  and  Colleges. 

Reynolds — The  Gospel  of  St.  John.     The  Pulpit  Comm.     Two 

volumes   (1887-8). 
Watkins — In  Ellicott's  Comm.  (1879). 
Whitelaw — The  Gospel  of  John  (1888). 

(b)    For  Greek  students. 

Not  on  entire  New  Testament. 

Belzer — Das  Evangelium  des  heiligen  Johannes   (1905). 

Blass — Evangelium  secundum  Johannem  (1902), 

Calmes — L'evangile  selon  S.  Jean  (1904). 

Carr — Gospel  of  St.  John  (1904). 

Godet — Comm.  on  the  Gospel  of  St.  John.  Two  volumes 
(1886-90). 

Goebel — Die  Reden  unseres  Herrn  nach  Johannem.  Two  vol- 
umes  (1906-10). 

Heitmiiller — Das  Johannes-Evangelium.  Schr.  d.  N.  T.  (1907). 

Holtzmann — Hand-Comm.     3  Aufl.     von  Bauer   (1908). 

Loisy — :fivangile  selon  S.  Jean  (1903). 

Plummer — Camb.  Gk.  Test.  (1893). 

Weiss,  B. — Meyer-Komm.    9  Aufl.  (1902). 

Wellhausen — Das  Evangelium  Johannis  (1908). 

Westcott — Commentary  on  the  Gospel  of  St.  John.  2  volumes 
(1908). 

Zahn — Das  Evangelium  Johannes.    Zahn  Komm.  (1909). 


III.     HARMONIES  OF  THE  GOSPELS. 

Augustine — Harmony  of  the  Evangelists. 

Broadus — A  Harmony  of  the  Gospels  in  the  Revised  Version 

with  New  Helps  for  Historical  Study.     Critical  Notes  by 

Robertson.  Eighth  edition  (1912). 
Cadman — Christ  in  the  Gospels.    Four  Gospels  combined  into 

one. 


76  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Clark — Harmony    of    the   Gospels    in   the   Authorized   Version 

(1892). 
Finney — Huck's  Synopsis  of  the  First  Three  Gospels  (1909). 
Gardiner — A  Harmony  of  the  Four  Gospels  in  Greek   (1873). 
Heineke — Synopse  der  drei  ersten  Kan.   Evangelien  mit  Paral- 

lelen  aus  dem  Joh.  Ev.   (1898). 
Hill — The  Earliest  Life  of  Christ  ever  compiled  from  the  Four 

Gospels,  Being  the  Diatessaron  of  Tatian   (1894). 
Huck — Synopse  der  drei  ersten  Evangelien.     4  Aufl.   (1910). 
Kerr — A  Harmony  of  the  Gospels  in   the  American  Standard 

Version  (1903). 
Larfeld — Griechische  Synopse  (1912). 

Robinson-Riddle — A  Harmony  of  the  Gospels  in  Greek  (1885). 
Stevens  and  Burton — A  Harmony  of  the  Gospels  for  Historical 

Study  in  the  Revised  Version.     Tenth  edition  (1910). 
Wieseler — Chronological     Synopsis     of     the     Gospel     History 

(1877). 
Wright — A  Synopsis  of  the  Gospels  in  Greek  (1903). 


IV.      LIFE    OF   CHRIST. 

A    Small    Selection    from    the    Enormous    Literature. 

1.  Bibliographies  and  Criticism  of  Literature  on  the  Life  of 
Christ. 

Anstey — Modern  Lives  of  Christ   (1895). 

Ayres — Jesus  Christ  Our  Lord.  An  English  Bibliography  of 
Christology  Comprising  over  Five  Thousand  Titles  Anno- 
tated and  Classified  (1906). 

Conybeare — History  of  New  Testament  Criticism.  Issued  for 
the  Rationalist  Press  Association    (1910). 

Pant — Die  Christologie  seit  Schleiermacher,  ihre  Geschichte 
und  ihre  Begriindung  (1912). 

Sanday — The  Life  of  Christ  in  Recent  Research  (1907). 

Sanday — Christologies  Ancient  and  Modern   (1910). 

Schweitzer — Von  Reimarus  zu  Wrede  (1906). 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  77 

Schweitzer — The  Quest  of  the  Historical  Jesus.  A  Critical 
Study  of  Its  Progress  from  Reimarus  to  Wrede  (1910). 

Wabnitz — Histoire  de  la  vie  de  Jesus  (1906). 

Weinel — Jesus  im  neunszehnten  Jahrhundert.  2  Aufl.  (1906). 
After  (1914). 

Weinel — Jesus  in  the  Nineteenth  Century  and  After  (1914). 
See  further  lists  in  the  various  lives  of  Christ,  in  the  Bible 
dictionaries,  and   in  the   New   Testament  bibliographies, 
in  particular  Hastings'  Dictionary  of  Christ  and  the  Gos- 
pels. 

2.   Introductory  Problems. 

Anthony — Introduction  to  the  Life  of  Christ  (1896). 

Barth— Die  Hauptprobleme  des  Lebens  Jesu.    3  Aufl.  (1907). 

Briggs — New  Light  on  the  Life  of  Jesus   (1904). 

Burkitt — The  Earliest  Sources  for  the  Life  of  Jesus  (1910). 

Butler — How  to  Study  the  Life  of  Christ   (1900). 

Caspar! — Chronological  and  Geographical  Introduction  to  the 
Life  of  Christ  (1869). 

Hill — Introduction  to  the  Life  of  Christ  (1911). 

Hodge — Historical  Atlas  and  Chronology  of  the  Life  of  Christ 
(1899). 

Holtzmann,  O. — Die  Hauptprobleme  der  Leben-Jesu  Forschung 
(1906). 

Julicher — Neue  Linien  in  der  Kritik  der  evangelischen  Ueber- 
lieferung  (1906). 

Miller — Our  Knowledge  of  Christ   (1914). 

Mommert — Zur  Chronologic  des  Lebens  Jesu   (1909). 

Reville — Jesus  de  Nazareth:  Etudes  critiques  sur  les  ante- 
cedents de  I'histoire  evang61ique  et  la  vie  de  Jesus.  Two 
volumes    (1897).     Second  edition  of  Vol.  I.   (1906). 

Robinson — Study  of  the  Saviour  in  the  Newer  Light  (1898). 

Sanday — The  Sacred  Sites  of  the  Gospels  (1903). 

Soden — Die  wichtigsten  Fragen  im  Leben  Jesu.    2  Aufl.  (1909). 

Spitta — Streitfragen  der  Geschichte  Jesu  (1907). 

Wernle — The  Sources  of  Our  Knowledge  of  Jesus  (1907). 


78  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Westcott — Introduction  to  the  Study  of  the  Gospels  (1887). 
Wieseler — Chronological     Synopsis     to    the    Gospel    History 
(1877). 

3.  Exhaustive  Treatises  on  the  Life  of  Christ. 

Andrews — Life  of  Christ.    New  edition  (1892). 

Beyschlag — Das  Leben  Jesu.     Two  volumes   (1893). 

Bovon — Vie  de  J6sus  (1894). 

Edersheim — The  Life  and  Times  of  Jesus  the  Messiah.  Third 
edition.     Two  volumes  (1886). 

Ewald — History  of  Christ  and  His  Times   (1865). 

Farrar — Life  of  Christ.    Two  volumes  (1874). 

Geikie — The  Life  and  Words  of  Christ.     Two  volumes   (1879). 

Hanna — Our  Lord's  Life  on  Earth.     Six  volumes  (1876). 

Noesgen — Geschichte  Jesu  Christi  (1891). 

Pressens6 — Jesus  Christ:    His  Times,  Life,  and  Work   (1879). 

Smith,  D. — In  the  Days  of  His  Flesh.    Tenth  edition  (1915). 

Weiss,  B. — The  Life  of  Christ.  Second  edition.  Three  vol- 
umes  (1909). 

4.  Handbooks. 

Anderson,  F.  L. — The  Man  of  Nazareth  (1914.) 
Bennett — The  Life  of  Christ  according  to  St.  Mark  (1907). 
Davis — The  Story  of  the  Nazarene   (1904). 
Dawson — The  Man  Christ  Jesus    (1901). 
Eilicott — Historical  Lectures  on  the  Life  of  Christ   (1869). 
Fairbairn — Studies  in  the  Life  of  Christ.     New  edition   (1892). 
Garvie — Studies  in  the  Inner  Life  of  Jesus  (1907). 
Kent — Life  and  Teachings  of  Jesus  (1913). 
Parker — Ecce  Deus  (1875). 
Rhees — The  Life  of  Jesus  (1900). 

Robertson,  A.  T. — Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Jesus.     Popular  edi- 
tion (1913). 
Sanday — Outlines  of  the  Life  of  Christ.    Second  edition  (1908). 
Seelye — Ecce  Homo.    New  edition  (1895). 
Stalker — Life  of  Christ  (1881).    Many  editions  since. 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  79 

Watson — Life  of  the  Master  (1900). 

Whyte — The  Walk  and  Conversation  of  Jesus  Christ  (1906). 

5.  Very  Radical  Works. 

Bousset — Jesus  (1906). 

Gilbert — Jesus  (1912). 

Holtzmann,  O. — The  Life  of  Jesus  (1904). 

Keim — The     History     of     Jesus     of     Nazara.       Six     volumes 

(1876-83). 
Martin,  A.  W. — The  Life  of  Jesus  (1913). 
Neumann — Jesus   (1906). 
Pfieiderer — Christian  Origins   (1906). 
Renan — The  Life  of  Jesus.    Twenty-third  edition   (1896). 
Schmidt,  N. — The  Prophet  of  Nazareth    (1905). 
Schmidt,  P.  W. — Die  Geschichte  Jesu  (1904). 
Stapfer — Jesus  Christ.     Three  volumes   (1898). 
Strauss — The  Life  of  Jesus  Critically  Examined.     Translation 

from  fourth  German  edition  (1898). 
Van  Norden — Jesus  (1906). 

6.  Jesus  Treated  as  a  Paranoic. 

Holtzmann,  O. — ^War  Jesus  Ekstatiker?  (1903). 
Schaefer — Jesus  In  psychiatrischer  Beleuchtung  (1910). 
Werner — Die  psychische  Gesundheit  Jesu  (1908). 

7.  The  Historicity  of  Jesus. 

Bugge — Das  Christus-Mysterium   (1915). 

Case — The  Historicity  of  Jesus  (1912). 

Conybeare — The  Historical  Christ  (1914). 

Dibelius — Recent   Pamphlet   Lit.   on   the   subject   in    Theolog. 

Literaturzeitung  1910,  No.  10. 
Drews — The  Christ  Myth  (1911). 

Drews — Die  Zeugnisse  fiir  die  Geschichtlichkeit  Jesu  (1911). 
Forrest — The  Christ  of  History  and  Experience   (1897). 
Greer — The  Historical  Christ  (1890). 


80  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Hauck — Hat  Jesus  gelebt?  (1910). 

Jensen — Moses,  Jesus,  Paulus.     2  Aufl.  (1909). 

Jiilicher — Hat  Jesus  gelebt?    (1910). 

Kalthoff — Das  Christus-Problem    (1902). 

Kalthoff — Die  Enstehung  des  Christentums  (1904). 

Keim — Der  Historische  Christus    (1867). 

Klostermann — Die  neuesten  Angriffe  auf  die  Geschichtlichkeit 

Jesu. 
Lacey — The  Historic  Christ   (1905). 
Piepenbring — J6sus  Historique   (1909). 
Robertson,  J.  M. — Christianity  and  Mythology   (1900). 
Robertson,  J.  M. — Pagan  Christs  (1903). 
Rossington — Did  Jesus  Really  Live?   (1911). 
Schmiedel — Jesus  in  Modern  Criticism  (1907). 
Simpson — The  Fact  of  Christ  (1900). 
Smith,  D, — The  Historic  Jesus   (1912). 
Smith,  W.  B. — Der  vor-Christliche  Jesus  (1906). 
Smith,  W.  B. — The  Pre-Christian  Jesus  (1906). 
Soden — Hat  Jesus  gelebt?  (1910). 
Soden — Has  Jesus  Lived?  (1911). 

Thorburn — Jesus  the  Christ:     Historical  or  Mythical?    (1912). 
Weinel — 1st  das  "liberale"  Jesusbild  widerlegt?   (1910). 
Weiss,    J. — Jesus    von    Nazareth,    Mythus    oder    Geschichte? 

(1910). 
Williamson — The    Times    and    the   Teaching    of   Jesus    Christ 

(1912). 

8.   The  Jesus  or  Christ  (Jesus  or  Paul)    Controversy. 

Breitenstein — Jesus  et  Paul  (1908). 

Drescher — Das  Leben  Jesu  bei  Paulus  (1900). 

Dunkmann — Der  historische  Jesus,  der  mythologische  Christus, 

und  Jesus  der  Christus  (1910). 
Peine — Jesus  Christus  und  Paulus   (1902). 
Goguel — L'apotre  Paul  et  Jesus-Christ  (1904). 
Hibbert    Journal    Supplement — Jesus    or   Christ.     Reprint   for 

January,  1909). 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  81 

Holtzmann,    H. — Paulus   als    Zeuge   wider   die    Christus-mythe 

von  Arthur  Drews   (Die  Christliche  Welt,  17  Feb.,  1910). 
JUIicher — Paulus  und  Jesus   (1910). 
Kaftan — Jesus  und  Paulus   (1906). 
Knowling — Testimony  of  St.  Paul  to  Christ.     Second  edition 

(1911). 
Kolbing — Die     geistige     Einwirkung    der    Person    Jesus     auf 

Paulus  (1906). 
Meyer,  A. — Jesus  or  Paul  (1909). 
Reid — Jesus  the  Christ  and  Paul  the  Apostle   (1915). 
Resch — Der  Paulinismus  und  die  Logia  Jesu   (1904). 
Schmidt,    F. — Der   Christus   des   Glaubens   und   der  Jesus   der 

Geschichte. 
Schmidt,  H. — Der  paulinische  Christus  (1867). 
Scott,    C.    A. — Jesus    and    Paul.      In    Cambr.    Biblical    Essays 

(1909). 
Schweitzer — The  Quest  of  the  Historical  Jesus   (1900). 
Weinel — Jesus  im  neunzehnten  Jahrhundert  (1906). 
Weiss,  J. — Paul  and  Jesus  (1909). 
Wustmann — Jesus  und  Paulus   (1907). 
Wynne — Fragmentary  Records  of  Jesus  of  Nazareth  from  the 

Letters  of  a  Contemporary   (1887). 

9.  The    Person   of  Christ    (Christoiogy,    Kenosis,   Son    of    Man, 
Son  of  God  or  Humanity  and  Deity  of  Jesus). 

Abbott — The  Son  of  Man:    Contributions  to  the  Study  of  the 

Thoughts  of  Jesus  (1910). 
Alexander,  Gross — The  Son  of  Man  (1901). 
Bacon — Jesus  the  Son  of  God  (1911). 
Bailey — Does   Hellenism   Contribute    Constituent  Elements   to 

Paul's  Christoiogy?  (1905). 
Baldensperger — Das   Selbstbewusstsein  Jesu.     2    Aufl.    (1892). 
Ball — The  Kenotic  Theory   (1898). 
Briggs — The  Incarnation  of  Our  Lord  (1902). 
Bruce — The  Humiliation  of  Christ  (1892). 
Bruckner — Die     Entstehung     der     paulinischen     Christologie 

(1903). 
6 


82  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Bushnell — The  Character  of  Christ   (1884). 

Cooke — The  Incarnation  and  Recent  Criticism  (1907). 

Denney — Jesus  and  the  Gospel   (1908). 

Dorner — History  of  the  Development  of  the  Doctrine  and  the 

Person  of  Christ.    Five  volumes  (1878). 
Drummond — Via,  Veritas,  Vita  (1894). 
Du  Bose — The  Gospel  in  the  Gospels  (1906). 
Durell — The  Selfrevelation  of  Our  Lord  (1910). 
Fairbairn — The  Place  of  Christ  in  Modern   Theology    (1893). 
Fant — Die  Christologie  seit  Schleiermacher  (1912). 
Fieberg — Der  Menschensohn   (1901). 
Forrest — The  Christ  of  History  and  Experience  (1897). 
Forrest — The  Authority  of  Christ  (1906). 
Forsyth — The  Person  and  Place  of  Jesus  Christ  (1909). 
Gifford — The  Incarnation  (1897). 
Gore — The  Incarnation  of  the  Son  of  God  (1891). 
Granbery — An  Outline  of  N.  T.  Christology  (1909). 
GiJnther — Die  Entwickelung  der  Lehre  Person  Christi  im  XIX 

Jahrhundert  (1911). 
Hoffmann — Das  Selbstbewusstsein  Jesu   (1904). 
Holdsworth — The  Christ  of  the  Gospels   (1911). 
Holtzmann,  H.  J. — Das  Messianische  Bewusstsein  Jesu  (1907). 
Hoyt — The   Teaching  of  Jesus    Concerning    His    Own   Person 

(1907). 
Jefferson — The  Character  of  Jesus  (1908). 
Kennedy — The  Self-Revelation  of  Jesus  Christ. 
KiJhl — Das  Bewusstsein  Jesu    (1908). 

Lepin — Jesus  Messie  et  Fils  de  Dieu.    Third  edition  (1908). 
Liddon — Our  Lord's  Divinity  (1889). 
Lietzmann — Der  Menschensohn    (1896). 
Loofs — What  Is  the  Truth  about  Jesus  Christ?   (1913). 
Lucas — The    Fifth    Gospel.      The    Pauline    Interpretation    of 

Christ. 
Llitgert — Johannes  Christologie. 
Mackintosh — The    Doctrine    of    the    Person    of    Jesus    Christ 

(1912). 
MacNeill — The  Christology  of  the  Ep.  to  the  Hebrews  (1914). 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  83 

Mullins — The  Authority  of  Christ  (in  Freedom  and  Authority 

in  Religion,  1913). 
NIcoll — The    Church's    One    Foundation:    Christ    and    Recent 

Criticism  (1902). 
Nolloth — The  Person  of  Our  Lord  and  Recent  Thought  (1908). 
Ottley — The  Doctrine  of  the  Incarnation  (1896). 
Parker — Ecce  Deus   (1875). 
Peabody — The  Character  of  Christ   (1904). 
Pfleiderer — The  Early  Christian  Conception  of  Christ   (1905). 
Powell — The  Principle  of  the  Incarnation  (1896). 
Reviile — History  of  the  Dogma  of  the  Deity  of  Christ.     Third 

edition  (1905). 
Sanday — Christologies :   Ancient  and  Modern   (1910). 
Schmidt,  N. — Son  of  Man  and  Son  of  God  in  Modern  Theology 

(1904). 
Schlirer — Das    Messianische    Selbstbewusstsein    Jesu    Christi 

(1903). 
Schweitzer — The  Quest  of  the  Historical  Jesus   (1910). 
Seeberg — Christi    Person   und   Werk   nach   der   Lehre   seiner 

Jiinger  (1910). 
Seeley — Ecce  Homo  (1866). 

Somerville — St.  Paul's  Conception  of  Christ  (1897). 
Stalker — The  Christology  of  Jesus   (1901). 
Streatfield — The  Self-Interpretation  of  Jesus  Christ   (1907). 
Van   Oosterzee — The    Person    and    Work    of    the    Redeemer 

(1886). 
Vonier — The  Personality  of  Christ  (1915). 
Walker — The  Spirit  and  the  Incarnation  (1900). 
Warfield — The  Lord  of  Glory  (1907). 
Weiss,  J. — Christ:    The  Beginnings  of  Dogma  (1911). 
Wrede — Das  Messiahgeheimnis  in  den  Evangelien   (1907). 
Young — Our  Lord  and  Master  (1902). 


10.  Special  Aspects. 

For    lists    on    Virgin    Birth,    John    the    Baptist,    Baptism, 
Temptation,  Sermon  on  the  Mount,  Lord's  Prayer,  Trial, 


84  NEW   TESTAMENT    SYLLABUS. 

Crucifixion,  Resurrection,  Ascension,  etc.,  see  lessons  on 
those  topics. 

Anthony — The  Method  of  Jesus  (1900). 
Austin,  Mary — The  Man  Jesus   (1915). 
Bernard — The  Mental  Characteristics  of  Christ  (1888). 
Blaikie — Glimpses  of  the  Inner  Life  of  Our  Lord  (1876). 
Brooks — The  Influence  of  Jesus  (1879). 
Brocker — Die  Wahrheit  tiber  Jesus   (1911). 
Broadus — Jesus  of  Nazareth  (1889). 

Bruce — The  Training  of  the  Twelve.    Fourth  edition  (1894). 
Cairns — Christ  the  Central  Evidence  of  Christianity. 
Carpenter — The  Witness  of  the  Influence  of  Christ  (1905). 
Craig — Jesus  as  He  Was  and  Is   (1914). 
Farrar — The  Life  of  Lives  (1900). 
Farrar — The  Life  of  Christ  as  Represented  in  Art. 
Gibson — Jesus  the  Supreme  Revealer  of  God  (1915). 
Griffith-Jones — The  Master  and  His  Methods   (1902). 
Hausrath — Jesus  imd  die  neutest.  Schrift  steller  (1908). 
Jordan — Jesus  und  die  modernen  Jesusbilder  (1909). 
Latham — Pastor  Pastorum   (1890). 

Leighton — Jesus  Christ  and  the  Civilization  of  Today   (1907). 
Matheson — Studies  in  the  Portrait  of  the  Messiah  (1900). 
Matheson — St.  John's  Portrait  of  Christ  (1910). 
McDowell — The  School  of  Christ  (1910). 
Morgan — Crises  of  the  Christ  (1910). 
Moule — Scenes  in  the  Life  of  Our  Lord   (1909). 
Parker — The  Inner  Life  of  Christ.    Three  volumes  (1882). 
Parkin — The  New  Testament  Portrait  of  Jesus   (1908). 
Seibie — Aspects  of  Christ  (1909). 
Slattery — The  Master  of  the  World  (1906). 
Speer — The  Man  Christ  Jesus  (1896). 
Stalker — Imago  Christi.    Seventh  edition  (1889). 
Tissot — The  Life  of  Our  Lord  Jesus  Christ.     Profusely  Illus- 
trated.   Third  edition  (1899). 
Thomas  k  Kempis — The  Imitation  of  Christ. 
Ulimann — The  Sinlessness  of  Jesus  (1863). 


THE  LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  85 

Warschauer — Jesus:   Seven  Questions. 
Wendling — The  Man  of  Galilee   (1908). 

11.  The  Miracles  of  Jesus. 

Abbott — New  Testament  Miracles. 

Argyle — Duke  of,  The  Reign  of  Law, 

Arnold,  M. — Literature  and  Dogma  (1898). 

Ballard — Miracles  of  Unbelief  (1904). 

Belcher — Our  Lord's  Miracles  of  Healing   (1872). 

Best — Beyond  the  Natural  Order  (1908). 

Bowne — The  Immanence  of  God   (1905). 

Brewer — A  Dictionary  of  Miracles  (1897). 

B.ruce — The  Miraculous  Element  in  the  Gospels  (1892). 

Burton — Christ's  Acted  Parables   (1893). 

Bushnell — Nature  and  the  Supernatural. 

Butler,  Jos. — Analogy  of  Religion    (1896). 

Cairns — Christ  the  Central  Evidence  of  Christianity. 

Cooke — The    Credentials    of    Science    the    Warrant    of    Faith 

(1893). 
Davies — The  Miracles  of  Jesus  (1913). 

Duff  and  Allen — Psychic  Research  and  Gospel  Miracles  (1902). 
Fiebig — Jiidische  Wundergeschichte  d.  neut.  Zeitalter   (1911). 
Gordon — Religion  and  Miracle    (1909). 
Gore — Bampton  Lectures  (1891). 

Habershon — Study  of  the  Miracles    (1910). 

Headlam — The  Miracles  of  the  New  Testament   (1915). 

Hume — Enquiry  Concerning  the  Human  Understanding.     New 
edition   (1896). 

Hutchinson— Our  Lord's  Signs  in  St.  John's  Gospel   (1892). 

Huxley — Some  Controverted  Questions    (1892). 

Huxley — Science  and  Christian  Tradition  (1896). 

Illingworth — The  Divine  Immanence   (1898). 

Illingworth — Gospel  Miracles  (1915). 

Laidlaw — The  Miracles  of  Our  Lord   (1892). 

Lyttleton — The  Relation  between  Religion  and  Science. 

May — Miracles  and  Myths  of  the  New  Testament  (1909). 


86  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Mozley — On  Miracles  (1865). 

Mullins — WTiy  Christianity  is  True  (1905). 

Newman,  J.  H. — On  Miracles  (1870). 

Rainy     Orr,    and     Dods — The     Supernatural    in    Christianity 

(1894). 
Saintyves — Le  discernement  du  miracle  (1909). 
Stein meyer — The  Miracles  of  Our  Lord   (1875). 
Taylor,    W.    M. — The    Gospel    Miracles    in    their    Relation   to 

Christ  and  Christianity   (1880). 
Taylor,  W.  M. — The  Miracles  of  Our  Lord  and  Saviour  (1900). 
Thompson — Miracles  in  the  New  Testament  (1911). 
Traub — Die  Wunder  im  Neuen  Testament   (1905). 
Trench — Notes   on  the   Miracles   of  Our  Lord.     New  edition 

(1902). 
Warrington — Can  We  Believe  in  Miracles?   (1871). 
Westcott — Characteristics  of  the  Gospel  Miracles  (1859). 
White,  A.  D. — Warfare  of  Science  with  Religion   (1897). 
Wright — The  Finger  of  God  (1903). 
See  Bible  dictionaries  and  magazines. 

12.  The  Parables  of  Jesus. 

Arnot — The  Parables  of  Our  Lord   (1872). 

Beyschlag — Die  Gleichnisse  des  Herrn   (1875). 

Bruce — The  Parablic  Teaching  of  Christ   (1892). 

Bugge — Die  Haupt-Parabeln  Jesu  (1903). 

Caiderwood — Parables  of  Our  Lord  (1880). 

Dods — The  Parables  of  Our  Lord  (1895). 

Drummond — The  Parabolic  Teaching  of  Christ  (1872). 

Fiebig — Altjiidische    Gleichnisse    und    die     Gleichnisse    Jesu 

Fiebig — Die   Gleichnisse  Jesu  im   Lichte  der   rabbin.     Gleich- 

nissen  (1912). 
Goebel — The  Parables  of  Jesus  (1884). 
Habershon — A  Study  of  the  Parables   (1904). 
Hubbard — The  Parables   (1907). 
Jijlicher — Die  Gleichnisreden  Jesu  (1910). 
Koch — Die  Gleichnisse  Jesu  (1910). 


THE  LIFE   OF   CHRIST.  87 

Lang — Thoughts  on  Some  of  the  Parables  of  Jesus  (1905). 

Lisco — On  the  Parables   (1850). 

Murray — Jesus  and  His  Parables   (1914). 

Resker — Our  Lord's  Illustrations   (1899). 

Salmond — The  Parables  of  Our  Lord. 

Spanuth — Die  Gleichnisse  Jesu   (1906). 

Tamm — Der  Realismus  Jesu  in  seinen  Gleichnissen   (1886). 

Thomson — The  Parables  and  their  Home   (1895). 

Trench — Notes    on   the  Parables   of   Our  Lord.     New   edition 

1902). 
Weinel — Die  Gleichnisse  Jesu.    2  Aufl.  (1904). 
Young — The  Illustrative  Teachings  of  Jesus   (1915). 
See  Bible  dictionaries  and  magazines. 

13.  The  Teaching  of  Jesus. 

Besides    general    works    on    Biblical    Theology    and    Bible 
dictionaries. 

(a)    Teaching  as  a  Whole, 

Abbott — The  Message  of  the  Son  of  Man  (1899). 

Adamson — Studies  in  the  Mind  of  Christ   (1898). 

Beardslee — Teacher-Training  with  the  Master  Teacher  (1903). 

Bischoff — Jesus  und  die  Rabbinen  (1905). 

Bond — The  Master  Preacher  (1910). 

Bousset — Jesu    Predigt    im    ihren    Gegensatz    zum    Judentum 

1892). 
Bruce — The  Galilean  Gospel   (1893). 
Burreii — The  Wonderful  Teacher  (1902). 
Clarke — The  Ideal  of  Jesus  (1911). 
Dal  man — The  Words  of  Jesus   (1898). 
D'Arcy — Ruling  Ideas  of  Our  Lord   (1901). 
Denney — Jesus  and  the  Gospel   (1908). 
Du  Bose — The  Gospel  in  the  Gospels  (1904). 
Fullkrug — Jesus  and  the  Pharisees  (1904). 
Gibson — Christianity  to  Christ  (1885). 
Gilbert — The  Revelation  of  Jesus  (1899). 


88  NEW    TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Hall — The  Messages  of  Jesus   (1901). 

Horton — The  Teaching  of  Jesus    (1895). 

Ihmels — Das  Evangeliun  von  Jesus  Christus   (1911). 

Jackson — The  Table  Talk  of  Jesus    (1903). 

Jackson — The  Teaching  of  Jesus   (1903). 

King — The  Theology  of  Christ  (1903). 

Knox — The  Gospel  of  Jesus   (1909). 

Lancaster — The  Creed  of  Christ   (1905). 

Mackintosh — Rabbi  Jesus   (1911). 

Maclaren,  Ian — The  Mind  of  the  Master   (1896). 

Macfarland — Jesus  and  the  Prophets    (1905). 

McClelland — The  Mind  of  Christ  (1909). 

WcGee — Jesus  the  World's  Teacher  (1907). 

Meyer — Le  Christianisme  du  Christ. 

Montefiore — Some    Elements    in    the    Religious    Teachings    of 
Jesus   (1910). 

Picton — The  Religion  of  Jesus  (1893). 

Robertson,  James — The  Teaching  of  Our  Lord  (1900). 

Robertson,  A.  T. — Keywords  in  the  Teaching  of  Jesus   (1906). 
Schaeder — Das    Evangelium    Jesu    und    das    Evangelium    von 

Jesu  (1906). 
Schaefer — The   Supreme  Revelation.     Studies  in  the  Synoptic 

Teachings  of  Jesus  (1914). 
Schneider — Jesus  als  Philosoph   (1911). 
Seeburg — Das  Evangelium  Christi    (1905). 
Skinner,  Charlotte — The  Master's  Message  to  Women   (1895). 
Smith — The  Teaching  of  Christ  in  John  (1904). 
Speer — The  Principles  of  Jesus  (1905). 
Stevens — The  Teaching  of  Jesus  (1901). 
Stier — The  Words  of  Jesus.     Eight  volumes    (1869). 
Swete — Studies  in  the  Teaching  of  Our  Lord  (1903). 
jigert — Christianity  of  Christ  and  His  Apostles   (1905). 
Walker,  W.  L. — The  Teaching  of  Christ  in  its  Present  Appeal 

(1904). 
Walker,  A.  H. — Christ's  Christianity   (1882). 
Weinstock — Jesus  the  Jew    (1902). 
Weiss,  J. — Predigt  Jesu. 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  89 

Wendt — The  Teaching  of  Jesus.    Two  volumes  (18892). 
Wunkhaus — Der  Humor  Jesu   (1909). 

(b)  The  Father  and  the  Holy  Spirit. 

Crane — The    Teaching   of   Jesus    Concerning   the   Holy   Spirit 

(1905). 
Robertson,  A.  T. — The  Teaching  of  Jesus  Concerning  God  the 

Father  (1904). 
Swete — The  Holy  Spirit  in  the  New  Testament  (1909). 
Walker — The  Spirit  and  the  Incarnation    (1900). 

(c)  Christ's  Idea  of  Himself. 
See  also  9. 

Baldensperger — Das  Selbstbewusstsein  Jesu.     2  Aufl:    (1892). 

Beardsiee — Christ's  Estimate  of  Himself. 

Bernard — The     Central    Teaching     of    Christ     (John    14-17). 

(1897). 
Durell — The  Self-Revelation  of  Our  Lord   (1910). 
Foster — Teaching    of    Jesus    Concerning    His    Own    Mission 

(1903). 
Fritzsche — Das  Berufsbewusstsein  Jesu  (1905). 
Hitchcock — The  Psychology  of  Jesus   (1907). 
Hoffmann — Das  Selbstbewusstsein  Jesu   (1904). 
Holtzmann,  H.  J. — Das  Messianische  Bewusstsein  Jesu  (1907). 
Hoyt — Teaching  of  Jesus  Concerning  His  Own  Person   (1907). 
Kennedy— The  Self-Revelation  of  Jesus  Christ. 
Kiihl — Das  Bewusstsein  Jesu  (1908). 
Ross — The  Self-Portraiture  of  Jesus    (1904). 
SchiJrer — Das    Messianische    Selbstbewusstsein    Jesu    Christi 

(1903). 
Schwartzkopff — The   Prophecies    of  Jesus    Christ   Relating   to 

His  Death,  Resurrection,   Second   Coming  and   Prophecy 

Fulfilled   (1897). 
Stalker — The  Christology  of  Jesus    (1901). 
Voelter — Jesus  der  Menschensohn  Oder  das  Berufsbewusstsein 

Jesu  (1914). 


90  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Streatfleld — The  Self-Interpretation  of  Jesus  Christ  (1907). 

(d)    The  Kingdom  and  Eschatology. 

Atzberger — Die  Christliche  Eschatologie   (1890). 

Bartmann — Der  Himmelreich  und  sein  Konig   (1904). 

Boardman — The  Kingdom  of  God  (1893). 

Bruce — The  Kingdom  of  God  (1893). 

Candlish — The  Kingdom  of  God  (1884). 

Caven — Christ's  Teaching  concerning  Last  Things  (1908). 

Dewick — Primitive  Christian  Eschatology  (1912). 

Dobschiitz — The  Eschatology  of  the  Gospels  (1910). 

Goodspeed,  G.  S. — Israel's  Messianic  Hope  to  the  Time  of  Jesus 
(1900). 

Haupt — Die  eschatologischen  Aussagen  Jesu  in  den  synop- 
tischen  Evangelien  (1895). 

Hogg — Christ's  Message  of  the  Kingdom. 

Jackson — The  Eschatology  of  Jesus  (1913). 

Kolbing — Die  bleidende  Bedeutung  der  urchristlichen  Escha- 
tologie (1907). 

Mathews — The  Messianic  Hope  of  the  New  Testament  (1905). 

Muirhead — The  Eschatology  of  Jesus   (1904). 

Oesterley — The  Doctrine  of  the  Last  Things   (1908). 

Oesterley — The  Apocalypse  of  Jesus  (1912). 

Robertson,  A. — Regnum  Dei   (1901). 

Sanday — The  Life  of  Christ  in  Recent  Research  (1907). 

Schweitzer — The  Quest  of  the  Historical  Jesus  (1910). 

Scott,  E.  F. — The  Kingdom  and  the  Messiah    (1911). 

Sharman — The  Teaching  of  Jesus  about  the  Future,  according 
to  the  Synoptic  Gospels   (1909). 

Stirling — Christ's  Vision  of  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven  (1913). 

Titus — Jesu  Lehre  vom  Reiche  Gottes   (1895). 

Vo8 — Teaching  of  Jesus  concerning  the  Kingdom  and  the 
Church    (1903). 

Walker,  W.  L. — The  Cross  and  the  Kingdom  as  revealed  by 
Christ  Himself  in  the  Light  of  Evolution   (1902) 

Weiffenbach — Die  Wiederkunftsgedanken  Jesu  (1873). 


THE  LIFE   OF   CHRIST.  91 

Winstanley — Jesus  and  the  Future  (1913). 
Worsley — The  Apocalypse  of  Jesus  (1912). 

(e)    Ethical  and  Social   Problems. 

For  special  treatises  on  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount,  see 
lesson  on  that  subject. 

Bachmann — Die  Sittenlehre  Jesu   (1904). 

Briggs — The  Ethical  Teaching  of  Jesus  (1904). 

Cone — Rich  and  Poor  in  the  New  Testament  (1902). 

Flugel — Die  Sittenlehre  Jesu.     2  Aufl.    (1888). 

Gardner,  C.  S. — The  Ethics  of  Jesus  and  Social  Progress 
(1914). 

Grimm — Die  Ethik  Jesu  (1903). 

Hail — The  History  of  Ethics  within  Organized  Christianity 
(1910). 

Herrmann — Die  sittlichen  Weisungen  Jesu  (1904). 

Herrmann — Faith  and  Morals   (1904). 

Jenks — Political  and  Social  Significance  of  the  Life  and  Teach- 
ing of  Jesus  (1906). 

Jennings — The  Social  Teaching  of  Jesus   (1915). 

Jones,  Griffith — The  Economics  of  Jesus. 

Jones,  J.  O. — Politics  of  the  Nazarene  (1901). 

King — The  Ethics  of  Jesus  (1910). 

Leighton — Jesus  Christ  and  the  Civilization  of  Today   (1907). 

Mathews — The  Social  Teaching  of  Jesus   (1897). 

Peabody — Jesus  and  the  Social  Question  (1901). 

Peabody — Jesus  Christ  and  the  Christian  Character  (1905). 

Sampey — The  Ethical  Teaching  of  Jesus  (1900). 

Savage — Jesus  and  Modern  Life   (1893). 

Stalker — The  Ethic  of  Jesus  (1909). 

Vedder — The  Gospel  of  Jesus  and  the  Problems  of  Democracy 
(1914). 

Zenos — The  Teaching  of  Jesus  concerning  Christian  Conduct 
(1905). 

14.   Lives  of  Christ  for  Children. 

Batchelor — Story  of  Jesus  Told  for  Little  Children  (1905). 


92  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Bird — Jesus  the  Carpenter  of  Nazareth  (1900). 
Blackall — Stories  about  Jesus   (1890). 
Forbush — Boy's  Life  of  Christ   (1905). 
Foster — The  Life  of  Jesus  Written  for  the  Young   (1866). 
Geike — A  Short  Life  of  Christ.    New  edition  (1914). 
Hodges — When  the  King  Came   (1904). 
Newton,  R.  H. — The  Light  of  the  World  (1893). 
Sangster — The  Sweet  Story  of  Old  (1904). 

15.  Poems  about  Christ. 

Arnold,  Edwin — The  Light  of  the  World  (1891). 

Chittenden — The  Pleroma.    A  Poem  of  the  Christ  (1890). 

Ford,  C.  L. — Lyra  Christi.    Third  edition  (1892). 

Hoge,  P.  H. — The  Divine  Tragedy  (1905). 

Holland,  J.  G. — Christ  and  the  Twelve   (1876). 

Longfellow — The  Divine  Tragedy  or  Christus. 

McDuff — The  Story  of  Jesus  in  Verse   (1893). 

Milton — Paradise  Regained. 

Montgomery,  Robert — Messiah. 

Wesley — The  Life  of  Our  Jesus  Christ  (1693). 

16.  Romances. 

Anonymous — Philo-christus  (1878). 
Brooks — A  Son  of  Issachar  (1899). 
Burr — Aleph   the    Chaldrean;    or,   the   Messiah   as   Seen   from 

Alexandria  (1891). 
Carus — The  Crown  of  Thorns   (1901). 
Clarke — Life  and  Times  of  Jesus   (1887). 
Corelli — Barabbas   (1893). 
Davis — When  Christ  Was  Here  (1905). 
Gardenhire — Lux  Crucis   (1904). 
Jacobs — As  Others  Saw  Him   (1895). 
Johnston,  Annie  Fallows — Joel,  A  Boy  of  Galilee  (1896). 
Kingsley — -Titus,  A  Comrade  of  the  Cross  (1894). 
Rhone — In  the  Days  of  the  Son  of  Man   (1903). 
Stout — LacanuB,  a  Friend  of  Christ  (1904). 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  93 

Sue — The  Silver  Cross;  or  The  Carpenter  of  Nazareth  (1898). 
Van  Dyke — The  Story  of  the  Other  Wise  Man  (1899). 
Wallace — Ben-Hur.    A  Tale  of  the  Christ  (1880). 
Ward,  Elizabeth  Phelps — The  Story  of  Jesus  Christ.     Popular 
edition  (1901). 

17.  Non-Scriptural  Accounts  of  Jesus. 

Andrews — Apocryphal  Books  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments 
1908). 

Bauer — Das  Leben  Jesu  im  Zeitalter  d.  neut.  Apokryphen 
(1909). 

Cowper — The  Apocryphal  Gospels   (1867). 

Donohoo — Apocryphal  and  Legendary  Life  of  Christ  (1903). 

Gould,  S.  Baring — Lost  and  Hostile  Gospels   (1901). 

Grenfell  and  Hunt — Logia  of  Jesus  (1897). 

Grenfell  and  Hunt — New  Sayings  of  Jesus   (1904). 

Griffenhoofe — The  Unwritten  Sayings  of  Christ   (1903). 

Guerber — Legends  of  the  "Virgin  and  Christ  (1896). 

Hackwood — Christ  Lore  (1907). 

Handmann — Das  Hebraer  Evangelium  (1888). 

Harris — The  Newly-Recovered  Gospel  of  St.  Peter   (1893). 

Hoennecke — Neutestamentliche  Apokryphen  (1904). 

Herford — Christianity  in  Talmud  and  Midrash   (1903). 

Hone — Apocryphal  New  Testament   (1820). 

Horder — The  Newly-Found  Words  of  Jesus  (1905). 

Jackson — Twenty-five  Agrapha;  or,  Extra-Canonical  Sayings 
of  Our    Lord   (1900). 

Josephus — Antiquities,  Bk.  XVIII.,  ch.  iii.,  8  3. 

Krauss — Leben  Jesu  nach  jiidischen  Quellen  (1905). 

Laible — Jesus  Christus  im  Talmud   (1900). 

Lock  and  Sanday — Two  Lectures  on  the  Oxyrhynchus  Say- 
ings of  Jesus  (1889). 

Mead — Sayings  of  Jesus   (1897). 

Nicholson — The  Gospel  according  to  the  Hebrews. 

Orr — New  Testament  Apocryphal  Writings   (1904). 

Pick — The  Apocryphal  Life  of  Jesus  (1887). 


94  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Pick — The  Extra-Canonical  Life  of  Christ  (1903). 

Pick — Paralipomena  (1908). 

Pick — Jesus  and  the  Talmud   (1913). 

Preuschen — Antilegomena   ( 1905 ) . 

Rawnsiey — Sayings  of  Jesus  (1905). 

Resch — Aussercanonische  Paralleltexte  (1893). 

Resch — Agrapha.    2  Aufl.   (1906). 

Ropes — Die  Spriiche  Jesu  (1896). 

Smith,  D. — The  Unwritten  Sayings  of  Our  Lord  (1913). 

Swete — The  Apocryphal  Gospel  of  St.  Peter    (1893). 

Taylor,  C. — The  Oxyrhynchus  Logia  and  the  Apocryphal  Gos- 
pels  (1899). 

Taylor,  C. — The  Oxyrhynchus  Sayings  of  Jesus  Found  in  1903. 
(1905). 

Warschauer — Jesus  Saith  (1905). 

LESSON    I. 

Beginnings   of  the  Gospels  and   Preparation  for  the    Birth   of 

Jesus. 
Broadus    Harmony,  §§  1 — 6. 
Broadus'  Comm.  on  Matt.  pp.  1 — 13. 
Robertson's   Epochs   in   the   Life   of  Jesus,   Preface   and 

pp.  1 — 5. 
For  fuller  discussion  see  Edersheim — Life  and  Times  of 
Jesus  the  Messiah,  Bk.  IL,  chs.  in. — V. 

1.  Note   contents   of   the   Introductions   in    the   Gospels    and 

reason  for  each.     See  Harmony. 

2.  On  Harmonizing  in  General.    Harmony,  p.  232. 

3.  Comparison  of  the  two  genealogies  in  Matthew  and  Luke. 
Harmony,  pp.  232 — 5. 

Broadus  on  Matt.,  pp.  1  and  2,  5 — 7. 

4.  Be  able  to  state  intelligently  and   in  order  the  historical 

events  in  Harmony,    §8  2 — 6.     Be  ready  to  point  out 
places  on  the  map. 

5.  Explain    Title    of    Matthew's    Gospel    and    theories    as    to 

authorship  of  the  Four  Gospels. 


THE   LIFE   OF    CHRIST.  SB 

Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  1. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Robertson — Comm.  on  Matt.   (In- 

troduc),  and  Smith — In  the  Days  of  His  Flesh,  ch.  I. 

The  Evangelic  Records. 

6.  Form  of  the  Names  in  Matthew's  Genealogy.    Broadus  on 

Matt.,  p.  3. 

7.  Jesus  and  Christ. 

Broadus  on  Matt.,  pp.  2,  10.    Cf.  Acts  7:45;  Heb.  4:8. 

8.  Joseph. 

Broadus  on  Matt,  pp.  8,  9,  13. 

9.  Mary  the  Mother  of  Jesus. 
Broadus  on  Matt.,  p.  8 — 10. 

10.  The  prophecy  quoted  in  Matt.  l:22f. 
Broadus  on  Matt.,  p.  11-13. 

11.  The  Virginity  of  Mary. 
Broadus  on  Matt.,  p.  13. 

12.  What  is  "the  Problem  of  Jesus"? 
Robertson,  pp.  1 — 5. 


LESSON   II. 

The  Birth  of  Jesus.  Harmony,  Sections  7-12;  Broadus  on 
Matt.,  ch.  2;  Robertson,  Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Jesus,  pp.  8-14. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim — Life  and  Times,  chs. 
VI.-VIII.;   D,  Smith — In  the  Days  of  His  Flesh,  ch.  I. 

1.  Give  events,  places,  dates. 

2.  Probable  time  of  the  Saviour's  birth.    Harm.  235-40. 

3.  Bethlehem.    See  Comm.     (Broadus  always  meant  hereafter 

by  this  abbreviation)   on  Matt.,  ii.,  1.    Unconscious  in- 
fluence of  Augustus.    Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  7. 

4.  New  Testament  Psalms.    Harm.,  p.  9. 

5.  Herod  the  King.    Comm.,  pp.  15,  16,  18. 

6.  The  Magi.    Comm.,  pp.  16,  21f. 

7.  The  Star.    Comm.,  ii.,  2. 

8.  The  Christ.    Comm.,  ii.,  4, 


96  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

9.  Chief  priests  and  scribes.    Comm.,  p.  18. 

10.  Four  quotations.     See  Comm.  on  Matt.,  ii.,  6,  15,  18,  23. 

11.  Slaugliter  of  the  babes.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  ii.,  16. 

12.  Sojourn  in  Egypt.    Comm.,  ii.,  13. 

13.  The  return  to  Nazareth.    Comm.,  p.  29. 

14.  The  Virgin  Birth  of  Jesus.    Robertson,  pp.  8-14. 

Special   Books  on  the  Virgin  Birth. 

(Besides  books  on  the  Incarnation,  which  see  in  bibliogra- 
phy, and  cyclopaedia  articles) : 

Benson — The   Virgin    Birth    of   Our   Lord    and    Saviour   Jesus 

Christ  (1904). 
Conrady — Die  Quellen  der  canonischen  Kindheitsgeschichte. 
Gould,  S.  Baring — The  Birth  of  Jesus  (1885). 
Hoben — The  Virgin  Birth  (1903). 
Knowling — Our  Lord's  Virgin  Birth  (1907). 
Kregher — Die  jungfraiisiche  Geburt  des  Herrn   (1900). 
Lobstein — The  Virgin  Birth  of  Christ   (1903). 
Machen — New    Testament    Account    of    the    Birth    of    Jesus 

(Princeton  Rev.,  1905  and  1906). 
Orr — The  Virgin  Birth  of  Christ  (1901). 
Oussani — The  Virgin  Birth  and  Modern  Criticism   (New  York 

Review,  1907,  pp.  313ff). 
Peeters— L'fivangile  de  I'Enfance   (1914). 
Randolph — The  Virgin  Birth  of  Our  Lord   (1903). 
Resch — Das  Kindheitsevangelium  nach  Matt,  und  Luk. 
Stewart — Our  Lord's  Nativity  and  Birth  (1905). 
Soitau — The  Birth  of  Jesus  Christ  (1903). 
Sweet — The  Birth  and  Infancy  of  Jesus  Christ  (1907). 

Other  Books  of  Interest. 

Adeney — The  Women  of  the  New  Testament. 
Bernard — The  Songs  of  the  Nativity. 
Gurney — Nunc  Dimittis   (1895). 
Huschke — Zeit  der  Geburt  Jesu  Christi  (1840). 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  97 

Mackinlay — The  Magi  (1907). 
Page — New  Light  from  Old  Eclipses   (1890). 
Ramsay — Was  Christ  Born  at  Bethlehem?  (1899). 
Sanday — Sacred  Sites  of  the  Gospels  (1903). 
Thomas — Our  Record  of  the  Lord's  Nativity  (1900). 
Upham — Wise  Men  from  the  East   (1869). 
Waddy-Moss — The  Scene  of  Our  Lord's  Life  (1902). 
Wieseler — Chronological  Synopsis  (1877). 
Zumpt — Das  Geburtjahr  Christi   (1869). 


LESSON    Ml. 

The  Long  Years  of  Silence. 

Harmony,  §  13. 
Comm.  pp.  26-30. 
Plummer  or  any  comm.  on  Luke. 
Josephup,  Ant.,  Bk.  XVII.,  chs.  viii.-xiii. 
Robertson — Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Jesus,  pp.  6-8. 
For    fuller    treatment,    see    Edersheim,    chs.    IX.-X.;     D. 
Smith,  ch.  II. 

1.  The  term  Judea.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  ii.,  22. 

2.  The  successors  of  Herod  the  Great.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  ii.,  22; 

Josephus,  Ant.,  Book  XVII.,  chs.  viii.-xiii. 

(a)  Herod's  last  will,  and  way  Archelaus  received  at  Jeru- 
salem.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  and  Jos.,  Ant.,  XVII.,  viii. 

(b)  Archelaus  going  to  Rome,  followed  by  Salome,  Antipas, 
and  others.    Ant.,  XVII.,  ix. 

(c)  Meanwhile  tumult  reigns  at  Jerusalem.    Ant.,  XVII.,  x. 

(d)  How   Caesar   decides   the   contest  and  exposes   a  false 
claimant.    Ant.,  XVII.,  xi.  and  xii. 

(e)  Caesar's  advice  to  Archelaus,  and  how  Archelaus  took  it. 
Ant.,  XVII.,  xili. 

3.  Nazareth.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  ii.,  23. 

4.  The  visit  of  Jesus  the  boy  to  Jerusalem.    Harm.,  Section  13. 

State  events,  places,  dates, 
7 


98  NEW   TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

5.  The  Youth  of  Jesus.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  30f;  Harm.,  foot- 

note, p.  11. 

6.  The  First  Glimpse  of  Jesus.    Robertson,  pp.  6-8. 

Special  Books. 

B rough — The  Early  Life  of  Our  Lord. 

Durand — The  Childhood  of  Jesus  Christ  (1911). 

Forbush — Boy's  Life  of  Christ   (1905). 

Meyers,  C. — The  Boy  Jesus  (1908). 

Monod — The  Childhood  of  Jesus   (1889). 

Morgan,  G.  Campbell — The  Hidden  Years  at  Nazareth  (1898). 

Ramsay — The  Education  of  Christ  (1902). 

Smith — The  Holy  Child  Jesus. 

Van  Dyke — The  Childhood  of  Jesus  Christ  (1905). 

Wallace — Boyhood  of  Christ. 

Waugh — The  Child  of  Nazareth  (1906). 

The  so-called  manuscript  by  Notowitch,  purporting  to  de- 
scribe a  visit  of  Jesus  to  India  during  this  period,  is  a 
fraud. 


LESSON  IV. 

John  the  Baptist. 

Harmony,  §  14. 
Comm.  on  3:1-12.' 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  14  and  15. 

For   fuller   discussion,    see    Robertson — John    the   Loyal; 
Edersheim — Bk.  H.,  ch.  XL,  and  Bk.  HI.,  ch.  XXVHL 

1.  Events,  places,  dates.    Harmony,  §  14. 

2.  Gospel  account  of  John.    Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  15.    Read  all 

these  references  about  John. 

3.  Early  life  of  John.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  iii.,  1, 

4.  Wilderness  of  Judea.    Comm.  on  Matt,  p.  33. 

5.  Repent.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  iii.,  2. 

6.  Kingdom  of  Heaven.    Comm.,  pp.  35f. 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  99 

7.  Quotation  in  Matt.,  iii.,  3.    See  Comm. 

8.  John's  dress  and  food.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  iii.,  4. 

9.  Meaning  of  baptize.    Comm.,  p.  39-41. 

10.  Proselyte  baptism.    Comm.,  p.  41b  f. 

11.  Pharisees  and  Sadducees.    Comm.  on  3:7-9. 

12.  John's  baptism  and  Christ's  baptism.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xi., 

11,  cf.  Josephus  on  John's  baptism.    Comm.,  p.  36. 

13.  The  Jordan.     Comm.,  p.  42ff. 

14.  Baptism  with  water  or  in  water — unto  repentance — in  the 

Holy  Spirit  and  fire.     Comm.  on  Matt,  iii.,  11.     Note 
carefully  exegesis  from  now  on. 

Special  Books  on  John  the  Baptist. 

Barde — Jean  Baptiste  (1892). 

Behrendts— Studien  iiber  Zacharias-Apokryphen  und  Zacharias- 

Legenden  (1859). 
Behrendts — Die  h.   Ueberlieferung  der  Zach.  und  Joh.   Apokry- 

phen  (1904). 
Blakiston— John  the  Baptist  and  His  Relation  to  Jesus  (1912). 
Boissonas — De  I'Attitude  de  Jean  Baptiste. 
Bornemann — Die  Taufe  Christi  durch  Johannes. 
Brandt — Ein  talmiidisches  Zeugnis  von  dem  Johannes   (Zschr. 

f.  Neut.  Wiss.,  Heft  4,  1911). 
Breest — Johannes  der  Taufer  (1881). 
Breuil — Du  Culte  de  S.  Jean  Baptiste. 
Chenot — Jean  le  Baptiste. 
Coleridge— Ministry  of  John  the  Baptist.    Vol.  I.  of  his  Public 

Life  of  Our  Lord. 
Dibelius — Die  urchristliche  Ueberlieferung  uber  Johannes  den 

Taiifer  (1911). 
Douglas — More  than  a  Prophet    (1905). 

Duncan— Life,  Character,  and  Acts  of  John  the  Baptist  (1853). 
Feather — John  the  Baptist. 
Gale — The  Prophet  of  the  Highest. 
Haupt — Johannes  der  Taufer  (1874). 
Houghton — John  the  Baptist  (1889). 


100         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Huxtable — The  Ministry  of  St.  John  the  Baptist. 

Innitzer — Johannes  der  Taiifer   (1908). 

Kohler — Johannes  der  Taufer  (1884). 

Konrad — Johannes  der  Taufer  (1911). 

Lofton — John  the  Baptist.    A  Poem  (1905). 

McCuI lough — The  Peerless  Prophet  (188). 

Meyer,  F.  B. — John  the  Baptist   (1901). 

Penick — More  than  a  Prophet  (1881). 

Pottgiesser — Johannes  der  Taufer  und  Jesus  Christus    (1911). 

Reynolds — John  the  Baptist   (1874). 

Robertson,  A.  T. — John  the  Loyal.    Popular  edition  (1915). 

Rymington — Vox  Clamantis   (1882). 

Simpson — The  Last  of  the  Prophets. 

Smith — Johannes  de  Dooper  (1908). 

Stalker — The  Two  Johns  (1895). 

On  the  baptismal  controversy  see  the  ecclesiologies,  Bible 
dictionaries,  and  various  treatises  like  Broadus — Immer- 
sion Essential  to  Christian  Baptism. 


LESSON  V. 

Christ's   Baptism  and  Temptation. 

Harmony,  §§15  and  16. 
Comm.  on  Matt.  3:13 — 4:11. 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  15-23. 

For    fuller   discussion,   see  Edersheim,   Bk.   II.,   ch.   XII., 
and  Bk.  III.,  ch.  I. ;  D.  Smith,  chs.  III.-IV. 

1.  Three  lessons  on  the  Beginnings  of  Our  Lord's  Ministry. 

Harmony  §§  15 — 23. 

2.  The  Year  of  Obscurity.     Duration  of  this   Early  Ministry. 

Harmony,  foot-note,  p.  15. 

3.  Division  of  this  Early  Ministry.     Harmony,  p.  15. 

4.  Events,  places,  dates  in  this  lesson.     Harmony  §§  15 — 16. 
6.  Time  of  the  Baptism  of  Jesus.    Comm.  on  3:13. 

6.  Place  of  baptism  of  Jesus.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  iii.,  13. 


THE  LIFE   OF   CHRIST.  101 

7.  Design  of  the  baptism  of  Jesus.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  iii.  14f. 

8.  From  the  water,  and  the  heavenly  testimony.     Comm.  on 

Matt.,  iii.,  16f.  The  Father's  Sanction  of  the  Son. 
Robertson,  pp.  14-18. 

9.  The   words    "tempt"    and    "devil".     How   could   Jesus   be 

tempted?  Why  should  he  be?  Place  of  temptation. 
Comm.  on  Matt,  iv.,  1. 

10.  Tempted  internally,  or  visibly  and  audibly.    Comm.,  p.  62. 

11.  The  fasting,  and  the  ministry  of  angels.    Comm.  on  Matt., 

Iv.,  2,  111. 

12.  Two-fold  meaning  of  each  of  the   three   recorded  tempta- 

tions, and  our  Lord's  reply.  Meaning  of  the  term  Son 
of  God  in  Matt,  iv.,  3„  cf.,  also  iv.,  8.  Use  of  Scripture 
by  Christ  and  Satan.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  iv.,  3f.,  5-7,  8-10. 

13.  Different  order  of  the  three  temptations  in  Matthew  and 

Luke.    Comm.,  p.  64b. 

14.  Progress  in  the  three  temptations  according  to  Matthew's 

order.    Comm.,  p.  71a. 

15.  Three  principal  wrong  courses  proposed  to  Jesus.     Comm., 

p.  68b. 

16.  Three  false  views  of  the  devil.    Comm.,  p.  69a. 

17.  The  Moral  Issue  in  the  Temptation.    Robertson,  18-23. 

Special  Books  on  the  Temptation  of  Jesus. 

Barrett — The  Temptations  of  Christ  (1903). 

Birks — God's  Champion,  Man's  Example   (1890). 

Bury — Our  Lord's  Preparation  for  the  Messiahship  (1909). 

Dickson — The  Temptation  in  the  Desert. 

Hicks — Addresses  on  the  Temptation  (1903). 

Knight — The  Temptation  of  Our  Lord  (1906). 

Krummacher — The  Temptation  of  Christ. 

Macieod — The  Temptation  of  Our  Lord. 

Mill — Sermons  on  the  Temptations   (1875). 

Painter — The  Philosophy  of  Christ's  Temptation  (1914). 

Palmer — Thoughts  on  Our  Lord's  Temptation  (1901). 

Rawnsley — Our  Lord's  Three  Temptations   (1901). 


102         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Spitta — Die  Versuchung  Jesu  (1907). 
Stewart — The  Temptations  of  Jesus  (1903). 
Vaughan — The  Two  Temptations   (1872), 

LESSON    VI. 

From   Bethany  beyond  Jordan  to  Capernaum. 

Harmony,  §§  17 — 20. 

Josephus,  Ant.,  XVIIL,  ch.  i.,  1 — ch.  v.,  2. 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  23-33. 
Westcott  or  any  comm.  on  John  1:19 — 2:12. 
For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  III.,  chs.  II. -IV.; 
D.   Smith,  chs.  V.-VI. 

1.  Events,  places,  dates  in  the  beginning  of  our  Lord's  Ministry. 

Harm.,  88  17-20.    Given  only  in  John's  Gospel. 

2.  John  the  Baptist's  testimonies  to  Jesus  and  the  four  succes- 

sive days.    Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  18;  Robertson,  pp.  26-28. 

3.  Jesus'  Testimonies  to  John  the  Baptist.    Harmony,  foot-note, 

p.  18. 

4.  Series  of  First  Things.    Harm.,  second  foot-note,  p.  18;  Rob- 

ertson, pp.  28-33. 

5.  Receiving  Jesus  as  the  Messiah.     Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  19; 

Robertson,  pp.  24f. 

6.  The  Johannine  Presentation  of  Jesus.    Robertson,  pp.  23f. 

7.  Josephus'  account  of 

(a)  Cyrenius.    XVIIL,  i.,  1. 

(b)  Judas  the  Galilean  and  his  new  sect.    XVIIL,  i. 

(c)  Herod  Antipas  and  Philip.    XVIIL,  ii.,  and  iv.,  5  and  6. 

Tetrarchs  of  what  regions? 

(d)  Pilate  and  his  outrages.    XVIIL,  iii.,  1  and  2,  and  ic,  1 

and  2.    Pilate  was  Procurator  of  Judea  A.  D.  26-36. 

(e)  Jesus.    XVIIL,  iii.,  3.    See  War  VI.,  v.,  4.    See  what  is 

Josephus'  true  position  on  the  Messiah. 

(f)  Aretas   and  his   daughter's   trouble  with   her  husband, 

Herod  Antipas,  and  Herodias.     Who  was  this  Herod 
Philip,  husband  of  Herodias?    XVIIL,  v.,  1.    Comm. 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  103 

on  Matt.,  p.  314.    Note  the  three  Herods  of  the  N.  T. 
who  are  called  Herod, 
(g)  John  the  Baptist's  baptism   and   death.     XVIII.,  v.,   2. 

Cf.  Comm.,  p.  36a  f. 
(h)   Banishment  of  the  Jews.    Jos.,  Ant.,  XVIII.,  iii.,  5. 
Roman  Emperors  during  life  of  Christ: 

Octavius  reigned,  with  the  title  of  Augustus,  B.  C.  27 — 
A.  D.  14.    Tiberius,  his  adopted  son,  reigned  A.  D.  14-37. 
Rulers  in  Judea: 

Archelaus,  Ethnarch  of  Judea,  Samaria,  and  Idumea,  B.  C. 

4 — A.  D.  6. 
Roman  Procurators  from  A.  D.  6  to  A.  D.  42,  when  a  Herod 

again  rules  Judea  as  King,  Herod  Agrippa  I. 
Procurators  again  from  44  A.  D.  to  70  A.  D. 
Procurators  during  life  of  Christ: 
Coponius,  A.  D.  6-9. 
Marcus  Ambivius,  A.  D.  9-12. 
Annius  Rufus,  A.  D.  12-15. 
Valerius  Gratus,  A.  D.  15-26. 
Pontius  Pilate,  A.  D.  26-36. 

Galilee  and  Perea  remained  imder  Herod  Antipas  (B.  C.  4 — 
A.  D.  39)  all  through  Christ's  life;  so  did  Philip  (B.  C. 
4 — A.  D.  34)  have  all  this  time  Trachonitis  and  Iturea. 
High  Priests  during  Christ's  life: 
Mathias,  B.  C.  5. 
Joseph,  B.  C.  4, 
Joasar,  B.  C.  4. 
Eleazar,  B.  C.  6. 
Jesus,  A.  D.  6. 
Ananus  or  Annas,  A.  D.  6. 
Ishmael,  A.  D.  16. 
Eleazar,  A.  D.  17. 
Simon,  A.  D.  18. 

Caiaphas,  A.  D.  18  until  about  A.  D.  36. 
Note  frequent  changes  in  the  High  Priesthood  by  the  civil 
authorities.     Annas  and  Caiaphas  held  office  long,  and 
they   had   the   esteem   of   the   people   in   consequence. 


104         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Annas  lives  till  after  Christ's  death  and  is  called  High 
Priest  along  with  Caiaphas. 

During  Christ's  ministry  the  rulers  whose  authority  he  feels 
are  Tiberius,  Pontius  Pilate,  Herod  Antipas,  Philip  and 
Caiaphas    (High   Priest).     See  dictionaries   and  cyclo- 
paedias. 
Books  on  the  two-wine  controversy: 

In  favor  of  two-wine  theory — Temperance  Bible  Com- 
mentary; Sampson,  Bible  Wines,  with  three  supple- 
ments; Fowler,  The  Wines  of  the  Bible. 

Against  the  view — See  Commentaries  on  John;  Bible  Dic- 
tionaries and  Cyclopfedias;  Presbyterian  Review  for 
January,  1881;  Bibliotheca  Sacra  for  April  and  July, 
1880;  Baptist  Quarterly  Review  for  April  and  July,  1887. 

LESSON   VII. 

The  Early  Ministry  in   Judea  and  Samaria. 

Harmony,  §§  21 — 23. 
Josephus,  War  Bk.,  VIL,  vi. 
Robertson,  Jesus,  pp.  33-40. 
Westcott  or  any  comm.  on  Jo.  2:13 — 4:45. 
For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  IIL,  chs.  V.-VHL; 
D.  Smith,  chs.  VII.-VIII. 

1.  Events,  places,  dates.     Time  of  the   passover.     Harmony, 

88  21—3. 

c  O 

2.  Successive  scenes  of  Jesus'  early  ministry.  Harm.,  foot-note, 

p.  20. 

3.  The  Issue  with  the  Jerusalem  authorities.    Robertson,  pp. 

33-8. 

4.  An  Interview  with  a  Jewish  scholar.    Robertson,  pp.37-9. 

5.  Part  of  Jesus'  ministry  parallel  to  that  of  John.     Harm., 

foot-note,  p.  22.    Judean  ministry  explains  the  latter  dis- 
ciples in  Judea. 

6.  Place  of  John's  imprisonment.    Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  22;  Jos., 

War  VIL,  vi.;  Comm.  on  Matt.,  xiv.,  3. 


THE  LIFE   OF   CHRIST.  16B 

7.  Reason  for  John's  imprisonment.    Harmony.  §  23  (a) ;  Jos. 

Ant.,  XVIII.,  T.,  2. 

8.  John  and  Jesus  preaching  to  Samaritans.    Harm.,  foot-note. 

n   24 
9   An  Interview  with  a  Samaritan  Woman.    Robertson,  pp.  39f. 

10.  Jesus  regarded  as  the  Messiah.    Harm.,  foot-note.  p.  24. 

11.  Samaritans.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  x..  5. 

12.  Why  Jesus  went  to  Galilee.    Harm.,  p.  24. 

Special  Books  on  Samaritans: 

Montgomery— The  Samaritans. 

Rothstein — Juden  und  Samaritaner  (1908). 


LESSON  VIII. 
Beginning  of  the  Galilean  Ministry. 

Harmony,  88  24 — 36. 

Comm.  on  Matt.  4:12-25;  8:2-4.  14-17;   9:2-34. 
Robertson— Jesus,  pp.  40-50. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  chs.  IX.-XI.,  Xiii.- 
XVII.;  D.  Smith,  chs.  IX.-XIV.,  XVII. 

1  Six  lessons  on  the  Great  Ministry.  See  Harmony.  §§  24—36. 

2  All  by  the  Synoptic  Gospels  save  one  visit  to  Jerusalem  Dy 

Gospel  of  John   (ch.  5).    Harmony.   §  37.     Comm.  on 
Matt.,  pp.  71f. 

3.  Outline  of  the  Galilean  Ministry  in  eight  divisions.     Har- 

mony, p.  25. 

4.  Length   of  the   Great  Galilean    Ministry.     Harmony,   foot- 

note, p.  25. 

5.  Progress  of  Christ's  Ministry  along  three  lines.    Harmony, 

foot-note,  p.  25. 

6.  Events,  places,  dates.     §§  24     36. 

7.  Galilee.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  iv.,  12. 

8.  The  Call  to  Nazareth.    Robertson,  pp.  40-2. 


106         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

9.  Capernaum.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  iv.,  13;  Harm.,  foot-note,  p. 
27;   Robertson,  pp.  42-5. 

10.  The  quotation  from  Isaiah.     Comm.  on  Matt.  4:14-16. 

11.  The  call  to  the  four  fishermen.       Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  28; 

Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  76f. 

12.  Sea  of  Galilee.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  iv.,  18. 

13.  The  quotation  in  Matt.,  viii.,  17.     See  Comm. 

14.  Great  extent  of  our  Lord's  work  in  healing  and  teaching. 

First  of  the  three  tours  of  Galilee.    This  one  by  Jesus 
himself.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  iv.,  23 ;  Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  31. 

15.  Synagogues.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  iv.,  23. 

16.  Reasons  for  commanding  the  healed  not  to  tell.    Comm.  on 

Matt.,  viii.,  4;  Robertson,  pp.  45-50. 

17.  On  fasting.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  ix.,  14-17. 

18.  Miracles  of  Jesus.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  80b,  and  foot-note 

to  Comm.,  p.  275. 

19.  Leprosy.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  viii.,  2. 

20.  Publicans.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  v.,  46.    Publicans  and  Sinners. 

Comm.  on  Matt.  9:10. 

21.  Place  of  8  35.    Foot-note  to  Harm.,  p.  36. 


Special  Books. 

Bruce — The  Galilean  Gospel   (1893). 

Merrill — Galilee  in  the  Time  of  Christ  (1901). 


LESSON   IX. 

The  Sabbatii  Controversy. 

Harmony,  §§  37 — 9. 
Westcott  or  any  comm.  on  John  5. 
Comm.  on  Matt.  12:1-14. 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  51-6. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  IH.,  ch.  XII.;  D. 
Smith,  chs.  XV.-XVI. 


THE  LIFE   OF   CHRIST.  107 

1.  Events,  places,  dates.    §8  37 — 9. 

2.  The  feast  of  John,  v.,  1.    Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  39,  and  Harm., 

p.  241-3. 

3.  Length  of  the  Savior's  Ministry.    Harm.,  p.  39,  pp.  243-4. 

4.  Jesus    accused    of    breaking    the    Sabbath,    and    on    what 

grounds.    Harm.,  §8  37 — 39. 

5.  Growing  hostility  to  Jesus.    Harm.,  foot-note  to  p.  41  and  p. 

43;  Comm.,  p.  263a;  Robertson,  pp.  51-6. 

6.  State  and  explain  the  eight  arguments  used  by  Jesus  in  de- 

fense of  his  position  on  the  Sabbath  question.     Comm. 
on  Matt.,  xii.,  3-8. 

7.  Real  position  of  Christ  as  to  the  Sabbath.    Comm.,  p.  260b 

and  261a. 

8.  Situation  as  to  the  Sabbath  under  the  New  Testament  as  to 

the  change  of  day,  its  significance,  and  its  method  of  ob- 
servance.    Comm.,  p.  261a. 

9.  Two  extremes  to  which  we  are  liable  now.    Comm.,  p.  266a. 

Books  on  the  Sabbath  Question. 

Crafts — The  Sabbath  for  Man   (1892).     Has  full  bibliography. 

Floody — Scientific  Basis  of  Sabbath  and  Sunday  (1908). 

Gamble — Sunday  and  the  Sabbath  (1902). 

Love — Sabbath  and  Sunday. 

Salmond — The  Sabbath. 

Taylor — The  Sabbatic  Question  (1915). 

Treveiyan — Sunday  (1902). 

Books  on  Christ  and  the  Old  Testament. 

Burrel! — Teaching  of  Jesus  concerning  the  Scriptures   (1904). 

Eliicott — Christus  Comprobator. 

Gamble — Christ  and  Criticism. 

Mcintosh — Is  Christ  Infallible  and  the  Bible  True?  (1901). 

Mead — Christ  and  Criticism. 

Nicoll — The    Church's    One   Foundation;    Christ    and    Recent 

Criticism  (1901). 
Noesgen — Aussagen  des  N.  T.  ueber  der  Pentateuch. 


108         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Rae — How  Jesus  Handled  Holy  Writ  (1901). 
Saphir — Christ  and  the  Scriptures. 


LESSON  X. 
The  Sermon  on  the  Mount. 

Harmony,  88  40 — 2. 

Comm.  on  Matt.  12:15-21;  5:1 — 7:29. 

Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  56-71. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  III.,  ch.  XVHL; 
D.  Smith,  chs.  XVn.-XVIII.,  or  some  of  the  books  on  the 
Sermon  on  the  Mount  or  other  commentaries  on  Matt. 

1.  Events,  places,  dates.     88  40 — 2. 

2.  The  four  lists   of   the   Twelve.     Harmony,   pp.   244-6.     Cf. 

Comm.,  p.  213. 

3.  The  New  Organization.    Robertson,  pp.  56-61. 

4.  Reason  for  holding  the  discourses  in  Matthew  and  Luke  to 

be  the  same.  Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  45,  and  Harm.,'  p. 
246-9.    Cf.  Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  84. 

5.  Design  of  the  discourse.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  84f. 

6.  Analysis  of  the  discourse.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  85f.     ? 

7.  Relation  of  our  Lord's  mission  to  the  preceding  revelation, 

that  he  came  to  complete  it.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  v.,  17. 

8.  Christ's   conception  of  righteousness  contrasted  with  that 

of  the  Scribes  and  Pharisees.    Comm.  on  Matt,  v.,  20. 

9.  Explain  in  the  light  of  the  two  previous  points  the  five  ex- 

amples of  Christ's  teaching:  Matt.,  v.,  21-26  (murder), 
27-32  (adultery),  33-37  (oaths),  38-42  (retaliation), 
43-48   (enemies).     See  Comm.  on  Matt. 

10.  State  the  general  principle  of  Matt.,  vi.,  1  (righteousness), 

and  the  three  applications  of  it  in  verses  2-4  (alms),  5-15 
(prayer),  16-18  (fasting).    See  Comm.  on  Matt. 

11.  Compare  the  "Lord's  Prayer"  in  Matthew  and  Luke  (8  83), 

and  show  what  inferences  we  may  draw  from  the  differ- 
ences in  form.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  131f.    How  far  is  this 


THE  LIFE   OF   CHRIST.  109 

prayer  parallel  in  the  Jewish  books?  Comm.  on  Matt., 
p.  132f.  Two  divisions  of  the  prayer.  Comm.  on  Matt., 
p.  133. 

12.  Analyze  Matt.,  vi.,  19-34  into  two  parts;  19-21  (treasures), 

22f  (the  eye),  24  (two  masters),  25-34  (food  and 
raiment). 

13.  Judging  others.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  vii.,  1. 

14.  The  Golden  Rule.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  vii.,  12. 

15.  The  Declaration  of  Principles.    Robertson,  pp.  61-71. 

Special  Books  on  the  Lord's  Prayer. 
(Selection  from  the  enormous  literature) : 
Anderson,  Robert — The  Lord's  Prayer. 

Boardman,  George  Dana — Studies  in  the  Model  Prayer   (1879). 
Bourdaloue — The  Lord's  Prayer   (1894). 

Chase,  F.  H. — The  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Early  Church   (1891). 
Dibelius — Das  Vaterunser  (1903). 
Dods,    Marcus — The    Prayer    that    Teaches    to    Pray.      New 

edition  (1893). 
Erb — The  Lord's  Prayer  (1906). 
Farrar — The  Lord's  Prayer   (1893). 
Gladden — The  Lord's  Prayer  (1881). 
Gordon,  S.  D. — Jesus'  Habits  of  Prayer  (1904). 
Gore — Prayer  and  the  Lord's  Prayer   (1898). 
Goulbourn — The  Lord's  Prayer   (1898). 
Hall,  Newman — The  Lord's  Prayer.    Third  edition  (1897), 
Howrie — A  Comment  on  the  Lord's  Prayer  (1908). 
Jones,  J.  D. — The  Model  Prayer.     Third  edition  (1904). 
Maurice,  F.  D. — The  Lord's  Prayer.     New  edition  (1893). 
Miller,  J,  R. — The  Golden  Gate  of  Prayer  (1900). 
Poteat,  E.  M. — The  Religion  of  the  Lord's  Prayer   (1914). 
Ruskin,   John — The    Lord's    Prayer    and    the   Church.      Third 

edition  (1896). 
Stubbs — Social  Teaching  of  the  Lord's  Prayer.     New  edition 

(1900). 
Van  Dyke,  H.  J. — The  Lord's  Prayer  (1871). 
Vaughan,  0.  J — The  Lord's  Prayer   (1876). 


110  NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Books  on  the  Sermon  on  the   Mount. 
(Brief  selection.) 

Achelis — Die  Bergpredigt  (1875). 

Augustine — The  Exposition  of  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount  and 
the  Harmony  of  the  Evangelists.  Translated  by  Findlay 
and  Salmond  in   1873.     Trench's  translation   (1869). 

Bacon,  B.  W. — The  Sermon  on  the  Mount:  Its  Literary  Struc- 
ture (1902). 

Bischoff — Jesus  und  die  Rabbinen   (1905). 

Boardman,  Geo.  D.^Studies  in  the  Mountain  Instruction 
(1880). 

Bossuet — The  Sermon  on  the  Mount.  Translated  by  Capes 
(1900). 

Bradbury — The  Beatitudes  (1879). 

Carpenter,  W.  Boyd — The  Great  Charter  of  Christ  (1900). 

Duncan — The  Inheritors  of  the  Kingdom   (1902). 

Dykes — The  Beatitudes  of  the  Kingdom.    New  edition  (1887). 

Fletcher — The  Sermon  on  the  Mount  and  Practical  Politics 
(1911). 

Foston — The  Beatitudes  and  the  Contrasts   (1911). 

Friedlander — The  Jewish  Sources  of  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount 
(1911). 

Glover — The  Beatitudes  (1888). 

Gore — The  Sermon  on  the  Mount.    New  edition  (1904). 

Griffith-Jones — The  Sermon  on  the  Mount   (1903). 

Grauert — Die  Bergpredigt   (1900). 

Heinrici — Die  Bergpredigt    (1905). 

Jones,  J.  D. — The  Way  into  the  Kingdom  (1900). 

Kaiser — Die  Bergpredigt  des  Herrn  (1901). 

Luther,  Martin — Comm.  on  Sermon  on  the  Mount.  English 
translation  (1854). 

Lyttleton — Studies  in  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount  (1905). 

Mackintosh — Christ  and  the  Jewish  Law. 

Maclaren,  A. — Message  from  the  King  (1904). 

McAfee — The  Sermon  on  the  Mount  (1910). 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  Ill 

Moberley — Fifteen  Sermons  on  the  Beatitudes.    Third  edition 

(1870). 
Shearer — The  Sermon  on  the  Mount  (1906). 
Schenck — The   Ten    Commandments    and    the   Lord's    Prayer 

(1902). 
Shorthouse — The  Men  of  the  Beatitudes  (1904), 
Steinmeyer — Die  Rede  des  Herrn  auf  dem  Berge   (1885). 
Strekking — Die  Bergrede   (1914). 
Stubbs — Christ  and  Economics  in  the  Light  of  the  Sermon  on 

the  Mount  (1893). 
Tait — The  Charter  of  Christianity  (1886). 

Tholuck — A  Commentary  on  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount  (1860). 
Vaughan — Characteristics    of   Christ's   Teaching   Drawn   from 

the  Sermon  on  the  Mount.     Seventh  edition  (1884). 
Votaw — Sermon  on  the  Mount.    In  Vol.  V.  of  Hastings,  D.  B. 
Wesley,  John — Discourses  on  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount.    New 

edition  (1873). 

LESSON    IX. 

Going  to  Work  with  the  Twelve. 

Harmony,  §§  43 — 50. 

Comm.  on  Matt.  8:1,  5-13;  11:2-30;  12:22-50. 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  71-80. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  III.,  chs.  XIX.- 
XXII.;  D.  Smith,  chs.  XX.,  XXIV. 

1.  Events,  places,  times.    §|  43 — 50. 

2.  Faith  of  a  heathen  commander.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  viii.,  10. 

Cf.  also  Comm.,  p.  177. 

3.  Spread  of  Jesus'  fame  and  why.     Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  54. 

4.  Despair  of  John  the  Baptist.    Robertson,  pp.  71-4. 

5.  Design  of  John's  Message.  C  omm.  on  Matt.,  xi.,  2f 

6.  Where  was  John,  and  where  was  Jesus?    Harm.,  foot-note, 

p.  54. 

7.  Relation  of  John's  Mission  to  that  of  Jesus.    Comm.  on  Matt, 

xi.,  llf. 


112         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

8.  Rejection  of  both  John  and  Jesus.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xl., 

16-19. 

9.  Hades.    See  Comm.  on  Matt.,  xi.,  23,  and  Hell-fire,  Comm.,  p. 

103f. 

10.  The  Son's  Relation  to  the  Father.    Robertson,  pp.  74f. 

11.  Jesus  as  the  Great  Teacher.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xi.,  27f. 

12.  The  woman  anointing  the  Savior's  feet.    Harm.,  foot-note  to 

p.  56. 

13.  Second    circuit   of  Galilee,    taking   the    Twelve   with   him. 

Harm.,  §  47,  and  foot-note  to  p.  57;  Robertson,  pp.  78f. 

14.  The  busy  day.     §§  48 — 53.    Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  58. 

15.  The  blasphemous  accusation.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xii.,  24-32; 

Robertson,  pp.  77-80.    Note  parables  in  8  48. 

16.  Claim  of  Jesus  to  be  Messiah,  Matt,  xii.,  28. 

17.  The  sign  of  Jonah.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xii.,  40,  and  foot-note. 

18.  "This  Wicked  Generation."    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xii.,  45. 

19.  Mother  and  brethren.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xii.,  46-50. 

Special  Books  on  Jesus'  Allusion  to  Jonah: 

Crane — Hard  Sayings  of  Jesus  Christ.    Second  edition  (1901). 
Kennedy — Book  of  Jonah. 
McGarvey — Jesus  and  Jonah  (1896). 
Trumbull — NInevah. 


LESSON  XII. 

The  First  Great  Group  of  Parables. 

Harmony,  8  51. 

Comm.  on  Matt.  13. 

Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  80-3. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  HI.,  ch.  XXIH.; 

D.  Smith,  ch.  XXL,  or  some  of  the  books  on  the  Parables 

of  Jesus  in  the  Bibliography. 

1.  Events,  places,  times.    8  51.     Still  in  the  Busy  Day. 

2.  Jesus'  New  Style  of  Teaching.    Robertson,  pp.  80-3. 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  113 

3.  Meaning  and  various  uses  of  the  term  parable.     Comm.  on 

Matt.,  xiii.,  3. 

4.  Our  Lord's  design  in  employing  parables.    Comm.  on  Matt., 

xiii.,  3. 

5.  Four  things  to  be  done  in  the  interpretation  of  any  parable. 

Comm,  on  Matt.,  p.  284. 

6.  What     isolated     parables     have    been     given     heretofore? 

Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  285. 

7.  State    the   three    leading   groups    of   our   Lord's    parables. 

Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  285.     Harm.,  p.  60. 

8.  Mention  the  eight  parables  in  this  group,  and  divide  them 

into  four  pairs.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  294. 

9.  Give  the  general  aim  of 

(a)  The  Sower.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xiii.,  18-23. 

(b)  The   seed  Growing   of  itself.     Mark  iv.,  26-29.     Any 

comm.  on  Mark. 

(c)  The  Tares.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  299f  and  p.  302. 

(d)  The  Net.    Comm.,  p.  306f. 

(e)  The  Mustard  Seed.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xiii.,  31f. 

(f)  The  Leaven.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  297f. 

(g)  The  Hid  Treasure.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  304f. 
(h)  The  Precious  Pearl.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  305f. 


LESSON  XIII. 

Remainder  of  the  Busy  Day  and  Close  of  Galilean  Campaign. 

Harmony,  88  52 — 6. 

Comm.  on  Matt.  8:18,  23-34;  9:1,  35-11:1;  13:54-8;  14:1-12. 

Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  83-9. 

For  full  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  III.,  chs.  XXIV., 

XXV.,    XXVII.,    XXVIII.;    D.    Smith,    chs.    XXL,   XXV., 

XXVI. 

1.  Events,  places,  times.     §§  52 — 6. 

2.  Jesus  in  heathen  territory.    Robertson,  pp.  83-5. 

3.  The    Gadarenes    (Matt.),    and   the    Gerasenes    (Mark   and 

8 


114  NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Luke).    Harm.,  foot-note  to  p.  67,  and  Comm.  on  Matt., 
viil.,  28. 

4.  Two  demoniacs  or  one.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  viil.,  28. 

5.  Details  by  Mark  in  §  53  not  in  Matthew  and  Luke,  illus- 

tration of  Mark's  vividness. 

6.  Devils  or  demons.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  viii.,  31. 

7.  Reality  of  the  demoniacal  possession.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p. 

189f. 

8.  Our  Lord's  destroying  property.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  192. 

9.  A  second  visit  to  Nazareth,  §  54.     Foot-note  to  Harm.,  p. 

70;  Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  309;  Robertson,  pp.  85f. 

10.  Our  Lord's  brothers  and  sisters.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  310- 

312.    State  the  three  theories,  and  which  seems  to  have 
the  best  of  the  argument. 

11.  Third  circuit  of  Galilee,  sending  the  Twelve  before  him.    § 

55,  and  foot-note,  p.  71  of  Harm.;  Robertson,  pp.  86-9. 

12.  Prayer  for  laborers.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  ix.,  37f,  and  x.,  1. 

13.  Details  of  the  instructions  to  the  Twelve.    Comm.  on  Matt., 

X.,  6ff,  9f,  11,  16,  19f,  23. 

14.  Herod  Antipas  jealous  of  Jesus.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xiv.,  2. 

WHiy  John  is  in  prison.     Comm.,  p.  317. 

15.  Why  Herod  had  not  at  once  slain  John.    Comm.  on  Matt., 

xiv.,  5. 

16.  The  Dancing  of  Salome.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  318. 

Special  Books  on  Demonology: 

Alexander — Demoniac  Possession   (1902). 

Davis — Magic,  Divination,  and  Demonology. 

Nevius — Demon  Possession  and  Allied  Themes    (1894).     Has 

extensive  bibliography. 
Thompson — The  Devils  and  Evil  Spirits  of  Babylonia   (1903). 

LESSON  XIV. 

The   First  Three   Withdrawals  from   Galilee. 

Harm.,  §§  57 — 62. 

Comm.  on  Matt.,  14:13-15:38. 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  115 

Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  89-104. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  III.,  chs.  XXIX.- 
XXXIII.;   D.  Smith,  chs.  XXVII.-XXV. 

1.  How  much  of  the  ministry  gone,  and  how  long  till  the  end. 

Harmony,  p.  76. 

2.  Length  of  this  season  of  retirement.    Time  of  year.    Harm., 

p.  76,  and  foot-note. 

3.  How  many  withdrawals  and  whither  (Bethsaida,  Tyre  and 

Sldon,  Decapolis,  Caesarea  Philippi).    Harm.,  p.  76  and 
foot-note. 

4.  Out  of  Herod's  territory,  and  to  mountains.     Harm.,  p.  86. 

5.  Reasons  for  retiring  from  Galilee.     Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  76, 

and  Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  322. 

6.  Events,  places,   dates   in  the  first  three  withdrawals.     88 

57—62. 

7.  First  withdrawal   to   Bethsaida,    8    57.     What    Bethsaida? 

Harm.,  second  foot-note  to  p.  76.     Note   that  the  first 
effort  to  gain  rest  failed. 

8.  Feeds  the  multitude.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xiv.,  13f  place),  16, 

19-21. 

9.  Effect  on  the  multitude  and  on  the  Twelve.     Comm.  on 

Matt.,  p.  326. 

10.  Jesus  and  the  Twelve  quitting  the  scene.    Comm.  on  Matt., 

xiv.,  22-27,  and  second  foot-note  on  p.  327. 

11.  Walking  on  the  water.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xiv.,  28-31. 

12.  State  leading  thoughts  of  8  59. 

13.  The    Galileans    and   a    spiritual    Messiah.      Robertson,    pp. 

89-93. 

14.  The  tradition  of  the  elders,  etc.,  8  60;  comm.  on  Matt.,  xv., 

2,  and  foot-note  there  as  to  Mark's  further  statements. 

15.  Jesus'  reply.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xv.,  3-6,   11,  17-20;   Robert- 

son, pp.  93-97. 

16.  Reason  for  special  training  of  the  Twelve.    Robertson,  pp. 

98-100. 

17.  The  second  retirement,  §  61.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xv.,  21,  24f ; 

Robertson,  pp.  100-102. 


116         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

18.  The  third  retirement,  §  62.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xv.,  29;  Rob- 

ertson, pp.  102-4. 

19.  Feeding  the  multitude  twice.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  346. 
See  Spitta — Jesus  und  die  Heidenmission  (1909). 

LESSON  XV. 
The  Fourth   Retirement. 

Harmony,  §§  63 — 5. 
Comm.  on  Matt.,  15:39-16:28. 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  104-111. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  IIL,  chs.  XXXVI., 
XXXVII.;  D.  Smith,  ch.  XXXI. 

1.  Events,  places,  times.     §§  63 — 5. 

2.  Magadan    and    Bethsaida.      Harm.,    foot-note,    p.    88,    and 

Comm.  on  Matt.,  xv.,  39. 

3.  Renewed    hostility   from   Jewish   leaders.     Harm.,   second 

foot-note,  p.  88;  Comm.  on  Matt.,  16:1;  Robertson,  pp. 
104-6. 

4.  Sadducees  and  Christ.    Comm.,  p.  347. 

5.  Jesus'  warning  about  the  Pharisees,  Sadducees,  and  Herod, 

and  the  slowness  of  the  disciples  to  understand.  Comm. 
on  Matt.,  xvi.,  5-12.  Union  of  Sadducees,  Pharisees,  and 
Herod  against  Jesus. 

6.  The  withdrawal  to  Caesarea  Philippi.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xvi., 

13. 

7.  Caesarea  Philippi.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  35sf. 

8.  The  disciples  declare  Jesus  to  be  the  Messiah.    Harm.,  foot- 

note, p.  90;  comm.  on  Matt.,  xvi.,  15  and  16;  Robertson, 
pp.  107-9. 

10.  Jesus'  reply.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xvi.,  18f,  A,  B,  C,  D. 

11.  They  must  not  tell  others  he  is  the  Messiah.     Comm.  on 

Matt.,  xvi.,  20. 

12.  Jesus  begins  plainly  to  foretell  his  death  and  resurrection 

§  65;  comm.  on  Matt.,  xvi.,  21;  Robertson,  pp.  109-111; 


THE   LIFE   OP    CHRIST.  117 

cf.  Instances  before  this.     §  21,  §§  49,  and  59.      Cf.  §§ 
66.  68. 

13.  Peter  rebuked.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xvi.,  23. 

14.  Conditions  of  following  Jesus.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xvi.,  24-26. 

15.  Meaning  of  the  Savior's  coming  in  Matt.,  xvi.,  27f. 

For    books    on    "church",    see    Dargan's    Ecclesiology    and 
Hiscox's  New  Directory  for  Baptist  Churches. 


LESSON  XVI. 

The  Close  of  the   Season  of   Retirement. 

Harmony,  §§  66 — 74. 
Comm.  on  Matt.,  17:1-18:35;  8:19-22. 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  111-119. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  IV.,  chs.  I.-III.; 
D.  Smith,  XXXII.,  XXXIII. 

1.  Events,  places,  times.     §§  66 — 74. 

2.  Time,  place  and  manner  of  the  transfiguration,  §  66;  comm. 

on  Matt.,  beginning  of  eh.  xvii.,  and  on  xvii.,  1-4. 

3.  Design  of  the  transfiguration.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xvii.,   9; 

Robertson,  pp.  111-4. 

4.  Coming  of   Elijah  before   the  Messiah.     Comm.   on   Matt., 

17:10-13. 

5.  The   difficulty   of    the   disciples   about   the   demoniac    boy. 

Comm.  on  Matt.,  xvii.,  19f. 
About  fasting  and  verse  21.    Comm.  on  Matt.  17:21. 

6.  The  poll  tax  for  the  temple.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xvii.,  24-27. 

7.  Difficulty  about  death  of  Christ.    Matt.,  xvii.,  9  and  22;  Rob- 

ertson, pp.  114-7. 

8.  The  object  lesson  in  humility.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xviii.,  1-9. 

9.  Their  angels.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xviii.,  10. 

10.  Winning  back  an  erring  brother.     Forgiveness  of  personal 

injury.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xviii.,  15-25. 

11.  The  word  church  in  xviii.,  17f.    Comm.  on  Matt.    Cf.  Matt. 


118         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

xvi.,  18.    Two  uses  of  the  word  in  the  New  Testament, 
as  illustrated  by  these  two  passages. 

12.  Restraint  and  Stimulus.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  viii.,  20f. 

13.  The  Son  of  Man.     Comm.   on  Matt.,  p.  185.     Cf.  Son  of 

God.    Comm.  on  Matt.  4:3.    Also  pp.  329  and  353. 

14.  Light  advice  from  the  brothers  of  Jesus.     Robertson,  pp. 

117f. 

15.  Jesus  facing  Jerusalem.    Robertson,  pp.  118f. 

Special   Books  on  the  Transfiguration: 

Beet,  W.  E. — The  Transfiguration.    New  edition  (1915). 
Gunsaulus — The  Transfiguration  (1886). 

Vaughan,    W. — The    Transfiguration    of    Our    Lord.      Second 
edition  (1892). 


LESSON  XVII. 

The  Great  Conflict  in  Jerusalem  at  the  Feast  of  Tabernacles. 

Harmony,  §§  75 — 9. 

Westcott  or  any  comm.  on  John  7:11-10:21. 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  120-5. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  IV.,  chs.  VI.-X.; 
D.  Smith,  ch.  XXXVII. 

1.  Location  and  time  of  this  closing  ministry.    Harm.,  p.  104. 

2.  Further  subdivision  of  this  closing  period.    Harm.,  foot-note, 

p.  104. 

3.  John  and  Luke  furnish  exclusive  account  of  this  period  till 

the  last  journey  toward  Jerusalem. 

4.  Time  and  meaning  of  the  Feast  of  Tabernacles.    See  comm. 

on  John  or  Bible  Dictionary. 

5.  Three  journeys  toward  Jerusalem.     On  the  combination  of 

Luke  and  John  for  this  period,  see  Harm.,  p.  249-252. 

6.  The  first  journey  toward  Jerusalem.     8  74,  and  beginning 

of  §  75. 

7.  Events,  places,  times.  88  75 — 9. 


THE  LIFE   OP   CHRIST.  119 

8.  Attitude  in  Jerusalem  toward  Jesus  before  he  comes.    Rob- 

ertson, pp.  120f. 

9.  The  Jerusalem  Conspirators  Outwitted  at  Home.    Robert- 

son, pp.  121-5. 

10.  The  story  of  the  adulterous  woman.    Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  105. 

See  Bibliography  for  literature  on  the  Agrapha  of  Jesus. 

11.  Note  that  this  entire  lesson  is  from  John.    Cf.  the  First  and 

Second  Passovers,  §  21  and  §  37.  John  supplies  our 
knowledge  of  the  Jerusalem  ministry  of  Jesus  before 
the  last  passover. 


XVIII. 

Withdrawal  from  Jerusalem  into  Judea. 

Harmony,   88  80 — 8. 

Plummer  or  any  comm.  on  Luke's  Gospel. 

Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  126f. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  IV.,  chs.  XI  -XIII. 

1.  The  Early  Judean  Ministry  given  by  John.     Harmony,   88 

21,  22. 

2.  This  Later  Judean  Ministry  (given  by  Luke  only)  is  similar 

in  many  things  to  the  Great  Galilean  Ministry.    Harm., 
p.  110;  Robertson,  pp.  126f. 

3.  Time  embraced  in  this  Later  Judean  Ministry.    Harm.,  foot- 

note, p.  110. 

4.  Events,  places,  times.    88  80 — 8. 

5.  The  two  Bethanys.    Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  112. 

6.  Repetition  of  the  model  prayer.     §   83,  and  first  foot-note 

in  Harm.,  p.  113. 

7.  Repetition  of  the  blasphemous   accusation.     8  84  and  sec- 

ond foot-note  in  Harm.,  p.  113. 


120  NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

LESSON  XIX. 

From  the  Feast  of  Dedication  to  the  Raising  of  Lazarus. 


Harmony,  §§  89 — 95. 

Westcott  on  John,  Pliimmer  on  Luke  or  other  comms. 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  128-134. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  IV.,  chs.  XIV.- 
XVIII.,  XXL;  D.  Smith,  chs.  XXXVIIL,  XXXIX. 


1.  Events,  places,  times.    §§  89 — 95. 

2.  Time  of  the  Feast  of  Dedication.     Meaning  of  this  Feast. 

See  a  Commentary  or  Bible  Dictionary. 

3.  Again  in  Jerusalem  after  some  three  months'  absence.     § 

89.    Why  here  now.    Robertson,  p.  128. 

4.  A  withdrawal  from  Jerusalem  to  Perea  and  reception  there. 

8  89.  Cf.  the  four  withdrawals  from  Galilee.  This  is 
the  second  withdrawal  from  Jerusalem.  Robertson, 
pp.  129-131. 

5.  The  Second  Perean  Ministry.    By  Luke  only.    §§  90-93.    Cf. 

R8  17  and  18  for  the  first  Perean  Ministry  as  given  by 
John. 

6.  Length  of  this  Second  Perean  Ministry.    Harm.,  foot-note,  p. 

120. 

7.  Jewish  meals.    Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  121. 

8.  The  second  group  of  Parables.    §  93. 

9.  The  second  journeying  towards  Jerusalem,  and  why.    §8  90 

and  94.  This  time  not  through  Samaria  as  in  8  74. 
Special  reasons  for  it  then.    But  now  also  in  Perea. 

10.  The  Sanhedrin  in  Desperation.     Robertson,  pp.  131-133. 

11.  The  third  withdrawal  from  Jerusalem.     Now  to  the  hills 

around  Ephraim.  §  95.  Jerusalem  now  more  dangerous 
than  Galilee  had  been.  Not  long  till  the  last  Passover, 
and  lines  closing  around  the  Master.  Robertson,  pp.  133f. 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  121 

LESSON  XX. 

The  Last  Journey  to  Jerusalem. 

Harmony,  §§  96 — 103. 
Comm.  on  Matt.  19  and  20. 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  134-7. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  IV.,  chs.  XIX.- 
XX.,  XXII.-XXIV.;  D.  Smith,  ch.  XL. 

1.  Events,  places,  times.    §8  96 — 103. 

2.  The  third  journey  toward  Jerusalem.    8  96.    Cf.  §  104. 

3.  Course  of  this  journey  from  Ephraim  to  Jerusalem.    Harm., 

foot-note,  p.  128. 

4.  Combination  of  Matthew  and  Mark  with  Luke  from  now  on. 

Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  129  and  131;  pp.  249-252;  comm.  on 
Matt.,  p.  393f. 

5.  A  third  Perean  ministry.   88  98-101.   Given  by  all  the  Synop- 

tists.    See  Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  135. 

6.  Beyond  Jordan  or  Ferea.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  395. 

7.  Jesus  Going  to  Face  the  Issue.    Robertson,  pp.  134-7. 

8.  "Divorce  for  every  cause."    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xix.,  3.    Cf.  also 

comm.  on  Matt.,  v.,  31f. 

9.  "For  your  hardness  of  heart."    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xix.,  7-9.    Cf, 

also  comm.  on  Matt.,  v.,  32.    Cf.  Lu.  xvi.,  18;  8  93. 

10.  Celibacy.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xix.,  10-12. 

11.  "Little  Children,"  and  "of  such."    Comm.  on  Matt.,  pp.  401-4. 

12.  Christ's  teaching  about  poverty.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xix.,  21, 

13.  "Through  a  needle's  eye."     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xix.,  24. 

14.  "In  the  regeneration."     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xix.,  28. 

15.  "First  shall  be  last,"  and  design  of  the  following  parable. 

16.  Text  of  Matt,  xx.,  16.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xix.,  30. 

17.  Jesus  foretelling  his  death  and  the  request  of  James  and 

John. 

18.  Sketch   of   Jericho.     Comm.   on   Matt.,   p.    420;    comm.   on 

Matt.,  XX.,  17-28.    Meaning  of  ransom. 

19.  Discrepancies  as  to  place  and  number  healed  at  Jericho. 

Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  137,  and  comm.  on  Matt.,  xx.,  29f. 


Hi  NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

20.  Parable  of   the  Pounds,  not  same  as  the  Parable  of  the 
Talents.    §  103.    Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  138. 


LESSON  XXI. 

Sunday  and  Monday  of  the  Last  Week. 

Harmony,  §§  104 — 7. 
Comm.  on  Matt.  21:1-17. 
Westcott  or  other  comms.  on  John  12. 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  137-140. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  V.,  chs.  I.-IL;  D. 
Smith,  ch.  XLI. 

1.  Date  of  our  Saviour's  death.    Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  140. 
1.  From  Jericho  to  Bethany,  time  Friday,  and  description  of 
Jerusalem.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  422-4,  and  map. 

3.  Various  visits  to  Bethany.    Harm.,  second  foot-note,  p.  140. 

Spends  Saturday  in  Bethany. 

4.  The  Mount  of  Olives.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  424. 

5.  Events,  places,  times.     Sunday,  Monday.     §§  104 — 7. 

6.  The  Challenge  to  Jerusalem.    Robertson,  pp.  137-9. 

7.  The  prophecy  in  Matt.,  xxi.,  4f.    Comm.,  p.  425. 

8.  "Upon  an  ass  and  upon  a  colt."    Com.  on  Matt.,  rxi.,  5. 

9.  Details  in  Matt.,  xxi.,  6-8.    Comm.,  p.  426. 

10.  The  Welcome  in  Jerusalem.     Comm.,  p.  427. 

11.  Second  cleansing  of  the  temple.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxi.,  5. 

12.  Description  of  the  temple  courts.    Comm.,  pp.  429f. 

13.  "Out  of  the  mouth  of  babes   and  sucklings."      Comm.   on 

Matt,  xxi.,  16. 

14.  The  road  between  Jerusalem  and  Bethany.    Comm.  on  Matt., 

pp.  432f. 

15.  The  barren  fig  tree.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxi.,  19. 

16.  A  foretaste  of  the  struggle.    Robertson,  pp.  139f. 


THE  LIFE   OF   CHRIST.  128 

LESSON  XXII. 

The  Last  Day  in  Christ's  Public  Ministry. 

Harmony,  §§  109 — 114. 
Comm.  on  Matt.  21:19-23:39. 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  140-3. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edershelm,  Bk.  V.,  chs,  III.-V.; 
D.  Smith,  chs.  XLII.-XLIII. 

1.  Events,  places,  time.     §§  108 — 114. 

2.  Power  of  faith.    Comm.  on  Matt,  xxi.,  20-2. 

3.  The  victorious  debate.     Robertson,  pp.  141-3. 

4.  The  attack  of  the  Sanhedrin.    Comm.  on  Matt.  21:23. 

5.  The  defence  of  Jesus.    Comm.  on  Matt.  21:24-22:14. 

6.  The  third  group  of  parables.     §  109.    General  meaning  of 

each  of  these  three  parables.    See  comm.  on  Matt. 

7.  The  attack  of  the  Pharisees  and  the  Herodians.     Descrip- 

tion of  the  Herodians.    Comm.  on  Matt.  22:15-17. 

8.  "The  Things  of  Caesar  and  the  things  of  God."    Comm.  on 

Matt.,  xxii.,  21. 

9.  Question  of  the  Sadducees  and  reply  of  Jesus.     Comm.  on 

Matt.,  xxii.,  30-32. 

10.  Question  of  the  lawyer  and  the  reply  of  Jesus.     Comm.  on 

Matt,  xxii.,  34-40. 

11.  Christ's    final   question    to   which    they    could    not    reply. 

Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxii.,  43-46. 

12.  The  authorship  of  Ps.  110.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  pp.  459f. 

13.  Rabbis  as  successors  of  Moses.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  464. 

14.  Phylacteries.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxiii.,  5-7. 

15.  Rabbi.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxiii.,  8. 

16.  Proselytes.    Comm.  on  Matt,  xxiii.,  15. 

17.  The  irony  of  Jesus.    Comm.  on  Matt,  xxiii.,  23-33. 

18.  Zacharias  the  son  of  Barachias.    Comm.  on  Matt,  xxiii.,  35. 

19.  A  mournful    apostrophe  to   Jerusalem.     Comm.   on   Matt. 

xxiii.,  37-9. 


124  NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

LESSON   XXIII. 

From  the  Discourse  on  the  Mount  of  Olives  to  the  Last 
Passover  Meal. 

Harmony,  §§  115 — 120. 
Comm.  on  Matt.  24:1-26:25,  31-5. 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  143-9. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  V.,  chs.  VI.-IX.; 
D.  Smith,  ch.  XL.-IV. 

1.  Events,   places,   times.     Tuesday    afternoon   and    evening, 

Wednesday,  Thursday,  and  Thursday  evening. 

2.  The  great  discourse  on  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem  and  the 

second  coming.  88  115  and  116.  The  transition  and 
blending  of  the  two  topics.  Comm.,  p.  479f.;  Robertson, 
pp.  143f. 

3.  Misleading  signs.     Comm.  on  Matt,  xxiv.,  4-14. 

4.  "Abomination  of  desolation,"  and  "flee  xmto  the  mountains." 

Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxiv.,  15f. 

5.  Pella.    Comm.  on  Matt,  xxiv.,  16. 

6.  "This  generation."    Comm.  on  Matt,  xxiv.,  34. 

7.  "Of  that  day  and  hour."    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxiv.,  36. 

8.  Suddenness  of  the  second  coming.     Comm.  on  Matt,  xxiv., 

37-51. 

9.  Parable  of  the  Ten  Virgins.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  498f.,  and  p. 

500bf. 

10.  Parable  of  the  Talents.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  502bf, 

11.  The  Judgment  Scene.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  507b. 

12.  Serving  Christ  by  serving  his  brethren.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p. 

510. 

13.  Eternal  punishment  and  eternal  life.    Comm.,  p.  511-51a. 

14.  Jesus  preparing  himself  for  his  death  and  his  disciples  for 

the  separation.     Harm.,  p.  169. 

15.  The  Supper  at  Bethany.    Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  170  and  comm. 

on  Matt.,  xxvi.,  6;  Robertson,  pp.  145f. 

16.  The  Sanhedrin  receives  unexpected  help.    Comm.  on  Matt., 

p.  522;  Robertson,  pp.  146-8. 


THE  LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  126 

17.  Did  Jesus  eat  the  Passover?    Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  173,  and 

pages  253-7.    Five  passages  in  John.    Cf.  comm..,  p.  524f. 

18.  Was  Judas  present  at  the  Lord's  Supper?    Comm.  on  Matt., 

xxvi.,  25. 

19.  Jesus'  concern  for  the  disciples.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxvi.,  31- 

5;  Robertson,  pp.  148f. 
For  literature  on  the   eschatology  of  Jesus,  see  Bibliog- 
raphy, 


LESSON  XXIV. 

From  the  Lord's  Supper  to  the  Arrest  In  the  Garden. 

Harmony,  §§  121 — 4. 
Comm.  on  Matt.  26:26-9,  30,  36-56. 
Westcott  or  other  comm.  on  John  14-17. 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  150-5. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  V.,  chs.  X.-XII.; 
D.  Smith,  chs.  XLV.-XLVI. 

1.  Events,  places,  time.     Thursday  night.     88  121 — 4. 

2.  The  four  narratives  of  the  institution  of  the  bread  and  wine, 

in  two  pairs.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxvi.,  26. 

3.  Blessing  the  loaf.    Comm.  on  Matt,  xxvi.,  26. 

4.  The  phrase  "broken  for  you"  not  genuine  in  1.  Cor.  10:16. 

Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  529. 

5.  Four  different  views  of  "this  is  my  body."    Comm.  on  Matt., 

p.  529f. 

6.  "Blood  of  the  covenant."     Comm.  on  Matt.,  pp.  530f.,  and 

foot-note. 

7.  Different  names  for  the  ordinance.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  531b. 

8.  The  future  Kingdom.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  532. 

9.  Compare  the  farewell  discourse  to  the  eleven  in  8  122  with 

the  formal  address  to  the  twelve  and  others  in  8  42. 
Observe  adaptation  of  each  to  time,  place,  and  circum- 
stances.   Robertson,  pp.  150-2. 

10.  Gethsemane.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  535bf. 

11.  A  real  human  soul  suffering.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  pp.  536f. 


126         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

12.  What  constituted  this  suffering?    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  539a. 

13.  "That  ye  enter  not  into  temptation."    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxrl., 

41. 

14.  "Sleep  on  now,"  and  "Rise,  let  us  be  going."     Comm.  on 

Matt.,  xxvi.,  45. 

15.  The  struggle  of  Jesus  with  himself.    Robertson,  pp.  152-4. 

16.  The  multitude  and  the  soldiers.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxvi.,  47. 

17.  The  betrayer's  kiss.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxvi.,  47. 

18.  Character  of  Judas.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  556bf. 

19.  The  rashness  of  Peter.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  pp.  541f. 

20.  The  surrender  of  Jesus.    Robertson,  pp.  154f. 

For  books  on  the  Lord's  Supper,  see  literature  on  Eccle- 
siology. 

Special  Books  on  Christ's  Farewell  Discourse  and  th« 
Intercessory  Prayer. 

Alexander,  Thomas — The  Intercessory  Prayer  (1868). 

Bowen — Love  Revealed.    Meditations  on  John  xiii.-xvil.  (1884). 

Burrell — In  the  Upper  Room  (1913). 

Maclaren,  Ian — In  the  Upper  Room   (1896). 

Rainsford — The    Lord's    Prayer    for    Believers.      New    edition 

(1895). 
Sample — Christ's  Valedictory. 
Swete — The  Last  Discourse  and  Prayer.    New  edition  (1915). 

On  Judas  Iscariot,  see 
Baldwin — The  Gospel  of  Judas  Iscariot  (1902). 
Page — The  Diary  of  Judas  Iscariot  (1912). 

LESSON   XXV. 

The  Trial  of  Jesus. 

Harmony,  §§  125 — 132. 
Comm.  on  Matt.  26:57-27:30. 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  155-160. 

For   fuller   discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.   V.,  chs.   XIII. 
-XIV.;  D.  Smith,  chs.  XLVII.-XLVIII. 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  127 

1.  Events,   places,  time.     Friday,  dawn  and  till   sunrise.     |§ 

125 — 132. 

2.  The  Jewish  trial  in  three  parts.    Harm.,  foot-note,  pp.  190; 

comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  544. 

3.  The  Roman  trial  in  three  parts.     Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  197; 

comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  544. 

4.  Annas  and  Caiaphas.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  544. 

5.  Before  Annas.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  544bf. 

6.  The  Sanhedrin.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  546. 

7.  The  charge  against  Him.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  547. 

8.  Jesus  speaking  on  oath  in  a  court  of  justice,  and  admitting 

that  He  is  the  Messiah.  Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  548b.  The 
blasphemy  charged.  Legality  of  the  High  Priest's 
course.  Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  548bf. ;  Robertson,  pp.  155- 
160. 

9.  The  ground  of  conviction  and  the  real  ground  against  Him. 

Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  549f. 

10.  Peter's  three  denials.    Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  195,  and  Comm. 

on  Matt.,  p.  551b-3.     Cf.  also  p.  554. 

11.  The  decision  of  the  Sanhedrin.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  555. 

12.  The  formal  stage  of  Jewish  trial.    Observe  that  Luke  alone 

gives  details  here.    S  128. 

13.  End  of  Judas.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  556-8. 

14.  The  prophecy  in  Matt.,  xxvii.,  9. 

15.  Pilate.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  560bf.     Cf.  also  p.  567a. 

16.  Reasons  for  our  Lord's  silence  before  the  Sanhedrin  and 

before  Pilate.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  562a. 

17.  Herod  Antipas  sees  Jesus  at  last.  §  131. 

18.  About  Barabbas.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  562bf. 

19.  About  Pilate's  Wife.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  563. 

20.  Time  of  the  condemnation.    Jo.,  xix.,  14.    Harm.,  foot-note, 

p.  205,  and  pp.  258-260. 

Special  Books  on  the  Trial  of  Jesus. 

Broade — The  Sixfold  Trial  of  Our  Lord  (1899). 
Broderick — The  Trial  and  Crucifixion  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Naza- 
reth  (1908). 


1S8         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Buss — The  Trial  of  Jesus   (1906). 

Chapman — Legalized  Wrong  (1899). 

Chase — The  Trial  of  Jesus  (1876). 

Chandler — The  Trial  of  Jesus  from  a  Lawyer's  Standpoint. 
Two  volumes  (1908). 

Drucker — The  Trial  of  Jesus   (1907). 

Greenleaf,  Simon — The  Testimony  of  the  Evangelists  Exam- 
ined by  the  Rulers  of  Evidence  Administered  in  the 
Courts  of  Justice.  Also  a  Review  of  the  Trial  of  Jesus 
(1876). 

Hobbs — The  Court  of  Pilate  (1906).  The  so-called  Gesta  Pilati 
and  Caesar's  Court  are  also  apocryphal. 

Innes,  Taylor — The  Trial  of  Jesus.    A  Legal  Monograph  (1899), 

Kaye — The  Trial  of  Christ  (1909). 

Klarman — The  Trial  of  Jesus  before  Pilate. 

Rosadi — The  Trial  of  Jesus  (1905). 

Stalker — The  Trial  and  Death  of  Jesus  Christ  (1894). 

Stevenson — The  Judges  of  Jesus  (1909). 

Stout — The  Trials  and  Crucifixion  of  Christ  (1886). 

Wellford — The  Lynching  of  Jesus  (1905). 

Wilson,  T.  F. — The  Trial  of  Jesus.  Historical  and  Legal  Stand* 
point  (1906). 

LESSON   XXVI. 

The  Crucifixion. 

Harmony,  8  133. 
Comm.  on  Matt.  27:31-66. 
Robertson — Jesus,  pp.  160-8. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  V.,  ch.  XV.;   D. 
Smith,  ch.  XLIX. 

1.  Events,  places,  time.     The  four  stages  by  hours  from  the 

start  till  the  burial.    §  133  (a,  b,  c,  d). 

2.  Simon  bearing  the  Cross.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxvii.,  32. 

3.  Place   of   the   Crucifixion.     Harm.,   foot-note,    p.    207,  and 

Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxvii.,  33. 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  129 

4.  Wine  and  gall.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  569. 

5.  Nature  and  time  of  the  Crucifixion,    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxvii., 

35. 

6.  The  Accusation.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  571. 

7.  State  the  seven  sayings  on  the  Cross,  at  what  point  each 

one  was  uttered,  and  by  whom  recorded.  The  first  three 
relate  to  others,  and  the  last  four  to  Christ.  The  first 
three  during  the  first  three  hours,  the  last  four  during 
the  last  three  hours.  Three  are  by  Luke,  three  are  by 
John,  one  by  Matthew  and  Mark.  Probable  order  of  the 
first  three.  Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  209.  Probable  order  of 
the  last  four.  Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  212.  Meaning  of  the 
fourth  sayings,  Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxvii.,  46. 

8.  The  two  robbers  and  the  other  revilers.    Comm.  on  Matt., 

xxvii.,  39-44. 

9.  The  darkness.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxvii.,  45. 

10.  The  veil  of  the  temple.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxvii.,  51. 

11.  Raising  the  dead  from  the  tombs.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxvii., 

52. 

12.  The  shame  of  the  Cross.    Robertson,  pp.  160-5. 

13.  Impression  made  on  three  classes  of  spectators.     Comm. 

on  Matt.,  p.  576bf. 

14.  Mary  Magdalene.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  577f. 

15.  Joseph  Arimathea.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  579f. 

16.  Jesus  in  the  Tomb.    Robertson,  pp.  165-8 

17.  The  fear  of  the  rulers.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxvii.,  63-5. 

18.  Setting  a  watch.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxvii.,  66  (end). 

Special   Books  on  the  Crucifixion. 

(For  literature  on  the  Atonement,  see  Biblical  and  Syste- 
matic Theology  and  only  a  few  of  the  mass  of  books  on  the 
Cross  are  given.) 

Ahlfeld — The  Voice  from  the  Cross   (1888). 
Aldrlch — A  Critical  Examination  of  the  Time  of  Our  Saviour's 
Crucifixion  (1882). 
9 


130         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Baxter,  Richard — The  Crucifying  of  the  World  by  the  Cross  of 

Christ.    New  edition  (1861). 
Belzer — Die     Geschichte     des     Leidens     und     Sterbens     der 

Auferstehung  und  Himmelfahrt  des  Herrn   (1903). 
Birks — The    Shadow    of    the    Cross    in   Our   Lord's    Ministry 

(1891). 
Brown,  Charles — Lessons  from  the  Cross  (1904). 
Burrell — The  Singular  Death  of  Christ  (1900). 
Clow — The  Cross  and  Christian  Experience  (1908). 
Clow — In  the  Day  of  the  Cross  (1909). 
Denney — The  Death  of  Christ.     Second  edition  (1911). 
Falconer — The  Three  Crosses   (1907). 
Forsyth — The  Cruciality  of  the  Cross   (1909). 
Gordon — Reflections  in  Palestine  (1883). 
Hanna — The  Last  Day  of  Our  Lord's  Passion  (1871). 
Hirsch — The  Crucifixion  from  a  Jewish  Standpoint  (1901). 
Hoge,  P.  H. — The  Divine  Tragedy.    A  Poem  (1905). 
Howe — The  True  Site  of  Calvary   (1871). 
Krummacher — The  Suffering  Saviour. 
Jowett — The  School  of  Calvary   (1911). 
Landels — The  Cross  of  Christ  (1864). 
Nicoll — The  Seven  Words  from  the  Cross   (1896). 
Ross,  G.  A.  Johnston — The  Cross.    The  Report  of  a  Misgiving 

(1912). 
Rutherford — Christ  Dying. 
Simpson — Christus  Crucifixus   (1909). 
Stalker — The  Trial  and  Death  of  Jesus  Christ  (1894). 
Stone — The  Passion  of  Christ  (1912). 
Stroud — A  Treatise   on  the   Physical  Cause   of  the   Death  of 

Christ   (1846). 
Trench,  G.  H. — The  Crucifixion  and  Resurrection  of  Christ  in 

the  Light  of  Tradition  (1908). 
Tholuck — Light  from  the  Cross   (1859). 
Vaughan — Lessons  on  the  Cross  and  Passion   (1869). 
Wabnitz — Histoire  de  la  vie  de  Jesus:   La  passion,  la  mort,  et 

la  resurrection  de  J6sus  (1904). 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  131 

Westberg — Zur  neutest.   Chronologie   und  Golgothas    Ortslage 

(1911). 
Wright — The  Cross  of  Our  Lord  (1909). 


LESSON  XXVII. 

The  Resurrection  and  Ascension. 

Harmony,  §§  134 — 143. 
Comm.  on  Matt.,  ch.  28. 
Robertson — Jesus,  ch.  VIII. 

For  fuller  discussion,  see  Edersheim,  Bk.  V.,  chs.  XVI.- 
XVII.;  D.  Smith,  ch.  L. 

1.  Movements  of  Jesus   during  the   Forty   Days.     First   foot- 

note. Harm.,  p.  218. 

2.  Events,  places,  times.     SS  138 — 143. 

3.  Five  narratives  of  the  resurrection  of  Jesus.     Comm.  on 

Matt.,  p.  583. 

4.  How  long  did  Jesus  remain  in  the  tomb?     Harm.,  second 

foot-note,  p.  218,  and  Harm.,  p.  263f. 

5.  Time  of  his  resurrection.     Harm.,  p.  260-263.     Cf.  Comm. 

on  Matt.,  p.  583f.  In  the  Harm.,  p.  218,  put  Luke  xxiv., 
1,  and  John  xx.,  1,  parallel  to  Mark  xvi.,  2.  Then  Matt. 
xxviii.,  1,  would  be  a  visit  before  sundown  on  the 
Sabbath  to  see  the  sepulchre.  After  sundown  the  two 
Marys  and  Salome  bought  the  spices  (Mark  xvi.,  1). 
Early  next  morning  they  proceeded  to  the  tomb  (Mark 
xvi.,  2;  Luke  xxiv.,  1;  Jo.  xx.,  1).  The  resurrection, 
preceded  by  the  earthquake  (Matt,  xxviii.,  2),  had  al- 
ready taken  place  before  they  came.  Such  is  the  prob- 
able order  of  events  here. 

6.  The  Attitude  of  the  Disciples.     Robertson,  pp.  169f. 

7.  The  fact  of  the  empty  tomb.    Robertson,  pp.  170-2. 

8.  Five  appearances  on  the  first  day,  and  ten  in  all.     Harm., 

p.  220.  Probable  order  of  these  five.  Harm.,  foot-note, 
p.  220. 


132         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

9.  The  ten  appearances  in  their  order.     Comm.  on  Matt.,  p. 
590a. 

10.  Men  or  angels,  and  number.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  585.    The 

story  of  the  angels.    Robertson,  pp.  172f. 

11.  John's  intuition.     Robertson,  pp.  173f. 

12.  As  to  Jesus  appearing  first  to  women,  and  first  to  Mary. 

Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  587. 

13.  Report  of  the  Watch.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  xxviii.,  11-15. 

14.  Unexpected  light  on  the  problem.    Robertson,  pp.  177-9. 

15.  A  Conference  on  the  situation.     Robertson,  pp.  179-182. 

16.  The  Case  of  Thomas.    Robertson,  pp.  182-4. 

17.  By  the  Sea  of  Galilee.     Robertson,  pp.  184-6. 

18.  The  three  final  commissions  of  Jesus.    Harm.,  foot-note,  p. 

225. 

19.  The  fact  that  Jesus  rose.    Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  588b. 

20.  What  Jesus'  Resurrection  carries  with  it.    Comm.  on  Matt., 

p.  589a. 

21.  Theological  importance  of  Christ's  Resurrection.     Comm. 

on  Matt.,  p.  589b. 

22.  Remarks  on  these  appearances  in  general.    Comm.  on  Matt., 

p.  590. 

23.  On  a  mountain  in  Galilee.    Number  present  and  to  whom 

the  commission  was  given.  Harm.,  foot-note,  p.  228,  and 
Comm.  on  Matt.,  p.  591.  Worship  by  some,  doubt  by 
others.    Robertson,  pp.  186-8. 

24.  The  commission  in  Matthew. 

(1)  "All  authority,"  etc.    Comm.,  p.  592. 

(2)  Christianity  a  missionary  religion.    Comm.,  p.  592bf. 

(3)  "Disciple."    Comm.,  p.  593. 

(4)  "All  the  nations."    Comm.,  p.  593f. 

(5)  Baptizing  in  the  name.    Comm.,  p.  594f. 

(6)  The  formula  for  baptism  and  the  design  of  baptism. 

Comm.,  p.  595f. 

(7)  The  closing  promise.     Comm.,  p.  596bf. 

25.  The  last  view.    Robertson,  pp.  188-190. 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  133 

Special  Books  on  the  Resurrection  and  Ascension.  (A  selection.) 


And  rot — J6sus-Christ  est-il  resurrecte?  (1909). 

Anonymous — Resurrectio  Christi  (1909). 

Archer-Shepherd — Nature  and  Evidence  of  the  Resurrection  of 

Christ  (1910). 
Boardman — Our  Risen  King's  Forty  Days  (1902). 
Breton — La  resurrection  du  Christ   (1908). 
Brown,  J.  B. — The  Risen  Christ  (1890). 
Bruckner — Die  sterbende  und  auferstehunde  Gottheiland  in  die 

orientalische     Religonen     und     ihre     Verhaltniss     zum 

Christentum  (1908). 
Burckhardt — Die  Auferstehung  des  Herrn. 
Cailaud — Le  probleme  de  la  Resurrection  du  Christ  (1909). 
Carpenter,  W.  Boyd — The  Forty  Days  of  the  Risen  Life  (1898). 
Eck — Ueber  die  Bedeutung  der  Auferstehung  Jesu  (1898). 
Edgar — The  Gospel  of  a  Risen  Saviour  (1892). 
Edgar — The  Resurrection  of  Jesus  Christ  (1886). 
Faunce,  D.  W. — Advent  and  Ascension   (1903). 
Frick — The  Resurrection  and  Paul's  Argument  (1915). 
Goguel — Les  sources  du  recit  Johannique  de  la  passion  (1910). 
Qurney — The  Living  Lord  and  the  Open  Grave  (1902). 
Hanna — The    Forty     Days     after    Our     Lord's    Resurrection 

(1866). 
Ihmels — Die  Auferstehung  Jesu  Christi   (1906). 
Kennedy — The  Resurrection  of  Jesus  Christ  (1895). 
Krummacher — The  Risen  Redeemer   (1863). 
Lake,    Kirsopp — Historical   Evidence   of   the   Resurrection   of 

Jesus  Christ  (1907). 
Latham — The  Risen  Master   (1901). 
Loofs — Die    Auferstehungsberichte     und    ihr    Wert.      3    Aufl. 

(1908). 
Marchant — Theories  of  the  Resurrection  (1899). 
Miiligan,  W. — The  Resurrection  of  Our  Lord  (1886). 
Miiiigan,  W. — The  Ascension  and  Heavenly  Priesthood  of  Our 

Lord. 


134         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Moberly — Sayings    of    the    Great    Forty    Days.      New    edition 

(1875). 
Meyer,  A. — Die  Aufersteliung  Christi  (1905). 
Orr — Tlie  Resurrection  of  Jesus   (1908). 
Randolph — The  Empty  Tomb   (1906). 
Riggenbach — Die  Auferstehung  Jesu  (1905). 
Ring — -The  Most  Certain  Fact  in  History  (1893). 
Robinson,  C.  H. — Studies  in  the  Resurrection  of  Christ  (1909). 
Simpson,  W.  J.  Sparrow — Our  Lord's  Resurrection   (1906). 
Stapfer — Death  and  Resurrection  of  Jesus  Christ  (1898). 
Stone — The  Glory  after  the  Passion   (1912). 
Swete — The    Appearances    of    Our    Lord    after    the    Passion 

(1907). 
Swete — The  Ascended  Lord   (1910). 
Tait — Heavenly  Session  of  Our  Lord   (1912). 
Th  orb  urn — Resurrection     Narratives     and    Modern     Criticism 

(1910). 
West,  Gilbert — Observations  on  the  History  and  Evidences  of 

the  Resurrection  of  Jesus  Christ.    New  edition  (1874). 
Westcott — Gospel  of  the  Resurrection  (1874). 
Westcott — The  Revelation  of  the  Risen  Lord.     Fifth  edition 

(1891). 

LESSON  XXVIII. 

The  Gospel  according  to   Mark. 

Read  the  Gospel  of  Mark  in  the  Student's  Chronological 
New  Testament,  and  the  introductory  matter,  including  outline. 

See  Harmony,  Appendix  A,  for  Broadus'  Outline  and  Pecu- 
liarities. 

Lecture  on  the  Miracles  of  Jesus. 

LESSON   XXIX. 
The  Gospel  according  to  Matthew. 

Read  the  Gospel  of  Matthew  in  the  Student's  Chronological 
New  Testament,  and  the  introductory  matter,  including  outline. 


THE   LIFE    OF    CHRIST.  135 

See  Harmony,  Appendix  A,  for  Broadus'  Outline  and  Pecu- 
liarities. 

Lecture  on  the  Miracles  of  Jesus. 


LESSON  XXX. 
The  Gospel  according  to  Luke. 

Read  the  Gospel  of  Luke  in  the  Student's  Chronological  New 
Testament  and  the  introductory  matter,  including  outline. 

See  Harmony,  Appendix  A,  for  Broadus'  Outline  and  Pecu- 
liarities. 

Lecture  on  the  Miracles  of  Jesus. 


LESSON  XXXI. 
The  Gospel  according  to  John. 

Read  the  Gospel  of  John  in  the  Student's  Chronological  New 
Testament  and  the  introductory  matter,  including  outline. 

See  Harmony,  Appendix  A,  for  Broadus'  Outline  and  Pecu- 
liarities. 

Lecture  on  the  Miracles  of  Jesus. 

For  literature  on  the  Gospels  and  Miracles,  see  Bibliography. 


PART  IIL 


The  Acts  and  the  Epistles. 


A.  D.  30  to  A.  D.  85   (probably). 

The  text-books  used  in  connection  with  this  part  of  the  New 
Testament  Syllabus  are  the  American  Revision  of  the  New 
Testament  in  the  Student's  Chronological  New  Testament, 
Josephus,  the  professor's  Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul  with  con- 
stant reference  to  Conybeare  and  Howson's  Life  of  Paul  and  to 
Ramsay's  books  on  Paul.  The  use  of  commentaries  is  also 
urged. 


I.  Books  on  the  Apostolic  Period,     (A  brief  selection.) 
1.  General  History. 

Arnold,  T.  W. — The  Roman  System  of  Provincial  Administra- 
tion.   New  edition  (1906). 

Bury — History  of  the  Roman  Empire    (27  B.  C. — 180  A.  D.). 
(1893). 

Droysen — Geschichte  des  Hellenismus.    2  Aufl.   (1877). 

Ferrero — Greatness    and    Decline    of    Rome.      Five    volumes 
(1907). 

Hogarth — The  Nearer  East  (1902). 

Juster — Les  jiiifs  dans  I'empire  romaine  (1914). 

137 


138         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Kaerst — Geschichte  des  hellenistischen  Zeitalters.     2  volumes 

(1901-9). 
Mahaffy — The  Silver  Age  in  the  Greek  World  (1905). 
Mommsen — The  History  of  Rome.    Five  volumes  (1894). 
Mommsen — The  Provinces  of  the  Roman  Empire  from  Caesar 

to  Diocletian.    Two  volumes   (1909). 
Ramsay — Historical  Geography  of  Asia  Minor  (1890). 
SchUrer — The   Jewish    People   in   the    Time    of  Jesus    Christ. 

Five  volumes  (1891). 

2.  Culture  of  the  Period. 

Abbott — Common  People  of  Ancient  Rome   (1912). 

Baumgartner,  Poland  and  Wagner — Die  hellenistisch-romische 
Kultur   (1913). 

Buckland — The  Roman  Law  of  Slavery  (1909). 

Buss — Roman  Law  and  History  in  the  New  Testament  (1901). 

Butcher — Some  Aspects  of  Greek  Genius.  Third  edition  (1904). 

Davis — The  Influence  of  Wealth  in  Imperial  Rome  (1910). 

Deissmann — Light  from  the  Ancient  East  (1910). 

Deissmann — New  Light  on  the  New  Testament  (1907). 

Dill — Roman  Society  from  Nero  to  Marcus  Aurelius  (1905). 

Fowler — The  City-State  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans.  Second 
edition  (1895). 

Fowler — Social  Life  at  Rome  in  the  Age  of  Cicero  (1908). 

Friedlander — Roman  Life  and  Manners  imder  the  Early  Em- 
pire.   Three  voliunes  (1909-10). 

Hahn — Rom  und  Romanismus  im  griechisch-romischen  Osten 
(1906). 

Inge — Society  in  Rome  under  the  Caesars  (1894). 

Livingston — The  Greek  Genius  and  Its  Meaning  to  Us  (1912). 

Mahaffy — Survey  of  Greek  Civilization   (1896). 

Marquardt — Das  Privatleben  der  Romer  (1878). 

Meyer,  E. — Sklaverei  im  Aeltestum  (1898). 

Putnam — Authors  and  Their  Public  in  Ancient  Times   (1894). 

Stobart — The  Glory  that  was  Greece  (1911). 

Stobart — The  Grandeur  that  was  Rome  (1912). 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  139 

Thieling — Hellenismus  in  Kleinafrika   (1911). 

Tucker — Life  in  the  Roman  World  of  Nero  and  St.  Paul  (1910), 

Wendland — Die  hellenistisch-romisclie  Kultur.     3  Aufl.   (1912). 

3.  Philosophy. 

Arnold,  E.  V. — Roman  Stoicism  (1911). 

Bevan — Stoics  and  Sceptics   (1913). 

Bigg — Neoplatonism  (1911). 

Bonhoffer — Epiktet  and  d.  Stoa  (1890). 

Bonhbffer — Epiktet  und  das  N.  T.  (1911). 

Bussell — The  School  of  Plato  (1896). 

Caird,  E. — The  Evolution  of  Theology  in  the  Greek  Philoso- 
phers.    Two  volumes   (1904). 

Davidson — The  Stoic  Creed  (1907). 

Drummond — Philo-Judaeus  or  Jewish-Alexandrian  Philosophy. 
Two  volumes  (188). 

Fairbairn — The  Philosophy  of  Religion.     Fifth  edition  (1908). 

Hegel — Philosophy  of  Religion  (1895). 

Hicks — Stoic  and  Epicurean  (1910). 

Hicks — Traces  of  Greek  Philosophy  and  Roman  Law  in  the 
N.  T.     (1896). 

Murray — The  Stoic  Philosophy    (1915). 

WIndelband — History  of  Ancient  Philosophy  (1900). 

4.  Religion  and  Morality. 

Adam — Religious  Teachers  of  Greece  (1908). 

Allard — Le  christianisme  et  I'empire  remain  de  N6ron  k 
Theodose   (1897). 

Alio — L'  6vangile  en  face  du  syncr6tisme  pai6n  (1910). 

Angus — The  Environment  of  Early  Christianity  (1915). 

Anrich — Das  antike  Mysterienwesen  in  seinem  Einfluss  auf 
das  Christentum  (1894). 

Anz — Zur  Frage  nach  dem  Ursprung  des  Gnosticismus. 

Arneth — Das  classische  Heidentum  und  die  christliclie  Re- 
ligion.    Two  volumes   (1895). 

Baur,  A. — Vom  Griechentum  zum  Christentum  (1910). 


140         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Bauer,  B. — Chrlstus  und  die  Caisaren.    2  Aufl.   (1879). 
Berthelot — Das  religionsgeschichtliche  Problem  des  spatjuden- 

tums  (1909). 
Berthelot — Die  jiidische  Religion  von  der  Zeit  Esras  bis  zum 

Zeitalter  Christi  (1911). 
Beurlier — Le  cult  rendu  aux  emp6reurs   (1891). 
Boissier — La  Religion  romain  d'  Auguste  aux  Antonlus.     Two 

volumes  (1874). 
Bousset — Die   Religion   des   Judentums   im  neutest.   Zeitalter. 

2  Aufl.    (1906). 
Bousset — Hauptprobleme  der  Gnosis    (1907). 
Caird,   E. — The  Evolution   of  Greek  Religion.     Third   edition. 

Two  volumes   (1899). 
Campbell — Religion  in  Greek  Literature   (1898). 
Carter — Religious  Life  of  Ancient  Rome  (1912). 
Charles — Eschatology,  Hebrew,  Jewish,  and  Christian.    Second 

edition  (1913). 
Cheetham — The  Mysteries,  Pagan  and  Christian   (1897). 
Clemen — Primitive    Christianity   and   Its    Non-Jewish    Sources 

(1912). 
Clemen — Der  Einfluss  der  Mysterienreligionen  auf  das  aiteste 

Christentum  (1913). 
Cumont — Oriental  Religions. 
Cumont — Mysteries  of  Mithra   (1903). 

Cumont — Astrology  and  Religion  among  the  Greeks   and  Ro- 
mans  (1912). 
Dbllinger — The  Gentile  and  the  Jew.    Two  volumes  (1906). 
Edmunds — Buddhistic    and   Christian  Gospels.     Two  volumes 

(1902-9). 
Farnell — Higher  Aspects  of  Greek  Religion   (1912). 
Farrer — Paganism  and  Christianity   (1891). 
Felten — Neutest.  Zeitgeschichte    (1910). 
Foucart — Les  mystferes  d'  61eusis  (1914). 
Fowler — Religious  Experience  of  the  Roman  People  (1911). 
Fowler — Roman  Ideas  of  the  Deity  in  the  last  Century  before 

the  Christian  Era  (1914). 
Glover — The  Conflict  of  Religions  in  the  Early  Roman  Empire 

(1909). 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  141 

Gunkel — Zum  religionsgeschlchtlichen  Verstandnls  des  N.  T. 

2  Aufl.  (1910). 
Hall — Historical  Setting  of  the  Early  Gospel   (1912). 
Harrison,  Miss  J.  E. — Prolegomena  to  the  Study  of  the  Greek 

Religion  (1903). 
Hase — New    Testament    Parallels    in    Buddhistic    Literature 

(1907). 
Heinrici — Hellenismus  und  Christentum  (1909). 
Heinrici — Die  Eigenart  des  Christentums   (1911). 
Holtzmann,  O. — Neutest.  Zeitgeschichte.     2  Aufl.   (1906). 
Jacoby — Das    antike    Mysterienwesen    und    das    Christentum 

(1910). 
Jeremias — Babylonisches  Im  Neuen  Testament  (1905). 
Jong — Das  antike  Mysterienwesen  (1909). 
Kautsky — Der  Ursprung  des  Christentums  (1908). 
Keim — Rom  und   das    Christentum    (1881). 
Kennedy — St.  Paul  and  the  Mystery-Religions    (1913). 
King — Gnostics    (1887). 

Lewis — Paganism  Surviving  in  Christianity    (1892). 
Lichtenbahn — Die  Offenbarung  in   Gnosticismus    (1902). 
Mansel — The  Gnostic  Heresies   (1875). 
Mills — Our  Own  Religion  in  Ancient  Persia  (1913). 
Norden — Agnostos  Theos   (1913). 
Oesterley — The  Doctrine  of  the  Last  Things  (1908). 
Oesterley — The  Religion  and  Worship  of  the  Synagogue.    Sec- 
ond edition   (1911). 
Petrie — Personal  Religion  in  Egypt  before  Christianity  (1909). 
Pressense — The  Religions  before  Christ  (1862). 
Pthythian-Adams — Mithraism  (1915). 

Reitzenstein — Die  hellenistischen   Mysterienreligionen   (1910). 
Renan — The  Influence  of  the  Institutions,  Thought,  and  Culture 

of  Rome  on  Christianity   (1880). 
Schmitz,  O. — Die  Opferanschauung  des  spatem  Judentums  und 

die  Opferaussagen  des  N.  T.   (1910). 
Scott — The  Apologetic  of  the  N.  T.   (1907). 
Soltau — Das  Fortleben  des  Heidentums  in  der  altchristlichen 

Kirche   (1900). 
Staerck — Neutest.  Zeitgeschichte.     2  Aufl.   (1912). 


142         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Swiney — The  Esoteric  Teaching  of  the  Gnostics  (1909). 

Uhlhorn — Conflict  of  Christianity  with  Heathenism    (1879). 

Walton — Cult  of  Asklepios  (1894). 

Wenley — Preparation  for  Christianity  (1898). 

Westermarck — Origin   and   Development   of  the    Moral   Ideas. 

Two  volumes    (1906-8). 
Whittaker — The     Origins     of     Christianity.       Second     edition 

(1909). 
Wilamowitz-Moellendorff  and  Niese — Staat  lind  Gesellschaft  der 

Griechen  und  Romer   (1910). 
WIssowa — Die  Religion  und   Mythologie  der  Romer.     2   Aufl 

(1912). 

5.  The  History  of  Apostolic  Christianity. 

(Most  of  the  church  histories  have  a  sketch  of  the  Apos- 
tolic age.) 

Achelis — Das  Christentum  in  den   ersten  drei  Jahrhunderten 

(1912). 
Addis — Christianity  and  the  Roman  Empire  (1902). 
Bacon — The  Founding  of  the  Church   (1909). 
Bartiet — The  Apostolic  Age   (1899). 
Baur — The  Apostles. 
Baur,   F.   C. — Church   History   of  the   First   Three   Centuries 

(1879). 
Bigg — The  Church's  Task  under  the  Roman  Empire  (1905). 
Blunt — Studies  in  Apostolic  Christianity   (1909). 
Bruce — The  Training  of  the  Twelve. 

Burkitt — Early  Christianity  outside  of  the  Roman  Empire. 
Case — The  Evolution  of  Early  Christianity  (1914). 
Camus — L'oeuvre  des  Apotres   (1905). 
Clemen — Die    Apostelgeschichte   im   Lichte   der   neueren    For- 

schungen   (1905). 
Clemen — Religionsgeschichtliche  Erklarung  des  N.  T.   (1909). 
Clemen — Entwlckelung  der  christlichen  Religion  innerhalb  des 

N.  T.   (1908). 
Cox — The  First  Century  of  Christianity   (1886). 
Dewick — Primitive  Christian  Eschatology  (1912). 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  148 

Dobschutz — Christian  Life  in  the  Primitive  Church   (1904). 
Dobschutz — Problems  of  the  Apostolic  Age   (1909). 
Ewald — Geschichte  des  apostolischen  Zeitalters   (1858). 
Fairbairn — Studies   in  Religion   and   Theology.     The   Church: 

In  Idea  and  in  History  (1910). 
Farrar — Early  Days  of  Christianity   (1882). 
Fisher — The     Beginnings     of    Christianity.      Second     edition 

(1911). 
Gilbert — A  Short  History  of  Christianity  in  the  Apostolic  Age 

(1906). 
Gilbert — The  First  Interpreters  of  Jesus  (1901). 
Goguel — Les  Chretiennes  et  I'empire    (1909). 
Greenough — The  Apostles  of  Our  Lord  (1904). 
Hardy — Christianity  and  the  Roman  Goyernment   (1894). 
Harnack — The  Mission  and  Expansion   of  Christianity  in  the 

First  Three  Centuries.     Two  volumes   (1908). 
Harnack — The  Constitution  and  Law  of  the  Churches  in  the 

First  Two  Centuries.     Second  edition  (1910). 
Hatch — The    Organization   of   the   Early    Christian    Churches 

(1895). 
Hausrath — History  of  N.  T.  Times:  Apostles.     Four  volumes 

(1895). 
Hausrath — Jesus  und  die  neutest.  Schriftsteller   (1908). 
Heinrici — Das  Urchristentum   (1902). 
Henson — Apostolic  Christianity  (1898). 
Hoennicke — Das  Judenchristen   in   1.   und   2.     Jahrhunderten 

(1908). 
Hort — The  Christian  Ecclesia   (1898). 
Hort — Judaistic  Christianity  (1898). 

Jones,  J.  D. — The  Glorious  Company  of  the  Apostles  (1910). 
Jungst — Die  Quellen  der  Apostelgeschichte    (1895). 
Lechler — The  Apostolic  and  Post-Apostolic  Times   (1886). 
Lightfoot — Dissertations  on  the  Apostolic  Age  (1892). 
Lindsay — The  Church  and  the  Ministry  in  the  Early  Centuries 

(1902). 
Luckock — Footprints  of  the  Apostles  (1905). 
Matheson — Representative  Men  of  the  N.  T.  (1905). 
Mathews — The  Messianic  Hope  in  the  N.  T.  (1905). 


144         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

McGiffert — A  History  of  Christianity  in  the  Apostolic  Age. 
Second  edition  (1910). 

Moorhouse — Dangers  of  the  Apostolic  Age  (1903). 

Neander — History  of  the  Planting  and  Training  of  the  Chris- 
tian Church.    Two  volumes  (1889). 

Orr — Neglected  Factors  in  the  Study  of  the  Early  Progress  of 
Christianity  (1909). 

Plepenbring — J6sus  et  les  ap6tre8  (1911). 

Pfleiderer — Primitive  Christianity   (1906). 

Pressens6 — The  Early  Years  of  Christianity   (1870). 

Pressens6 — The  Apostolic  Era. 

Purves — The  Apostolic  Age    (1900). 

Ragg — The  Church  of  the  Apostles  (1909). 

Rail — N.  T.  History  (1914). 

RitschI — The  Origin  of  the  Early  Catholic  Church. 

Robertson,  A.  T. — Studies  in  the  N.  T.  (1915). 

Ramsay — The  Church  in  the  Roman  Empire   (1893). 

Ramsay — Pictures  from  the  Apostolic  Church  (1910). 

Rankin — First  Saints  (1893). 

Renan — The  Apostles  (1898). 

Renan — Antichrist  (1897). 

Ropes — The  Apostolic  Age  in  the  Light  of  Modern  Criticism 
(1906). 

Schaff,  P. — History  of  the  Apostolic  Church  (1853). 

Schel! — Traits  of  the  Twelve  (1911). 

Scott — The  Beginnings  of  the  Church  (1914). 

Selwyn — The  Christian  Prophets  (1901). 

Sorley — Jewish  Christians  and  Judaism   (1881). 

Still — The  Jewish  Christian  Church  (1912). 

Vedder — The  Dawn  of  Christianity   (1894). 

Veitch — The  First  Christians   (1906). 

Votaw — The  Primitive  Era  of  Christianity  (1902). 

Watson — In  the  Apostolic  Age   (1902). 

Welnel — Die  Stellung  des  Urchristentums  zum  staat  (1908). 

Weiz85cker — The  Apostolic  Age  of  the  Christian  Church.  Sec- 
ond edition.     Two  volumes  (1899). 

Wei  I  ha  u  sen,  Juliciier,  et  al. — Geschichte  der  christllchen  Re- 
ligion.    2  Aufl.   (1909). 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  145 

Wernle — The     Beginnings     of     Christianity.       Two     volumes 

(1903-4). 
Wieseler — Chronologic  des  apostolischen  Zeitalters   (1840). 
See   also    Hastings — Dictionary   of  the    Apostolic   Age     (in 
press),  besides  the  other  Bible  dictionaries. 

II.  Special  Books  on  the  Life  and  Teaching  of  Peter. 

Barnes — St.  Peter  in  Rome  and  His  Tomb  on  the  Vatican  Hill. 

Birks — Studies  in  the  Life  and  Character  of  St.  Peter  (1887). 

Couard — Simon  Petrus  der  Apostel  des  Herrn. 

Elert — Die  Religiositat  des  Petrus  (1911). 

Fouard — St.  Peter  and  the  First  Years  of  Christianity 

Green — The  Apostle  Peter  (1873). 

Greene — St.  Peter  (1909). 

Grill — Der  Primat  des  Petrus  (1904). 

Guignebert — La  Primaut6   de  Pierre  et  la  Venne  de  Pierre  h 

Rome  (1909). 
Henriott — Saint  Pierre  (1891). 
Howson — Horae  Petrinae. 

Robinson — Simon  Peter.    His  Life  and  Times. 
Salmond — Life  of  Peter. 

Scharfe — Die  petrinische  Stromung  der  neut.  Literatur  (1893). 
Schmid — Petrus  in  Rom.  (1879). 
Seeley — The  Life  and  Writings  of  St.  Peter. 
Southouse — The  Making  of  Simon  Peter. 
Taylor — Peter  the  Apostle  (1876). 
Thomas,  W.  H.  Griffith — The   Apostle  Peter.     Second  edition 

(1905). 
Thompson — Life-work  of  Peter  the  Apostle. 
Upham — Simon  Peter  Shepherd   (1910). 
Weiss,  B. — Der  petrinische  Lehrbegriff  (1855). 

III.  Special    Books  on  the   Life   and   Teaching   of  the   Apostle 

John. 

Culross — John  Whom  Jesus  Loved  (1878). 
Fouard — Saint  Jean  et  la  fin  de  I'Sge  apostolique  (1904). 
10 


146         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Gloag— Life  of  St.  John  (1891). 

Krenkel — Apostel  Johannes  (1897). 

Lias — Doctrinal  System  of  St.  John    (1875). 

Lowrie — The  Doctrine  of  St.  John  (1895). 

Lutgert — Johannes  Christologie. 

Matheson — St.  John's  Portrait  of  Christ   (1910). 

McDonald — Life  and  Writings  of  John  (1877). 

Niese — Das  Leben  des  heiligen  Johannes    (1878). 

Schwartz — Ueber  den  Tod  der  Sohne  Zebedai    (1904). 

Scott — The  Fourth  Gospel:     Its  Theology  and  Purpose   (1908). 

Scott-Moncrieff — St.    John,    Apostle,   Evangelist,    and    Prophet 

(1909). 
Stalker — The  Two  St.  Johns    (1895). 
Stevens — Johannine  Theology  (1894). 
Weiss,  B. — Der  johanneische  Lehrbegriff  (1882). 

IV.  The  Life  and  Teaching  of  James. 

Bartmann — St.  Paulus  und  St.  Jakobus. 

Fitch — James  the  Lord's  Brother. 

Mayor — The  Epistle  of  St.  James.    New  edition  (1913).    Pages 

I.-LXV. 
Meinertz — Der  Jakobusbrief  und  sein  Verfasser   (1905). 
Patrick — James,  Lord's  Brother   (1906). 
Robertson — Practical  and  Social  Aspects  of  Christianity.    The 

Wisdom  of  James  (1915).    Pages  1-52. 
Taylor,  J.  F. — The  Apostle  of  Patience  (1907). 
Weiss — Der  Jakobusbrief  und  die  neuere  Kritik  (1904). 

V.  Life  and  Teaching  of  Luke. 

Chase — The  Credibility  of  the  Book  of  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles 

(1902). 
Harnack — Luke  the  Physician  (1908). 
Harnack — The  Acts  of  the  Apostles   (1909). 
Harnack- — The    Date    of   the   Acts   and   the    Synoptic   Gospicls 

(1911). 
Hobart — The  Medical  Language  of  St.  Luke  (1882). 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  147 

Klostermann — Vindicae  Lucanae  (1866). 

Maclachlan — St.  Luke  Evangelist  and  Historian   (1912). 

Selwyn — St.  Luke  the  Prophet  (1901). 

Ramsay — Luke  the  Physician  (1908). 

Ramsay — Was   Christ  Born   at   Bethlehem?     A   Study   in   the 

Credibility  of  St.  Luke  (1899). 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller  and  Roman  Citizen.     Twelfth 

edition  (1909). 

VI.   Life  and  Teaching  of  Paul. 

Only  additions  to  the  extensive  bibliography  of  Paul  in  the 
author's  Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul  (1909),  pp.  221-7, 
which  please  see  at  this  point.  The  lists  here  given  are 
simply  supplementary. 

1.  Life  and  Work. 

Abbott,  L. — The  Life  and  Letters  of  Paul. 

Bevan — St.  Paul  in  the  Light  of  Today  (1912). 

Cohu — St.  Paul  in  the  Light  of  Recent  Research   (1910). 

Deissmann — St.  Paul.  A  Study  in  social  and  Religious  His- 
tory  (1912). 

Drummond,  J. — Paul.    His  Life  and  Teachings  (1912). 

Drury — The  Prison  Ministry  of  St.  Paul  (1910). 

Dudley — St.  Paul's  Friendships  and  His  Friends   (1911). 

Fletcher — The  Conversion  of  St.  Paul  (1910). 

GaVdner — The  Religious  Experience  of  St.  Paul  (1911). 

Garvie — The  Life  and  Teaching  of  Paul  (1910). 

Goodwin — A  Harmony  of  the  Life  of  the  Apostle  Paul  (1895). 

Hall — Paul  the  Apostle 

Hausleiter — Paulus. 

Johnstone — St.  Paul  and  His  Mission  to  the  Roman  Empire 
(1909). 

Jones — St.  Paul  the  Orator   (1910). 

Knopf — Paulus  (1909). 

Knopf — Probleme  der  Paulus-forschung  (1913). 

Lees — St.  Paul  and  his  Converts. 


148         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Manen — Paulus.     Three  volumes  (1890-6). 

Meyer,  F.  B. — Paul  a  Servant  of  Jesus  Christ. 

Myers — Saint  Paul.    A  Poem. 

Moe — Paulus   und  die  evangelische  Geschichte    (1912). 

Muntz — Rome,  St.  Paul  and  the  Early  Church  (1913). 

Munziger — Paulus  in  Corinth  (1902). 

Noesgen — D.    Deissmann's    Paulus    fiir    Theologen   und   Laien 

(1912). 
Pounder — St.  Paul  and  His  Cities   (1913). 

Ramsay — Was  Paul  an  Epileptic?     (The  Expositor,  Nov.,  1913). 
Redlich — S.  Paul  and  His  Companions  (1913). 
Robertson,  A.  T. — Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul.    Popular  edition 

(1914). 
Rutherford — The  Last  Years  of  St.  Paul  (1912). 
Schwartz — Paulus  (1910). 
Schweitzer — Paul  and   His   Interpreters.     A    Critical  History 

(1912). 
Seeligmiiller — War  Paulus  Epileptiker?  (1910); 
Vischer — Der  Apostel  Paulus  und  sein  Werk  (1910). 
Weinel — Paulus  als  kirchlicher  Organisator. 
Wernle — Paulus  als  Heidenmissionar 
Wilkinson — Paul  and  the  Revolt  against  Him  (1914). 
Wood — The  Life  and  Ministry  of  Paul  the  Apostle  (1912). 
Wrede — Paulus   (1907). 
Wynne — Apollos   (1910). 
Zahn — Zur    Lebensgeschichte     des    Apostels    Paulus     (Neu« 

Kirchliche  Zeitschrift  XV.). 

2.  The  Epistles  of  Paul  Treated  as  a  Whole   (Additional  list). 

Bruckner — Die    chronologische    Reihenfolge    in    welcher    die 

Briefe  des  N.  T.    Verfasst  sind   (1890). 
Buell — The  Autographs  of  St.  Paul  (1913). 
Champlain — The  Epistles  of  Paul    (1906). 
Clemen — Einheitlichkeit  d.  paul.     Briefe   (1894). 
Drummond — The  Epistles  of  Paul  the  Apostle  (1899). 
Grafe — Das     Verhaltnis      der      paulinischen      Schriften      zur 

sapientia  Salamonis   (1892). 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  149 

Hayes — Paul  and  His  Epistles   (1915). 

Heinrici — Die     Forschungen     iiber     die     pauliBischen     Briefe 

(1886). 
Lake — The  Earlier  Epistles  of  St.  Paul  (1915). 
Lake — The  Later  Epistles  of  St.  Paul. 
Neil — The  Pauline  Epistles   (1906). 
Scott — The  Pauline  Epistles   (1909). 
Vischer — Die  Paulusbriefe. 

Voelter — Die  Composition  der  paulinischen  Hauptbriefe  (1890). 
Way — The   Letters   of   Paul   to    Seven    Churches    and    Three 

Friends  (1906). 
Weiss,  B. — Present  Status  of  the  Inquiry  concerning  the  Gren- 

uineness  of  Paul's  Epistles  (1901). 
Weiss,  B. — Die  paulinische  Briefe.    2  Aufl.  (1902). 

3.  The  Teachings  of  Paul. 

(Only  additional  books.) 

Alexander — Ethics  of  St.  Paul  (1910). 

Allen — The  Christology  of  St.  Paul  (1912). 

Bacon — St.  Paul's  Message  to  Religion  (Constructive  Quar- 
terly, March,  1913). 

Bailey — Does  Hellenism  Contribute  Constituent  Elements  to 
Paul's  Christology?     (1905). 

Bartmann — St.  Paulus  und  St.  Jakobus. 

Benz — Die  Ethik  des  Apostels  Paulus   (1912). 

Deissner — Auferstehung  und  Pneumagedanke  bei  Paulus 
(1912). 

Dibelius — Die  Geisterwelt  im  Glauben  des  Paulus   (1909). 

Foster — The  Resurrection  in  Paul's  Argument  (1915). 

Garvie — Studies  of  Paul  and  His  Gospel  (1911). 

Greenough — The  Mind  of  Christ  in  St.  Paul  (1909). 

Harford — The  Gospel  according  to  St.  Paul  (1912). 

Harnack — 1st  die  Rede  des  Paulus  in  Athen  ein  ursprung- 
licher  Bestandteil  der  Apostelgeschichte?   (1913). 

Head  I  am — St.  Paul  and  Christianity. 

Karl — Beitrage  zum  Verstandnis  der  soteriologischen  Er- 
fahrungen  und  Spekulationen  des  Apostels  Paulus. 


150         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Kennedy — St.  Paul  and  the  Mystery-Religions  (1913). 

Li  I  ley — The  Soul  of  St.  Paul   (1909). 

Mackintosh — Pragmatic  Element  in  Paul's  Teaching  ;(Am. 
Journal  of  Theology,  July,  1910). 

Meyer,  A. — Jesus  and  Paul  (1909). 

Miller — Paul's   Message  for  Today   (1914). 

Moffatt — Paul  and  Paulinism  (1910). 

Montefiore — Judaism  and  St.  Paul   (1915). 

Olchewski — Die  Wurzeln  der  paulinischen  Christologie  (1909). 

Pope — Studies  in  the  Language  of  St.  Paul. 

Prat — La  Th6ologie  de  Saint  Paul.    Two  volumes  (1908,  1912). 

Ramsay — The  Teaching  of  St.  Paul  In  Terms  of  the  Present 
Day  (1913). 

Roberts — Eucken  and  St.  Paul  (Contemporary  Review,  Vol. 
97). 

Robertson,  A.  T. — The  Glory  of  the  Ministry.  Paul's  Exulta- 
tion in  Preaching  (1911). 

Rostron — The  Christology  of  St.  Paul  (1912). 

Schmoller — Die  geschichtliche  Person  Jesu  nach  den  paulin- 
ischen Schriften  (Theol.  Stud,  und  Krit.  1894). 

Schweitzer — Die  Mystik  des  Apostels  Paulus   (1912). 

Steinmann — Paulus  und  die  Sklaven  zu  Korinth  (1911). 

Teichmann — Die  paulinischen  Vorstellungen  von  Auferstehimg 
und  Gericht  und  ihre  Beziehung  zur  jtidischen  Apokalyptik 
(1896). 

Weiss — Paul  and  Jesus   (1909). 

Westcott,  F.  B. — St.  Paul  and  Justification   (1912). 

Williams — A  Plea  for  a  Reconsideration  of  Paul's  Doctrine  of 
Justification  (1912). 

VI!.  Special  Books  on  Acts. 
1.   Discussions. 

Belser — Die  Ap.   (1908). 

Benson — Addresses  on  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles  (1901). 

Briggs — The  Acts  of  the  Risen  Lord  (1911). 

Burton — Records  and  Letters  of  the  Apostolic  Age   (1900). 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  151 

Chase — The  Credibility  of  the  Book  of  the  Acts  of  the  Apos- 
tles  (1902). 

Clark — Harmonic  Arrangement  of  the  Acts  and  the  Epistles 
(1884). 

Clemen — Die  Apostelgeschichte  im  Lichte  der  neueren  For- 
schungen  (1905). 

Friedrich — Das  Lucas-evangelium  und  die  Apostelgeschichte 
(1890). 

Harnack — The  Acts  of  the  Apostles   (1909). 

Harnack — The  Date  of  the  Acts  and  of  the  Synoptic  Gospels 
(1911). 

Lekebusch — Composition  und  Entstehung  der  Apostelge- 
schichte. 

Luckock — The  Footprints  of  the  Apostles  Traced  by  St.  Luke 
In  the  Acts. 

Morrison — Acts  and  Epistles  of  Paul. 

Pick — The  Apocryphal  Acts    (1909). 

Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller  and  the  Roman  Citizen. 
Twelfth  edition   (1909). 

Spitta — Die  Apostelgeschichte,  ihre  Quellen  und  deren 
geschichtlicher  Werth   (1891). 

Stifler — An  Introduction  to  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles  (1892). 

Still — The  Jewish  Christian  Church.    Acts  1-12. 

Vedder — The  Dawn  of  Christianity   (1894). 

Weiss — Ueber  die  Absicht  und  den  lit.  Charakter  der  Ap. 
Gesch.   (1897). 

Zeller — Contents  and  Origin  of  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles. 


2.  Commentaries  on  the  English  Text. 

Besides  continuous  sets  like  those  of  Bengel,  Calvin, 
Maclaren's  Expositions  of  Holy  Scripture,  Parker's  Peo- 
ple's Bible,  Weiss.,  etc. 

Alexander — The  Acts  of  the  Apostles  Explained.    Two  volimies 

(1857). 
Andrews — The  Acts  of  the  Apostles.   West.  N.  T.   (1908). 
Bartlet — The  Acts  of  the  Apostles.    New-Century  Bible  (1901). 


152         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Furneaux — Th/e  Acts  of  the  Apostles  (1912). 

Gilbert — The  Acts  of  the  Apostles.    Bible  for  Hom/e  and  School 

(1909). 
Hackett — The  Acts  of  the  Apostles.    American  Comm.  (1882). 
Lindsay — The  Acts  of  the  Apostles. 
Lumby — The  Acts  of  the  Apostles. 

McGarvey — New  Comnxentary  on  Acts.     Two  volumes    (1892). 
Rackham — The   Acts    of   the    Apostles.     Westminster   Comm. 

(1901). 
Stokes — The  Acts  of  the  Apostles.     Two  volumes.     The  Exp. 

Bible  (1892). 


3.  Commentaries  on  the  Greek  Text. 

Besides  the  continuous  sets  like  those  by  Alford,  Bengel, 
Chrysotom,  Meyer,  etc. 


Barde — Commentaire  sur  les  Actes  des  Apotres. 

Blass — Acta  Apostolorum  (1895). 

Gloag — The  Acts  of  the  Apostles.    Two  volumes  (1870). 

Holtzmann — Die    Synoptiker    und    Apostelgeschichte.      Hand- 

Commentar.    3  Aufl.  (1901). 
Kahler — Die  Apostelgeschichte   (1903). 
Knabenbauer — Acta  Apostolorum  (1899). 
Knopf — Die  Apostelgeschichte.     2  Aufl.    (1907). 
Knowling — The    Acts    of   the   Apostles.     The   Exp.   Gk.   Test 

(1900). 
Randall — Greek  Text  with  Notes. 
Page — The  Acts  of  the  Apostles  (1897). 
Preuschen — Die    Apostelgeschichte.     Handbuch    zum    N.     T. 

(1912). 
Weiss,  B. — Die  Apostelgeschichte  (1902). 
Wendt — Meyer  Kommentar.    9  Aufl.  (1913). 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  153 

LESSON    I. 
Beginnings  of   Apostolic   History. 

Student's  Chron.  N.  T.,  Introduction  to  Acts. 

Chron.  N.  T.,  Acts  1  and  2. 

Any  commentary  on  Acts. 

Note  in  ttie  Introduction  the  discussion  of  the  date  of  the 
book,  the  author,  the  unity,  the  historical  credibility,  the  pur- 
pose, the  relation  to  the  Gospel  of  Luke,  the  relation  to  the 
Epistles,  the  sudden  close,  and  the  detailed  outline  of  the  Acts. 

For  further  study  see 
Bartlet — The  Apostolic  Age,  pp.  I.-XLFV.,  1-18; 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  chs.  I.  and  XVII.; 
Ramsay — Pictures  of  the  Apostolic  Church,  chs.  I.-III.; 
Ramsay — Pauline  and  Other  Studies,  ch.  XII.; 
Swete — The  Holy  Spirit  in  the  N.  T.,  Part  I.,  ch.  V. 

Special  Books  about  the  Holy  Spirit. 

Arnal — La  Notion  de  I'Esprit  (1908). 

Arthur — The  Tongue  of  Fire  (1880). 

Crane — The  Teaching  of  Jesus  about  the  Holy  Spirit  (1905). 

Denio — The  Supreme  Leader  (1900). 

Dixon  and  others — Person  and  Ministry  of  the  H.  S.  (1890). 

Downer — Mission  and  Ministration  of  the  Holy  Spirit   (1909). 

Gibel — Der  heilige  Geist  (1888). 

Gordon — The  Ministry  of  the  Spirit. 

Gunkel — Die  Wirkungen  des  heiligen  Geistes  (1899). 

Hayes — The  Gift  of  Tongues. 

Hobart — Our  Silent  Partner  (1908). 

Johnson — The  Holy  Spirit  Then  and  Now  (1904). 

Kuyper — The  Work  of  the  Holy  Spirit  (1902). 

Lechler — Die  biblische  Lehre  vom  heiligen  Geiste  (1900-4). 

Noesgen — Die  heilige  Geist  (1905). 

Smeaton — The  Doctrine  of  the  Holy  Spirit  (1882). 

Swete— The  Holy  Spirit  in  the  N.  T.   (1909). 

Swete — The  Spirit  of  God  in  the  Church  (1912). 

Torrey — Baptism  with  the  Holy  Spirit.    Second  edition  (1895). 


164  NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Volz — Der  Geist  Gottes  (1910). 
Walker,  D.— The  Gift  of  Tongues  (1906). 
Walker,  W,  L. — The  Spirit  and  the  Incarnation  (1909). 
Walpole — The  Mission  of  the  Holy  Ghost  (1906). 
Weinel — Die  Wirkungen  des  Geistes  (1899). 
Welldon — The  Revelation  of  the  Holy  Spirit  (1902). 
Winstansley — The  Spirit  in  the  New  Testament  (1908). 
Wood — The  Spirit  of  God  in  Biblical  Literature  (1904). 

LESSON  II. 
The  Years  of  Waiting  in  Jerusalem   (A.  D.  30-4). 

Chron.  N.  T.,  Acts  3-7. 

Any  commentary  on  Acts. 

For  further  study  see 
Conybeare  and  Howson — Life  and  Epistles  of  St.  Paul,  Intro- 
duction, and  first  half  of  ch.  I. ; 
Ramsay — Pictures  of  the  Apostolic  Church,  chs.  IV.-IX.; 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  pp.  367-79. 

LESSON   III. 

The  Youth  of  Saul  of  Tarsus. 

Robertson — Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  ch.  I. 

For  further  study,  see 
Conybeare  and  Howson — Life  and  Epistles  of  St.  Paul,  second 

half  of  ch.  I.  and  all  of  ch.  II.; 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  ch.  II. ; 
Ramsay — Cities  of  St.  Paul,  Parts  I.  and  II. 

LESSON   IV. 

The  Scattered  Disciples  and  the  Outside  World. 

Chron.  N.  T. 

Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul. 

Josephus'  Antiquities. 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  155 

1.  The  Scripture  Narrative.    Acts  viii.    About  A.  D.  34-35. 

2.  Historical  exposition.    Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  ch.  II. 

3.  For  Simon  Magus,  Candace,  and  Ethiopia,  see  some  Bible 

dictionary. 

4.  Glimpse  of  Jewish  and  Roman  Rulers  of  A.  D.  30-37.    Jos., 

Antiquites,  Book  XVIII.,  chs.  vi.  and  vii. 
(a)  Roman  Emperors.  Tiberius,  stepson  of  Augustus,  was 
Emperor  A.  D.  14-37.  Tiberius  had  grandson,  Tiberius, 
son  of  Drusus,  now  dead.  Caius  Caligula,  who  SUO" 
ceeded  Tiberius  instead  of  his  own  grandson,  was 
grandson  of  another  Drusus,  stepson  also  of  Augustus. 
The  succession  from  Augustus  to  Nero  can  best  be 
represented  by  a  chart: 

Augustus  B.  C,  42— A.  D.  14=Livia 


TreERius  A.  D.  14-37  Drusus=Antonia 

I                                                                              I 
Drusus  ! 

I  I  I 

TmERius  Germanicus  Claudius  41-54 


Caius  Caligula  Agrippina     Britannicus  Octavia 

37-41  I 

Nero  54^ 

(b)  Story  of  the  way  Caius  obtained  the  crown. 

(c)  The  Herods  in  the  Acts.  Herod  Agrippa  I.  (Acts 
xii.,  1)  was  son  of  Aristobulus,  son  of  Herod  the  Great. 
Herod  Agrippa  II.  (Acts  xxv.,  13)  and  his  sisters, 
Bernice  and  Drusilla,  were  children  of  Herod  Agrippa  I. 

(d)  Capers  of  Herod  Agrippa  I.  in  Rome,  and  how  finally 
he  was  made  King  of  Philip's  Tetrarchy. 

(e)  How  the  envy  of  Herodias  and  Herod  Antipas  led  to  the 
loss  of  his  Tetrarchy  and  the  increase  of  Agrippa's 
Kingdom. 

(f)  Pilate  deposed  from  Procuratorship  in  A.  D.  36.  No 
successor  for  considerable  time.  Vitellius  is  Pro- 
praetor of  Syria  till  37,  when  Petronius  succeeded  him. 


156         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

See   further,    Ramsay — Pictures   of   the   Apostolic   Church, 
X.-XL;   McGiffert — The  Apostolic  Age,  pp.  81-101. 
Special  Books  on  the  Roman  Emperors: 

Henderson — Life  and  Principate  of  Nero  (1903). 
Phillips,  Stephen — Nero.    A  Poem  (1906). 
Tawr — Tiberius  the  Tyrant. 
Willrich— Caligula  (1903). 


LESSON   V. 

Saul's  Conversion. 

Chron.  N.  T. 

Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul. 

1.  Four  accounts  of  this  great  event. 

(a)  The  historical  narrative.    Acts  ix.,  1-30. 

(b)  A  justification  of  his  authority  as  an  apostle.  Gal.  i., 
11-24. 

(c)  An  Explanation  of  his  change  from  Judaism  to  Chris- 
tianity before  a  mob  of  his  countrymen  at  Jerusalem. 
Acts  xxii.,  1-21. 

(d)  A  formal  defense  of  his  life  before  the  Roman  and 
Jewish  civil  rulers.    Acts  xxvi.,  1-23. 

2.  Historical  exposition.     Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  ch.  III. 

and  IV.,  1-6. 

See  further,  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  III.  and  Appendix 
II.  (for  chronological  table) ;  Ramsay — Pictures  of  the  Apostolic 
Church,  ch.  XVI. 

Special  Books  on  Saul's  Conversion. 

Fletcher — A  Study  of  the  Conversion  of  St.  Paul  (1910). 
Gardner,  P. — The  Religious  Experience  of  St.  Paul  (1911). 
Lyttleton — Observations  on  Saul's  Conversion  (1774). 
Planque — La  Conversion  de  I'Apotre  Paul  (1909). 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  157 

LESSON  VI. 

The  Years  of  Transition.    A.  D.  37-47. 

Josephus'  Antiquities, 

Chron.  N.  T. 

Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul. 

1.  A  glimpse  at  the  outside  history.    Jos.  Ant..  XVIIL,  viii.,  and 
XIX.,  vii.-ix. 

(a)  Embassy  to  Caius  Caligula  about  worshipmg  the 
statue,  and  now  Agrippa  came  to  the  rescue.  Caligula 
Emperor,  37-41. 

(b)  Agrippa  rebuilding  the  walls  of  Jerusalem.  Judea  was 
part  of  Agrippa's  kingdom  from  A.  D.  42-44. 

(c)  Ignoble  death  of  Agrippa  at  Caesarea,  A.  D.  44.  Im- 
portance of  this  date  and  A.  D.  60  (coming  of  Festus) 
in  chronology  of  Saul's  career.  Cf .  account  in  Acts  xil., 
18-23. 

(d)  Because  of  the  youth  of  Agrippa  II.,  Judea  and  all  the 
kingdom  (Samaria  and  Galilee)  became  a  Roman 
province,  with  Cuspius  Fadus  as  Procurator.    A.  D.  44. 

2  Opening  the  door  to  the  Gentiles.  Acts  ix.,  31-xii.,  25.  Peter 
and  Cornelius,  the  dispersed  disciples,  Barnabas,  Saul, 
the  agents  in  it  through  the  Holy  Spirit. 

3.  The  historical  exposition.    Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  chs. 

rV.  (7  and  8),  V. 

4.  Consult  any  Bible  dictionary  about  Antioch. 

See  further,  Conybeare  and  Howson— Ch.  IV.;  Ramsay— St. 
Paul  the  Traveller,  ch.  III. 

LESSON  V!!. 
Paul's  First  Missionary  Journey.    A.  D.  48  and  49. 

1  The  Scripture  narrative.    Acts,  chaps,  xiii.  and  xiv. 

2  The  historic  and   geographical  exposition.     Epochs  in  the 

Life  of  Paul,  ch.  VI.    For  Cyprus,  Pamphylia,  Pisidia, 
Lycaonla,  see  Bible  dictionary.    Trace  on  map. 


158         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Chs.  V.  and 
VI.;  Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  ch.  IV.-VI. 

LESSON  VIII. 

The  Conference  at  Jerusalem,  A.  D.  50. 

A  great  Crisis  in  Christianity.  Shall  the  Jewish  Ceremonial 
law  be  Imposed  upon  the  Gentiles? 

1.  The  Scripture  narrative.    Acts  xv.,  1-35;  Gal.,  chap.  il. 

(a)  The    disturbances    at   Antioch  by   the   Judaizers   from 
Jerusalem,  and  the  appeal  to  Jerusalem.     Acts  xv.,  1-3. 

(b)  First  public  meeting  at  Jerusalem.    Acts  xv.,  4,  5. 

(c)  Private  interview  with  leading  brethren.     Gal.  ii.,  1-10. 

(d)  The  second  public  meeting.    Acts  xv.,  6-29. 

(e)  The  reception  of  the  decision  at  Antioch.     Acts  xv., 
30-35. 

(f )  Peter's  subsequent  conduct  at  Antioch.    Gal.  il.,  11-21. 

2.  The  historical  exposition.  Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  ch.  VII. 

3.  Consult  any  Bible  dictionary  for  geographical  points  and 

map  also. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  VII.; 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  ch.  VII.;  Ramsay — Church  in 
the  Roman  Empire,  chs.  II.-III. 

LESSON  IX. 
The  Epistle  of  James. 

1.  The  author.    James,  brother  of  our  Lord  (Gal.  1:19).    See 

Chron.  N.  T.  and  Broadus'  Comm.  on  Matt.,  xiii.,  55. 
For  later  history  of  James  see  some  Bible  dictionary  or 
commentary. 

2.  Date.    Chron.  N.  T.    Exhaustive  discussion  in  Mayor.    Two 

theories, 
(a)   Before  A.  D.  50,  and  so  earliest  N.  T.  writing,  unless 
Mark  and  Thess.  be  so.    Time  of  transition.     So  most 
writers. 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  159 

(b)  A.  D.  62  or  later.  So  argued  from  dispersion,  worslilp 
in  synagogue,  corruptions.  But  these  are  all  Jewish, 
and  argue  other  way.    Early  date  has  best  ground. 

3.  Character  of  the  Epistle.    Chron.  N.  T. 

4.  Analysis  of  James.     See  outline  in  Chron.  N.  T. 

5.  Read  the  Epistle  and  also  any  Bible  dictionary  on  James. 

For  further  study  read  Robertson— Practical  and  Social  As- 
pects of  Christianity;  Patrick— James  the  Lord's  Brother; 
IViayor — Commentary  on  James. 


Special  Commentaries  on  James. 
Besides  the  series  by  one  writer. 

1.   On  the  English  Text: 

Brown,  Charles— The  General  Epistle  of  James.     Second  edi- 
tion (1907). 

Carpenter,  W.  Boyd — The  Wisdom  of  James  the  Just  (1903). 

Dale Discourses  on  the  Epistle  of  James   (1895). 

Deems — The  Gospel  of  Common  Sense. 

Johnstone— Lectures  Exegetical  and  Practical  on  the  Epistle 
of  James.    Second  edition  (1889). 

Parry The  General  Epistle  of  James   (1904). 

Plummer- The  General  Epistle  of  James.  The  Expositor's 
Bible    (1891). 

Plumptre— The  General  Epistle  of  James.  Cambridge  Testa- 
ment for  Schools  (1878). 

Robertson,  A.  T.— Practical  and  Social  Aspects  of  Christianity. 
The  Wisdom  of  James  (1915) . 

Winkler The  Epistle  of  James.    American  Comm.  (1895). 

2.  On  the  Greek  Text: 

Beyschlag— Der  Brief  des  Jakobus.  Meyer-Komm.  6  Aufl. 
(1898). 

Carr The  General  Epistle  of  James.  Cambridge  Gk.  Testa- 
ment (1896). 


160         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Hollmann — Der  Jakobusbrief.    Die  Schriften  d.  N.  T.  (1907). 

Hort — The  Epistle  of  St.  James,  1:1-4:7   (1909). 

Huther — The  Meyer  Comm.   (in  English)    (1887). 

Knowling — Comm.  on  the  Epistle  of  St.  James.     Westminster 

Series   (1904). 
Mayor — The  Epistle  of  St.  James.    Third  edition  (1910). 
Meinertz — Der  Jakobus  Brief  und  sein  Verfasser  (1905). 
Oesterley — The  Epistle  of  St.  James.    Exp.  Gk.  Test.  (1910). 
Robertson,  A.  T. — Practical  and  Social  Aspects  of  Christianity. 

The  Wisdom  of  James  (1915). 
Ropes — The  Epistle  of  James.    Int.  and  Crit.  Comm.  (1915). 
Soden,  H.  von — Der  brief  des  Jakobus.    Hand  Comm.  (1893). 
Spitta — Der  Brief  des  Jakobus  (1906). 
Weiss,  B, — Der  Jakobusbrief  und  die  neuere  Kritik  (1904). 

LESSON  X. 
From  Antioch  to  Troas  (A.  D.  50-51). 

1.  First  of  Five  Lessons  on  the  Second  Mission  Tour  of  Paul. 

A.  D.  50-53. 

2.  Scripture  narrative.    Chron.  N.  T.,  Acts  15:36-16:10. 

3.  Historical  Exposition.     Robertson,  Epochs   in  the   Life  of 

Paul,  pp.  138-148. 

4.  Consult  any  Bible  dictionary  for  Galatia. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  VIIL; 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  pp.  194-205;  Ramsay — Church 
In  the  Roman  Empire,  ch.  IV. 

LESSON  XI. 

Paul  at   Philippi,  Thessalonica,  and   Bercea    (A.   D.  51). 

1.  Scripture  narrative.    Chron.  N.  T.,  Acts  16:11-17:15;  1  Thess. 
1-3. 

2.  Historical  Esposition.    Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  148- 

157. 

3.  Consult   any    Bible   dictionary   for   Philippi,    Thessalonica, 

Bercea. 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  161 

For  further  study,   see   Conybeare   and    Howson — Ch.  IX.; 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  pp.  205-236. 

Cf.  Wace  and  Thompson — Prehistoric  Thessaly  (1912). 


LESSON  XII. 
Paul  at  Athens  (A.  D.  51). 

1.  Scripture  Narrative.    Chron.  N.  T.,  Acts  17:16-34, 

2.  Historical  Exposition.     Epochs   in   the  Life   of  Paul,   pp. 

157-162. 

3.  Consult  any  Bible  dictionary  for  Athens. 

For   further   study,    see    Conybeare   and    Howson — Ch.   X.; 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  pp.  237-252. 

Special  Books  on  Athens. 

D'Ooge — The  Acropolis  (1909). 
Ferguson — Hellenistic  Athens  (1911). 
Shakespeare,  Chas. — St.  Paul  in  Athens  (1878). 
Tucker — Life  in  Ancient  Athens  (1906). 

On  Stoic  and  Epicurean  philosophy,  see  previous  bibliog- 
raphy. 


LESSON    XIII. 
Paul  at  Corinth  (A.  D.  51-3). 

1.  Scripture  Narrative.    Chron.  N.  T.,  Acts  18:1-17;  1  Cor.  1-3. 

2.  Historical  Exposition.    Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  162-6. 

3.  Consult  any  Bible  dictionary  for  Corinth. 

For  further   study,  see  Conybeare  and   Howson — Ch.  XII.; 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  pp.  253-261. 
Cf.  Munziger — Paulus  in  Corinth  (1908). 
11 


162         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

LESSON   XIV. 
The  Thessalonian  Letters  and  Return  to  Antioch   (A.  D.  52-3). 

1.  The  Four  Groups  of  Paul's  Epistles.    Chron.  N.  T. ;  Epochs 

in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  166-7. 

2.  A  Sketch  of  Paul.    Chron.  N.  T. 

3.  Introduction  to  and  outline  of  1  Thessalonians.    Chron.  N.  T. 

4.  Read  1  Thessalonians. 

5.  Introduction  to  and  outline  of  2  Thessalonians.    Chron.  N.  T. 

6.  Read  2  Thessalonians. 

7.  Occasion  of   these    two   Epistles.     Epochs   in  the   Life   of 

Paul,  pp.  167-171. 

8.  Return  to  Antioch  via  Jerusalem.     Acts  18:18-22;   Epochs 

in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  171-2. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  XI.  and 
end  of  ch.  XII.;  Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  pp.  262-6; 
Milligan  or  Denney — On  1  and  2  Thessalonians. 

Special   Commentaries  on   1   and  2  Thessalonians. 

Besides  the  series  by  the  same  men. 

1,   On  the  English  Text. 

Adeney — New-Cantury  Bible  (1907). 

Buckland — Comm.  on  2  Thess.   (1908). 

Bullinger — Thess.  Epistles   (1901). 

Cowles — Shorter  Epistles  of  Paul  (1879). 

Denney — Exp.  Bible  (1892). 

Findlay — Cambridge  Bible  for  Schools  and  Colleges  (1891). 

Gar  rod — Analysis  with  Notes  (1899). 

Hutchinson — Lectures  on  1  and  2  Thess.  (1883). 

Lillie — Lectures  on  Thess.  (1860). 

Mackintosh,  R. — In  Westminster  N.  T.   (1909). 

Sadler — Eps.  of  Paul  to  the  Col.,  Thess.,  and  Tim.  (1890). 

Stevens — Eps.  to  the  Thess.    Am.  Comm.   (1887). 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  163 

2.  On  the  Greek  Text. 

Askwith — An  Introduction  to  the  Thess.   Epistles  (1902). 

Bornemann — In  Meyer  Comm.  (1884). 

Eadie — A  Comm.  on  the  Greek  Text  of  Paul   to  the  Thess. 

(1877). 
Dibelius — Lietzmann's  Handbuch  (1911). 
Dobschutz — Meyer  Komm.  (1909). 
Ellicott — Comms.  Critical  and  Grammatical  (1884), 
Findlay — The  Epistles  of  Paul  to  the  Thess.    Camb.  Gk.  Test. 

(1904). 
Frame — A  Crit,  and  Exeg.  Comm.  on  the  Eps.  of  St.  Paul  to 

the  Thess.    Int.  Crit.  Comm.  (1912). 
Harnack — Das     Problem     des     zweiten     Thessalonicherbriefs 

(1910). 
Holtzmann,  H.  J. — 1  Thess.  (1911). 
Jowett — Eps.  of  St.  Paul  to  the  Thess. 
Lightfoot — Notes  on  Eps.  of  Paul  (1895). 
Mayer — Die  Thessalonicherbriefe  (1908). 
Milligan — St.  Paul's  Eps.  to  the  Thess.   (1908). 
Moffatt — St.  Paul's  Eps.  to  the  Thess.    Exp.  Gk.  Test.   (1910). 
Schmidt — Comm.  on  1  Thess.  (1885). 
Schmiedel — Holtzmann's  Hand-Komm.     2  Aufl.  (1892). 
Wohlenberg — Zahn  Komm.    2  Aufl.   (1908). 
Wrede — Die  Echtheit  des  zweiten.    Thess.  (1903). 


LESSON  XV. 

Paul  at  Ephesus  (53-6  or  7). 

1.  Third  Mission  Tour  of  Paul,  A.  D.  53-7  or  8. 

2.  The  Statesmanship  of  Paul.     Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul, 

pp.  173-8. 

3.  Scripture  Narrative.     Chron.  N.  T.,  Acts  18:23-19:20. 

4.  Historical  exposition.    Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  178- 

183. 

5.  Any  Bible  dictionary  for  Ephesus. 


164         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  XIV.; 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  pp.  267-273;  Ramsay — 
Pauline  and  Other  Studies,  III.,  VIII.;  Ramsay — Church  in 
the  Roman  Empire,  chs.  V.-VII. 

Cf.  Wood — Discoveries  in  Ephesus  (1877). 


LESSON  XVI. 
First  Corinthians  1-10. 

1.  Second  Group  of  Paul's  Epistles.    Chron.  N.  T. 

2.  The  date  of  1  Corinthians  and  how  shown.    Chron.  N.  T. 

3.  Place  of  writing  and  how  known.    Chron.  N,  T. 

4.  Occasion  of  the  Epistle.    Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs  in  the  Lifie 

of  Paul,  pp.  186-9. 

5.  Purpose  of  the  Epistle.    Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  p.  189. 

6.  Outline  and  contents.    Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs  in  the  Life  of 

Paul,  pp.  189f. 

7.  Style  and  character.    Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  190f. 

8.  Treatment  of  Timothy  and  Titus  at   Corinth.     Epochs  in 

the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  191-3. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  XV.; 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  pp.  273-7. 

Special  Comms.  on  1  Corinthians. 

Besides  continuous  comms. 

1.  On  the  English  Text. 

Beet — First  and  Second  Cor.    Second  edition  (1884). 

Dods — Exp.  Bible  (1889). 

Evans — Speaker's   Comm.   (1881). 

Gould — Am.  Comm.  (1887). 

Kay — Cor.  Epistles  (1887). 

Massie — Corinthians.     New-Century  Bible. 

McFadyen — Eps.  to  the  Cors.   (1911). 

Ramsay — Historical  Comm.  (The  Expositor,  sixth  series). 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  165 

Rendall — The  Epistles  of  St.  Paul  to  the  Cors.    Date  and  Com- 
position (1909). 
Robertson,  F.  W. — Expository  Sermons  on  1  and  2  Cors.  (1870). 
Walker,  D. — Letters  of  St.  Paul  to  the  Corinthians  (1909). 
Walker — Reader's  Comm. 


2    On  the  Greek  Text. 

Bachmann — Zahn  Komm.   (1910). 

Bousset — Schriften  d.  N,  T.  (1906). 

Edwards — First  Cor.  (1885). 

Ellicott — Crit.  and  Grammatical  Comm.   (1887). 

Findlay — Exp.  Gk.  Test.  (1900). 

Godet — Two  volumes   (1886-7). 

Goudge — West.  Comm. 

Heinrici — Das  erste  Sendschreihen  (1880). 

KUhl — 1  Kor.   (1905). 

Lietzmann — 1  and  2  Kor.  Handbuch  (1907). 

Lias — Camb.  Gk.  Test.  (1879). 

Lightfoot — Notes  on  1-7  (1895). 

Robertson-Piummer — Int.  Crit.  (1911). 

Schmiedel — Hand-Comm.  (1892). 

Stanley — Eps.  to  the  Cors.  (1882). 

Weiss,  J. — Meyer  Komm.    9  Aufl,  (1910). 

Cf,  Liitgert — Freihertspredigt  und  Schwarmgeister  in  Kor- 
inth  (1908);  Mosimann — Das  Zungreden  (1911);  Rohr — 
Paulus  und  die  Gemeinde  von  Korinth;  Steinmann — Paulus 
und  die  Sklaven  zu  Korinth  (1911). 


LESSON    XVII. 

First  Corinthians  11-16. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  XIIL 


166  NEW   TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

LESSON   XVIII. 
From  Ephesus  to  Macedonia  and  2  Cor.  1-7  (A.  D.  56  or  57). 

1.  The  plans  of  Paul.     Acts  19:21f.;    Epochs  in  the  Life  of 

Paul,  pp.  183f. 

2.  The  riot  in  Ephesus.     Acts  19:23-41;    Epochs  in  the  Life 

of  Paul,  pp.  184-6. 

3.  The  suspense  in  Troas.     Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  p.  195. 

4.  The    rebound    in     Macedonia.     Acts     20:1;     2     Cor.     1-7; 

Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  194-8. 

5.  Date  of  2  Corinthians.    Chron.  N.  T. 

6.  Unity  of  th,e  Epistle.     Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs  in  the  Life  of 

Paul,  pp.  196f. 

7.  Purpose  of  the  Epistle.    Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs  In  the  Life  of 

Paul,  pp.  197f. 

8.  Outline  of  the  Epistle.    Chron.  N.  T. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and   Howson — Ch.  XVI.; 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  pp.  277-282. 

Special  Commentaries  on  2  Corinthians  alone. 

Besides  the  continuous  books  and  those  on  both  1  and  2 
Cors. 

1.  On  the  English  Text. 

Denney — Exp.  Bible   (1894). 

Farrar — Pulpit  Comm.  (1883). 

Goudge — Mind  of  St.  Paul  in  2  Cor.  (1911). 

Kennedy,  J.  H. — The  Second  and  Third  Letters  of  St.  Paul  to 

th-e  Corinthians  (1900). 
Menzies— 2  Cor.  (1912). 
Plumptre — Ellicot  Comm. 
Robertson,  A.  T. — The  Glory  of  the  Ministry.     Exposition  of  2 

Cor.  2:12-6:10. 
Waite — Speaker's  Comm.   (1881). 
Warman — Reader's  Comm. 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  167 

2.  On  the  Greek  Text. 

Bach  man  n — Der  zweite  Brief  des  Paulus  an  die  Korinther. 

Zahn  Komm.  (1909). 
Barde — Etude  sur  la  epitre  aux  Cor.  (1906). 
Belser — Der  zweite  Brief  des  Apostels  Paulus  an  die  Korinther 

(1910). 
Bernard — Exp.  Gk.  Test.  (1910). 
Cornely — Commentarium  ( 1907 ) . 
Heinrici — Meyer  Komm.     8  Aufl.    (1900). 
Heinrici — Das  zweite  Sendschreiben  des  Ap.  Paulus  an  die  Kor. 

(1887). 
Lietzmann — Handbuch  (1907). 
Plummer — Int.  Crit.  Comm.   (1915). 


LESSON  XIX. 
2  Corinthians  8-13. 

1.  Scripture  lesson.    2  Cor.  8-13. 

2.  Spirit  of  Paul  in  these   chapters.     Epochs  in  the  Life  of 

Paul,  pp.  198f. 

3.  Journeying  toward  Greece  via  Illyricum.    Acts  20:2;  Rom. 

15:19. 

4.  The  Triumph  in  Corinth.    Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  p  200. 

For  further  study,  see  Cony  bears  and  Howson — Ch.  XVII.; 
Ramsay — Church  in  the  Roman  Empire,  ch.  XIII. 

LESSON  XX. 
Epistle  to  the  Galatians. 

1.  Date.     Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  201-3. 

2.  North  or  South  Galatia.    Chron.  N.  T.;   Epochs  in  the  Life 

of  Paul,  p.  201f. 

3.  Occasion  for  Writing  the  Epistle.     Chron.   N.  T.;    Epochs 

in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  203f. 


168  NEW  TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

4.  Character  of  the  Epistle.    Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs  in  the  Life 

of  Paul,  pp.  204f. 

5.  Outline     Chron.  N.  T. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  XVIIL; 
Ramsay — Church  in  the  Roman  Empire,  ch.  VL 

Special   Commentaries  on  Galatians. 
Besides  continuous  works. 

1.  On  the  English  Text. 

Adeney — New-Century  Bible. 

Askwith — Destination  and  Date  of  Galatians. 

Bacon — Bible  for  Home  and  School  (1909). 

Beet — Ep.  to  the  Gal.  (1885). 

Emmet — St.    Paul's    Ep.    to   the   Gal.      The    Reader's    Comm. 

(1912), 
Findlay — Expositor's  Bible    (1888). 
Gibbon — Ep.  to  the  Gal. 
Hovey — Am.  Comm.   (1887). 

Luther,  Martin — Latin  Original  in  1519,  English  tr.  in  1575. 
IVlacgregor — Christian  Freedom  (1914). 
Round — Date  of  St.  Paul's  Ep.  to  the  Galatians   (1907). 
Sanday — Ellicott's  Comm.    (1879). 
Stevens — Expository  lectures   (1894). 
Watkins — St.  Paul's  Fight  for  Galatians  (1914). 
Wood — Studies  in  St.  Paul's  Ep.  to  the  Gal.  (1887). 

2.  On  the  Greek  Text. 

Bousset — Die  Schriften  d.  N.  T.   (1907). 

Eiiicott — Ep.  to  the  Gal.     New  edition  (1884). 

Lietzmann — Handbuch  (1910). 

Lightfoot — St.  Paul's  Ep.  to  the  Gal.    Eleventh  edition  (1905). 

Lipsius — Hand-Comm.  (1902). 

Ramsay — Hist.  Comm.    (1900). 

Rendail — Exp.  Gk.  Test.  (1903). 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  160 

Sleffert — Meyer  Komm.     9Aufl.  (1899). 

Steinmann — Die  Leserkreise  des  Galaterbriefs  (1908). 

Steinmann — Die  Abfassungszeit  des  Galaterbriefs  (1906). 

Weber — Der  Galaterbrief  aus  sich  selbst  geschicMlich  erklart. 

Westcott,  F.  B. — St.  Paul  and  Justification  (1913). 

Zahn — Zahn  Komm.    2  Aufl.  (1907). 

LESSON  XXI. 
Romans  1-8. 

1.  Date  and  place  of  writing.     Chron.  N.  T.;   Epochs  In  the 

Life  of  Paul,  pp.  205f. 

2.  The  amanuensis  and  the  bearer  of  the  letter.    Chron.  N.  T. 

3.  Plans  of  Paul  and  reason  for  writing.   Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs 

in  the  Life  of  Paul,  p.  206-210. 

4.  Character  of  the  church  in  Rome.    Chron,  N.  T. ;  Epochs  la 

the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  206f. 

5.  Character  of  the   Epistle.     Chron.   N.   T.;    Epochs   in   the 

Life  of  Paul,  pp.  210-212. 

6.  Outline.    Chron.  N.  T. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  XIX.; 
any  Bible  dictionary  on  Romans  or  introduction  to  a  commen- 
tary. 

Special  Commentaries  on   Romans. 

Besides  continuous  books. 

1.   On  the  English  Text. 

Beet — Ninth  edition  (1901). 
Brown,  D. — Analytical  exposition  (17860). 
Chalmers — Expository  discourses. 
Garvie — New  Century  Bible  (1901). 
Gifford — Speaker's  Comm.  (1881). 
Gore — A  Practical  Expos,  of  Romans. 
Grey — Reader's  Comm.  (1910). 


170  NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Hodge,  Charles — Theol.  expos.  (1856). 

Hort — Romans  and  Ephesians.     Intr.   (1895). 

Liddon — Explanatory  Analysis   (1893). 

Moule — Cambridge  Bible   (1879). 

Moule — Expos.  Bible  (1893). 

Stifler — Exposition   (1897). 

Williams — An  Exposition. 

2.   On  the  Greek  Text. 

Denney — Exp.  Gk.  Test.  (1901). 

Peine — Der  Romerbrief  (1903). 

Godet — Translation  (1883). 

Jowett — Third  edition  (1894). 

Julicher — Schriften  d.  N.  T.    2  Aufl.  (1907). 

Lightfoot — Notes  on  1-7  (1895). 

Lipsius — Hand-Comm.     2  Aufl.   (1893). 

Lietzmann — Handbuch  (1906). 

Richter — Kritisch-polemische       Untersuchungen      uber       den 

Romerbrief  (1908). 
Sanday  and  Headlam — Int.  Crit.  Comm.     Fifth  edition   (1905). 
Shedd — Comm.  on  Rom.  (1893). 
Spitta — Untersuchungen,  etc.    (1901). 
Vaughan — Seventh  edition   (1890). 
Weiss,  B. — Meyer  Komm.    9  Aufl.  (1899). 
Westcott,  F.  B. — St.  Paul  and  Justification  (1913). 
Zahn — Zahn  Komm.  (1910). 

LESSON  XXII. 
Romans  9-16. 

For  further  study,  see  commentaries. 

LESSON   XXIII. 

The  Last  Journey  to  Jerusalem 
(Spring  of  57  or  58), 

1.  Scripture  Narrative.    Acts  20:3-21:16. 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  1?1 

2.  The  gathering  storm  at  Jerusalem.    Epochs  in  the  Life  of 
Paul,  pp.  213-219. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and    Howson — Ch.  XX.; 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  pp.  286-303. 

LESSON   XXIV. 
Paul  at  Jerusalem  the  Last  Time   (Pentecost  of  57  or  58). 

1.  Scripture  narrative.    Acts  21:17-23:35. 

2.  Historical  exposition.     Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  220- 

240. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and   Howson — Ch.  XXL; 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  pp.  303-313, 

LESSON  XXV. 
Paul  a  Prisoner  at  Caesarea    (57-9   or  58-60). 

1.  Paul  before  Felix.    Acts  24;  Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp. 

240-6. 

2.  Paul  before  Festus.     Acts  25:1-12;    Epochs  in  the  Life  of 

Paul,  pp.  246-9. 

3.  Paul    before    Agrippa.      Acts    25:13-26:32;    Epochs    in   the 

Life  of  Paul,  pp.  249-253. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  XXIL; 
Ramsay — Pictures  of  the  Apostolic  Church,  chs.  XLH.-XLrV. 

LESSON   XXVI, 

Paul's  Voyage  to  Rome 
(Autumn  of  59  or  60  to  spring  of  60  or  61). 

1,  Caesarea  to  Myra.    Acts  27:1-5;  Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul, 

pp.  256f. 
3.  Fair  Havens  to  Melita.    Acts  27:6-44;  Epochs  in  the  Life  of 

Paul,  pp.  257-264. 


172         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

4.  The  Winter  in  Melita.    Acts  28:1-10;  Epochs  in  the  Life  of 

Paul,  pp.  264f. 

5.  Melita  to  Rome.    Acts  28 :  11-16 ;  Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul, 

pp.  265-8. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  XXIIL; 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  ch.  XIV. 

Special  Books  on  Voyage  of  Paul  and  Ancient  Seafaring. 
Balmer — Die  Romfahrt  des  Apostels  Paulus  (1905). 
Breuring — Die  Nautik  der  Alten  (1886). 
Smith — ^Voyage  and  Shipwreck  of  St.  Paul  (1880). 
Vars — L'art  nautique  dans  I'antiquitS  (1887). 


LESSON  XXVII. 

Paul  in  Rome  and  the  Letter  to  the  Philippians 
(A.  D.  60-2  or  61-3). 

1.  Paul's   effort  to   win   the  Jews    in   Rome.     Acts   28:16-28; 

Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  268f. 

2.  Delay  in  Paul's  trial  and  his  life  in  Rome.     Acts  28:30f.; 

Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  269-272. 

3.  Third  Group  of  Paul's  Epistles.    Chron.  N.  T. 

4.  Date  of  Philippians.     Chron.  N.  T.;   Epochs  in  the  Life  of 

Paul,  pp.  273-5. 

5.  Occasion  and  purpose  of  the  letter.     Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs 

in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  273-6. 

6.  Character  of  the  letter.    Chron.  N.  T.;   Epochs  in  the  Life 

of  Paul,  pp.  276f. 

7.  Outline  of  the  Epistle.    Chron.  N.  T. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  XXrV., 
XXVL;  Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  pp.  344-356;  Forbes — 
Footsteps  of  St.  Paul  in  Rome  (1899) ;  any  Bible  dictionary  on 
Rome. 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  173 

Special  Commentaries  on  Philippians. 
Besides  continuous  works. 

1.  On  the  Engiisii  Text. 

Beet With  Col.,  Eph.,  Philemon   (1891). 

Johnstone— Expository  lectures.    The  Phil.  Gospel  or  Pauline 

Ideals   (1904). 
jowett — The  High  Calling  (1909). 
Martin — New-Century  Bible. 
Mouie — Philippian  Studies. 
Noble — Discourses  on  Philippians. 
Rainy — Expos.  Bible   (1893). 

Smith The  Epistle  of  St.  Paul's  First  Trial  (1899). 

Yorke — The  Law  of  the  Spirit. 

2.  On  the  Greek  Text. 

Dibelius — Handbuch  zum  N.  T.  (1911). 

Ellicott — New  edition   (1890). 

Ewald — Zahn  Komm.  (1908). 

Haupt — Meyer  Komm.     8  Aufl.  (1902). 

Kennedy,  H.  A.  A.— Exp.  Gk.  Test.  (1903). 

Kiijpper — Der  Brief  an  die  Philipper  (1893). 

Lightfoot — Ninth  edition  (1891). 

Lipsius — Hand-Comm.  (1893). 

Soden — 2  Aufl.  (1906). 

Vincent — Int.  Crit.  Comm.  (1897). 

LESSON  XXVIII. 

Philemon  and  Colossians 
(A.  D.  62  or  63). 

1.  Date  of  Philemon.    Chron.  N.  T. 

2.  Purpose  and  character  of  the  Letter.    Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs 

in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  278f. 

3.  Outline  of  the  letter.    Chron.  N.  T. 

4.  Date  of  Colossians.    Chron.  N.  T. 

5.  The  occasion  of  the  letter.     Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs  in  the 

Life  of  Paul,  pp.  279. 


174         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

6.  The  new  peril  of  Gnosticism.    Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs  in  the 

Life  of  Paul,  pp.  280-5. 

7.  Outline  of  the  letter.    Chron.  N.  T. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  XXV.; 
Introduction  to  Lightfoot's  commentary  (The  Colossian 
Heresy);  any  Bible  dictionary  on  Philemon,  Slavery,  Colossae, 
Colossians,  and  Gnosticism. 

Special  Commentaries  on  Philemon  and  Colossians. 

Besides  continuous  works. 

1.  On  the  English  Text. 

Alexander,   Gross — Colossians  and  Eph.     Bible  for  Home  and 

School  (1910). 
Dargan — Am.  Comm.  (1887). 
Findlay — Pulpit  Comm.  (1895). 
Maclaren — Expos.  Bible   (1888). 
Moule — Cambr.  Bible  (1893). 
Moule — Colossian  Studies. 
Mull  ins — Convention    Comm.    on    Ephesians    and    Colossians 

(1913). 
Nicholson — Oneness  with  Christ. 
Rutherford — Epistles  to  Colossae  and  Laodicea  (1908). 

2.  On  the  Greek  Text. 

Abbott,  T,  K. — Int.  Crit.  Comm.   (1897). 

Dibelius — Handbuch  zum  N.  T.  (1912). 

Ellicott — New  edition  (1890). 

Ewald — Zahn  Komm.  (1905). 

Haupt — Meyer  Komm.   (1903). 

Lightfoot — Tenth  edition   (1904). 

Oesterley — Exp.  Gk.  Test  on  Philemon  (1910). 

Oltramare — Commentaire  (1891). 

Peake — Exp.  Gk.  Test,  on  Colossians   (1903). 

Schumann — Paulus  an  Philemon  (1908). 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  176 

Soden — Hand-Comm.     2  Aufl.   (1893). 

Vincent — Int.  Crit.  on  Philemon  (1897). 

Westcott,  F.  B. — A  Letter  to  Asia   (1914). 

Williams — Cambr.  Gk.  Test.  (1907).  ; 

LESSON  XXIX. 

Ephesians. 
(A.  D.  62  or  63.) 

1.  Date  of  the  epistle.    Chron.  N.  T. 

2.  Destination  of  the  epistle.     Chron.  N.  T.;    Epochs   in  the 

Life  of  Paul,  pp.  285f. 

3.  Purpose  of  the  letter.    Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs  in  the  Life  of 

Paul,  pp.  286f. 

4.  Contrast  with  Colossians.    Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs  in  the  Life 

of  Paul,  pp.  287-9. 

5.  Outline  of  the  letter.    Chron.  N.  T. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  XXV.; 
any  Bible  dictionary  and  commentary. 

Special  Commentaries  on  Ephesians. 
Besides  continuous  works  by  some  author. 

1.  On  English  Text. 

Besides  continuous  works. 

Alexander — Bible  for  Home  and  School  (1910).  i 

Beet — Comm.  on  Eph.,  Phil.,  Col.,  Philemon  (1891). 

Candish — Exposition  (1895). 

Dale — Lectures  on  Ephesians. 

Findlay — Expos.  Bible  (1892). 

Gore — A  Practical  Exposition   (1898). 

Hort — Rom.  and  Eph.     Intr.  (1895). 

Lidgett — God  in  Christ  J,esus.    A  Study  of  St.  Paul's  Ep.  to  the 

Eph.    (1915). 
Martin — New-Century  Bible. 
McPhaii — Ep.  to  Eph.  (1893). 


176         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

McPherson — Ep.  to  Eph.  (1892). 

Moule — Ephesian  Studies  (1900). 

Mullins — Convention  Series   (1913). 

Stroeter — The  Glory  of  the  Body  of  Christ   (1909). 

2.  On  the  Greek  Text, 

Abbott — Int.  Crit.  Comm.  (1897). 

Belser — Komm.   (1908). 

Dibelius — Handbuch  zum  N.  T.  (1912). 

Eadie — Third  edition  (1883). 

Ellicott — Fifth  edition  (1884). 

Ewald — Zahn  Komm.    2  Aufl.  (1910). 

Haupt — Meyer  Komm.    8  Aufl.  (1902). 

Krukenberg — Der  Brief  an  Eph.  (1903). 

Murray — Cambr.  Gk.  Test.  (1915). 

Oltramare — Commentaire   (1891). 

Robinson — St.  Paul's  Ep.  to  the  Eph.  (1903). 

Salmond — Exp.  Gk.  Test.   (1903). 

Soden — Hand-Comm.     2  Aufl.  (1893). 

Westcott,  B.  F. — St.  Paul's  Ep.  to  the  Eph.  (1906). 

Wohlenberg — Strack-Zoeckler   (1895). 

LESSON  XXX. 

Release  of  Paul  and  1  Timothy. 
(Probably  63  to  66  or  67.) 

1.  The  outcome  of  the  first  Roman  imprisonment.    Epochs  in 

the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  290-2. 

2.  The  visit  to  th,e  east.    Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  p.  292. 

3.  The  visit  to  Spain.    Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  292f. 

4.  The  Burning  of  Rome.    Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  293f. 

5.  The  return  east  for  the  last  time.     Epochs  in  the  Life  of 

Paul,  pp.  294f. 

6.  Date    of    the    Pastoral    Epistles    (fourth    group).      Chron. 

N.  T.;  Epochs  in  tte  Life  of  Paul,  p.  295. 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  177 

7.  Genuineness    of    the    Pastoral    Epistles.      Chron.    N.    T.; 

Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  295f. 

8.  Sketch  of  Timothy's  career.     Chron.  N.  T. 

9.  Paul's  location  when  he  wrote  1  Timothy  (1:3). 

10.  Purpose    and    character    of    the    Epistle.      Chron.    N.    T.; 

Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  296-9. 

11.  Outline  of  the  Epistle.     Chron.  N.  T. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  XXVIL 
(first  half).  Appendix  I.  on  the  Date  of  the  Pastoral  Epistles; 
Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  pp.  356-60. 

See  also  Steinmetz — Die  zweite  romische  Gefangschaft  des 
Apostels  Paulus  (1897). 


Special  Commentaries  en  Pastoral   Epistles. 
Besides  continuous  works. 

1.  On  the  English  Text. 

Bowen — Dates  of  Pastoral  Letters  (1900). 

Find  lay — Appendix    on    the    Pastoral    Epistles    to    Sabatier's 
Apostle  Paul  (1893). 

Greene,  J.  P. — Convention  Series  (1915). 

Harvey — Am.  Comm.   (1890). 

Norton — New-Century  Bible. 

Humphreys — Cambridge  Bible  (1897). 

James — The    Genuineness    and    Authorship    of    the    Pastoral 
Epistles  (1906). 

Laugh  11  n — The  Pastoral  Epistles  in  the  Light  of  One  Roman 
Imprisonment  (1905). 

Lilley — The  Pastoral  Eps.  (1901). 

Plummer — Expos.  Bible    (1896). 

Pope — Pastoral  Eps.  (1901). 

Ramsay — Historical  Comm.  on  the  First  Ep.  to  Tim.   (The  Ex- 
positor, 1909-11). 

Strachan — West.  N.  T.  (1910). 

Wace — Speaker's  Comm.   (1885). 
12 


178         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

2.  On  the  Greek  Text. 

Belser — Die  Pastoral  briefe  (1907). 

Bernard — Cambr.  Gk.  Test.  (1899). 

Bertrand — Essai  critique,  etc.  (1888). 

Ellicott — Fifth  edition  (1883). 

Eyiau — Zur  Chron.  d.  Pastoralbriefe   (1888). 

Hesse — Die  Entstehung  der  neut.  Hirtenbriefe.  (1889). 

Holtzmann — Die    Pastoralbriefe    kritisch    und    exegetisch    be- 

handelt   (1880). 
Kbhier — Schriften  N.  T.     2  Aufl.   (1907). 
Kraukenberg — Komm,  (1901). 
LUtgert — Die  Irrlehrer  der  Pastoralbriefe   (1909). 
Mayer — Ueber  die  Pastoralbriefe  (1913). 
Niebergall — Handbuch  zum  N.  T.    (1909). 
Soden — Hand-Comm.  (1893). 
Weiss,  B. — Meyer  Komm.    7  Aufl.   (1907). 
White — Exp.  Gk.  Test.  (1910). 
Wohlenberg — Zahn  Komm.  (1906). 

LESSON  XXXI. 

The  Last  Year  of  Paul's  Life. 

(Autumn  of  67  till  summer  of  68.) 

1.  Sketch  of  Titus.    Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul, 

pp.  299f. 

2.  Paul's  plans  for  the  winter.     Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul, 

p.  300. 

3.  The  heresy  in  Crete.    Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs  in  the  Life  of 

Paul,  pp.  300f. 

4.  Date  of  the  Epistle.    Chron.  N.  T. 

5.  Purpose  of  the  Epistle.    Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs  in  the  Life  of 

Paul,  pp.  301f. 

6.  Outline  of  the  Epistle.    Chron.  N.  T. 

7.  The  arrest  of  Paul.     Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  p.  303. 

8.  The  new  charges.    Epochs  in  the  Life  of  Paul,  pp.  304f. 

9.  The  close  confinement.    Epochs,  pp.  305f. 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  179 

10.  The  desertion  of  Paul's  friends.    Epochs,  pp.  306f. 

11.  The  first  stage  of  the  trial.    Epochs,  pp.  307-9. 

12.  The  loneliness  of  Paul.    Epochs,  pp.  309-11. 

13.  A  last  message  to  Timothy   (date  and  purpose  of  2  Tim.). 

Chron.  N.  T.;  Epochs,  pp.  311f. 

14.  Outline  of  2  Timothy.    Chron.  N.  T. 

15.  Paul's  estimate  of  his  career.    Epochs,  pp.  312f. 

16.  Paul  longs  for  Jesus.    Epochs,  pp.  313-15. 

17.  The  Condemnation.    Epochs,  p.  315. 

18.  Paul's  death.    Epochs,  pp.  316f. 

19.  A  backward  look.    Epochs,  pp.  317-19. 

For  further  study,  see  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  XXVH. 
(last  half) ;  Ramsay — St.  Paul  the  Traveller,  pp.  360-366; 
Ramsay — Pauline  Studies,  ch.  xrv.;  Pictures  of  the  Apostolic 
Church,  chs.  L.-LI. 


LESSON  XXXII. 
I.  Peter  (about  A.  D.  65). 

1.  The  General  or  Catholic  Epistles.    Chron.  N  .  T. 

2.  Sketch  of  Simon  Peter.     Chron.  N.  T. 

3.  Date  of  1  Peter.    Chron.  N.  T. 

4.  Location  of  Peter  at  time  of  writing.    Chron.  N.  T. 

5.  Readers  of  the  Epistle.    Chron.  N.  T. 

6.  Character  of  the  Epistle.     Chron.  N.  T. 

7.  Outline  of  the  Epistle.    Chron.  N.  T. 

8.  Consult  any  Bible  dictionary  on  1  Peter. 

For  further  study,  see  Ramsay — Church  in  the  Roman  Em- 
pire, ch.  XIII.;  Lumby — (Expositor's  Bible);  Bigg — (Int.  Crit. 
Comm.) ;  Expositor's  Gk.  Test. 

See  also  Erbes — Die  Todestage  der  Apostel  Paulus  und 
Petrus  (1899),  and  Guignebert — La  primaute  de  Pierre  et  la 
venne  de  Pierre  h  Rome  (1909). 


180         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Special  Commentaries  on  Episties  of  Peter  and  Jude. 

1.  On  the  English  Text. 

Besides  continuous  works. 

Bennett — New-Century  Bible  (1901). 

Cooke  and  Lumby — Speaker's  Comm.    (1881). 

Johnstone — The  First  Ep.  of  Peter  (1888). 

Lumby — Expos.  Bible  (1893). 

Plumptre — Cambr.  Bible  (1879). 

Salmond — Schaff's  Comm.  (1883). 

Williams — Am.  Comm.  (1890). 

2.  On  the  Greek  Text. 

Beck — Erklilrung  der  Briefe  Petri  (1895). 

Bigg — Int.  Crit.  Comm.   (1901). 

Couard — Commentaire   (1895). 

Foster — Literary  Relations  of  the  First  Ep.  of  Peter  (1913). 

Georghian — Der  Brief  des  Judas  (1905). 

Goutard — Essai  critique  et  historique  sur  la  prem.  6pitre  de  S. 

Pierre  (1905). 
Grosch — Die  Echtheit  des  IL  Briefes  Petri.    2  Aufl.  (1914). 
Gunkel — Schriften  d.  N.  T.    2  Aufl.  (1907). 
Hart,  Strachan,  Mayor — Exp.  Gk.  Test.  (1910). 
Henkel — Der  zweite   Brief   des  Apostelfursten  Petrus   gepriift 

auf  seine  Echtheit  (1904). 
Hort— I.  Peter  1:-2:17  (1898). 
King— Did  St.  Peter  Write  in  Greek?  (1871). 
Knopf — Die  Briefe  Petri  und  Juda  (1912). 
Kuhl — Meyer  Komm.    6  Aufl.  (1897). 
Maier — Der  Judasbrief  (1906). 
Masterman — Eps.  of  St.  Peter  (1900). 
IViayor — The  Epistle  of  St.  Jude  and  the  Epistle  of  St.  Peter 

Robson — Studies  in  the  Sec.  Ep.  of  Peter  (1915). 
Soden — Hand-Comm.  (1896). 
(1907). 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  181 

Spitta — Der  zweite  Brief  des  Petrus  und  der  Brief  des  Judas 

(1885). 
Windisch — Handbuch  zum  N.  T.  (1911). 
Wohlenberg — Zahn  Komm.  (1915). 


LESSON  XXXIII. 

Jude  and  2  Peter. 
(About  A.  D.  66-67.) 

1.  Sketch  of  Jude.    Chron.  N.  T. 

2.  Date  and  relation  to  2  Peter.    Chron.  N.  T. 

3.  Purpose  and  Character  of  the  Epistle.    Chron.  N.  T. 

4.  Outline  of  the  Epistle.    Chron.  N.  T. 

5.  Date  and  readers  of  2  Peter.    Chron.  N.  T. 

6.  Purpose    and    character    of    the    Epistle.      Chron.    N.    T. 

7.  Outline.    Chron.  N.  T. 

8.  Any  Bible  dictionary  on  Jude  and  2  Peter. 

For  further  study,  see  Lumby — (Expos.  Bible);  Bigg — (Int. 
Crit.  Comm.) ;  Mayor  and  Strachan — Exp.  Gk.  Test. 


LESSON  XXXIV. 

Hebrews  1-7. 
(About  A.  D.  69.) 

1.  Date.    Chron.  N.  T. 

2.  Author.    Chron.  N.  T. 

3.  Destination.    Chron.  N.  T. 

4.  Purpose  and  character  of  the  book.    Chron.  N.  T. 

5.  Outline.    Chron.  N.  T. 

6.  Any  Bible  dictionary  or  commentary  on  Hebrews. 

For  further  study,  s.ee  Conybeare  and  Howson — Ch.  XXVIII.; 
Edwards — Expositor's  Bible;  Westcott — Commentary. 


182         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Special  Commentaries  on  Hebrews. 
Besides  continuous  works. 

Anderson,  R. — The  Hebrew's  Epistle  in  the  Light  of  the  Types 

(1911). 
Ayles — Destination,   Date  and  Authorship  of  the  Ep.   to  the 

Hebrews  (1899). 
Bailey — Leading  Ideas  of  Ep.  to  the  Heb.  (1907). 
Dale — Jewish  Temple  in  the  Christian  Church. 
Du  Bose — High  Priesthood  and  Sacrifice  (1908), 
Edwards — Expos.  Bible   (1888). 
Goodspeed — Bible  for  Home  and  School  (1908). 
Kendrick — Am.  Comm.    (1890). 
Lowrie — An  Explanation  of  Hebrews. 
Milligan — The  Theology  of  the  Ep.  to  the  Heb.  (1899). 
Moule — Messages  from  the  Ep.  to  the  Heb.  (1909). 
Murray — Devotional  comm. 
Nairne — The  Epistle  of  Priesthood  (1913). 
Peake — N.ew-Century  Bible  (1904). 
Porter — The  Twelve-Gemmed  Crown   (1913). 
Rendall — The  Theology  of  the  Hebrew  Christians  (1886). 
Rotherham — Ep.  to  the  Heb.    (1906). 
Saphir — Exposition  of  Hebrews. 
Shepardson — Lectures  on  Heb. 
Welch — Authorship  of  the  Ep.  to  the  Heb.  (1899). 

2.  On  the  Greek  Text. 

Besides  continuous  works. 

Blass — Brief   an   die   Hebraer,    Text,   Angabe   der   Rhythmen 

(1903). 
Bruce — The  Ep.  to  the  Heb.  (1899). 
Davidson,  A.  B. — Ep  to  the  Heb.  (1882). 
Delitzsch — Two  volumes.     Transl.   (1870). 
Dibelius — Der  Verfasser  des  Hebraerbriefes  (1910). 
Dods— Exp.  Gk.  Test.  (1910). 
Farrar — Camb.  Gk.  Test.  (1893). 
Heigl — Verfasser   und  Adresse   des    Briefes   an    die    Hebraer 

(1905). 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  183 

Hollmann — Schriften  d.  N.  T.    2  Aufl.  (1907). 

MacNeill — The  Christology  of  the  Ep.  to  the  Hebr.   (1914). 

Menegoz — La  theologie  de  I'epitre  a\ix  Hebreaux  (1894). 

Riggenbach — Zoeckler  Komm.   (1897). 

Sod  en — Hand-Comm.  (1899). 

Vaughan — Ep.  to  Heb.  (1899). 

Weiss,  B. — Meyer  Komm.    6  Aufl.   (1902). 

Weiss,  B. — Der  Hebraerbrief  in  zeitgeschichtlicher  Beleuchtung 

(1910). 
Westcott — Ep.  to  the  Heb.    Third  edition  (1906). 
Wickham — ^Westm.  Comm.    (1910). 
Windisch — Handbuch  zmn  N.  T.  (1913). 
Wrede — Das  literarisches  Ratsel  des  Hebraerbrief s  (1906). 

LESSON  XXXV. 
Hebrews  8-13. 
For  further  study,  same  references  as  previous  lesson. 

LESSON  XXXVI. 

The  Jewish  War  with  Rome  and  the  Destruction  of  Jerusalem. 
(A.  D.  66-70.) 

Josephus,  Ant.,  Book  xx.,  ch.  ix.;  War,  Book  n.,  chs.  xiv.-xx. 
For  further  study,  see  all  of  the  War. 

LESSON   XXXVM. 

The  Epistles  of  John. 
(Perhaps  about  A.  D.  85.) 

1.  Probable  date.    Chron.  N.  T. 

2.  Docetic  and  Cerinthian  Gnosticism.    Chron.  N.  T. 

3.  Destination  of  L  John.     Chron.  N.  T. 

4.  Purpose  and  character  of  the  Ep.    Chron.  N.  T. 

5.  Outline  of  the  Ep.    Chron.  N.  T. 

6.  Destination  and  character  of  H.  John.    Chron.  N.  T. 

7.  Outline  of  H.  John.    Chron.  N.  T. 


184         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

8.  Destination  and  character  of  IIL  John.    Chron.  N.  T. 

9.  Outline.    Chron.  N.  T. 

10.  Any  Bible  dictionary  or  commentary  on   the  Epistles   ol 
John. 

For  further  study,  see  Find  I  ay — Fellowship  in  the  Eternal; 
Law — The  Tests  of  Life;  Westcott — Comm.;  Brooke — (Int. 
Crit.  Comm.). 

Special  Commentaries  on  the  Epistles  of  John. 

1,  On  the  English  Text. 

Besides  continuous  works. 

Alexander — Eps.  of  John  (1889). 

Barrett — Devot.  Comm.  on  L  John  (1910). 

Bennett — New-Century  Bible. 

Cameron — Eps.  of  John. 

Cox — Private  Letters  of  St.  Paul  and  St.  John  (1887). 

Findlay — Fellowship  in  the  Eternal  (1909). 

Green — Ephesian  Canonical  Writings    (1910). 

Law — Tests  of  Life.    Second  edition  (1909). 

Lias — Eps.  of  John  (1887). 

Ramsay,  A. — Westm.  N.  T.  (1910). 

Sawtelle — Am.  Comm.  (1890). 

Steele — Half  Hours  with  St.  John's  Epistles 

Watson — Second  edition  (1910). 

2.  On  the  Greek  Text. 

Besides  continuous  works. 

Baumgarten — Schriften  d.  N.  T.   (1907). 

Belser — Komm.    (1906). 

Bresky — Das    Verhaltnis    des    zweiten    Johannesbriefes    zum 

dritten  (1906). 
Brooke — Int.  Crit.  Comm.   (1912). 
Haupt — The  First  Ep.  of  John  (1893). 
Holtzmann-Bauer — Hand-Comm.  (1908) . 


THE  ACTS  AND  THE  EPISTLES.  185 

Luthardt — Zoeckler  Komm.     2  Aufl.  (1895). 

Plummer — Camb.  Gk.  Test.  (1886). 

Rothe — Komm.  (1878).    Tr.  in  Exp.  Times  iii.-v. 

Smith,  D. — Exp.  Gk.  Test.  (1910). 

Weiss,  B. — Meyer  Komm.    6  Aufl.  (1900). 

Westcott — Eps.  of  John.    Third  edition  (1892). 

Windisch — Handbuch  zimi  N.  T.  (1911). 

Wurm — Die  Irrlehrer  im  ersten  Johannisbrief  (1904). 


PART  IV. 

The  Revelation  of  John. 

(Probably  about  A,  D.  95.) 

Broadus'  Syllabus  on  Revelation  is  here  reproduced  with 
some  additions,  and  use  is  made  also  of  the  Chron.  N.  T.,  be- 
sides references  to  other  literature. 

Special  Books  on  the  Revelation. 

1.  On  the  English  Text. 

Besides  the  continuous  works. 

Brown,  C — Heavenly  Visions  (1911). 

Brown,  D. — The  Structure  of  the  Apocalypse  (1891). 

Calmes — La  apocalypse  devant  la  tradition  et  devant  la  critique. 

Second  edition  (1907). 
Campbell — The  Patmos  Letters  Applied  to  Modern  Criticism 

(1908). 
Charles — Studies  in  the  Apocalypse  (1913). 
Chevalin — L'apocalypse  et  les  temps  presents  (1904). 
Clark — The  Holy  Land  of  Asia  Minor  (1914). 
Cowles — Revelation  (1871). 
Geil — The  Isle  that  is  called  Patmos  (1905). 
Gibson — Apocalyptic  Sketches  (1910). 

187 


188  NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

Guinness — The  Approaching  End  of  the  Age. 

Johnson — John's  Revelation  (1904). 

Jowett,  G.  T. — The  Apocalypse  of  St.  John  (1910). 

Lee — Bible  (Speaker's)  Comm.  (1881). 

Matheson — Sidelights  upon  Patmos. 

Mc Nairn — The  Apocalypse. 

Milligan — The  Revelation  of  St.  John   (1885). 

Milligan — The  Expos.  Bible  (1889). 

Palmer — The  Drama  of  the  Apocalypse  (1902). 

Paul — Latter  Day  Light  on  the  Apocalypse  (1898). 

Peake — The  Person  of  Christ  in  the  Revelation  of  John  (Mans- 
field College  Essays,  1909). 

Porter — Messages  of  the  Apocalyptic  Writers  (1905). 

Pounder — Historical  Notes  on  the  Book  of  Revelation   (1912). 

Ramsay,  A — Westminster  N.  T.  (1910). 

Ramsay,  W,  M. — The  Letters  to  the  Seven  Churches  (1905). 

Randall — Pulpit  Comm.  (1890). 

Scott,  C.  Anderson — New-Century  Bible  (1902). 

Scott,  C.  Anderson — Devot.  Comm.  (1906). 

Scott,  J,  J. — Lectures  on  the  Apocalypse  (1909). 

Seiss — The  Apocalypse. 

Selwyn — The  Christian  Prophets  and  the  Prophetic  Apoca- 
lypse (1900). 

Smith,  J.  A. — Am.  Comm.  (1888). 

Smith,  J.  A. — Patmos   (1875). 

Smith — The  Divine  Parable  of  History  (1901). 

Smith — The  World  Lighted  (1890). 

Strange — Instructions  on  the  Revelation  of  St.  John  the 
Divine  (1900). 

Terry — Biblical  Apocalyptics  (1898). 

Timbrell — The  Last  Message  of  Jesus  Christ  (1905). 


2.  On  the  Greek  Text. 

Besides  continuous  works. 

Bleek — Lectures  on  the  Apocalypse  (1875) 
Bousset — Meyer  Komm.     6  Aufl.   (1906). 


THE   REVELATION    OF  JOHN.  189 

Bullinger — Die  Apokalypse    (1904). 

Bungeroth — Schlussel  zur  Offenbarung  Johannis   (1907). 
Davidson,  S. — Outlines  of  a  Coram,  on  Revelation  (1894). 
Delaport — Fragments  sahidiques  du  N.  T.  Apocalypse   (1906). 
Elliott — Horae  Apocalypticae.     Four  volumes.     Fourth  edition 

(1851). 
Gebhardt — Doctrine  of  the  Apocalypse  (1878). 
Glasgow — Comm.  on  Apoc.  (1872). 
Holtzmann-Bauer — Hand-Comm.    3  Aufl.  (1908). 
Hort — The  Apoc.  of  St.  John,  chs.  1-3  (1908). 
Laughlin — The  Solecisms  of  the  Apocalypse  (1902). 
Linden — Die  Offenbarung  d.  Joh.  aufgeschlossen  (1905). 
Moffatt — Exp.  Gk.  Test.  (1910). 
Reymond — L'apocalypse  (1908). 
Simcox — Camb.  Gk.  Test.  (1893). 
Spitta — Die  Off.  d.  Job.  (1889). 

Trench — Eps.  to  Seven  Chs.    Seventh  edition  (1897). 
Swete — Apoc.  of  St.  John.    Second  edition  (1907). 
Vaughan — Lectures  on  Rev.  of  St.  John. 
Vischer — Die  Off.  John  (1886). 
Voelter — Das  Problem  der  Apok.  (1893). 
Weiss,  J. — Schriften  d.  N.  T.  (1904). 
Welihausen — Analyse  d.  Off.  Joh.  (1908). 


LESSON   I. 
Revelation  1-3. 

1.  Date  of  the  Apocalypse.    Chron.  N.  T. 

2.  Authorship.    Chron.  N.  T. 

3.  Purpose  and  character  of  the  Apocalypse.    Chron.  N.  T. 

4.  Outline.    Chron.  N.  T. 

5.  Resemblance  to  Old  Testament  (Broadus). 

Among  the  first  things  that  strike  one  in  this  book  is  the 
resemblance  of  the  imagery  to  that  of  the  Old  Testa- 
ment prophets,  particularly  to  Isaiah,  Ezekiel,  Daniel 
and  Zechariah.    A  few  examples : 


190         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

L,  13ff.    Description  of  Christ's  glorious  appearance,  com- 
pare Dan.  X.,  5,  6  and  vii.,  9;  Ezek.  i.,  7  and  xliii.,  2. 

IV,  Throne,  with  rainbow.    Ezek.  1.,  26,  28. 

4.  Twenty-four  elders — like  heads  of  David's  courses. 
6-8.  Four  animals.    Ezek.  i.,  10;  x.,  14;  Isa.  vi.,  2. 

V.  Scroll  written  within  and  without.    Ezek.  ii.,  29;  Zech, 

v.,  1-3. 

VI.,  14.    As  a  scroll  rolled  together.    Isa.  xxxiv.,  4. 

VII.,  3.    Sealing.    Ezek.  ix.,  4. 

X.,  5,  6.     Angel  swearing.     Dan.  xii.,  7. 

XI.,  1.    Measuring  reed.    Ezek.  xl.,  3 ;  Zech.  ii.,  1. 

3,  4.  Two  witnesses,  two  olive-trees,  two  candlesticks. 
Zech.  iv.,  2,  11,  14. 

XIL,  7.  Michael.    Dan.  x.,  13,  21. 

XIII.,  12.    Beast.    Dan.  vii.,  2-8. 

Xrv.,  20.    Wine-press.    Isa.  Ixiii.,  3. 

XV.,  3.    Song  of  Moses  and  the  Lamb. 

XVII.,  XVIII.    Babylon.    Almost  all  from  the  Old  Testa- 
ment. 

XIX.,  17.    Invitation  to  the  birds.    Ezek.  xxxix.,  17-20. 

XX.,  8.  Gog  and  Magog.    Ezek.,  xxxviii.,  2;  iii.,  19. 

12.  The  books  in  the  judgment.    Dan.  vii.,  10;  xii.,  1; 
Psa.  Ixix.,  28. 

XXL,  1.  New  heavens  and  earth.     Isa.  Ixv.,  17-19;  Ixxvi., 
22.    lOff.    New  Jerusalem.    Ezek.  xlviii.,  30ff. 

XXII.,  1,  2.    River  out  of  the  throne  and  the  tree  of  life. 
Ezek.  xlvii.,  1,  12.    Zech.  xiv.,  8. 

Very  many  others.    Y,et  no  quotations  from  the  Old  Tes- 
tament at  all.    Westcott  and  Hort  give  a  list  of  nearly 
400  references  or  allusions  to  the  Old  Testament. 
6.  Statement  of  the  theories  of  interpretation  (Broadus). 
Ch.  iv.  and  v.  are  introductory  to  the  visions. 
Ch.  vi.  ff.  present  predictions. 
Immense   multitude  of  theories  now  usually   divided  into 

three  great  classes    (see  Tregelles  in  Home,   Davidson, 

Angus'  Hand  Book,  Annotated  Par.  Bible,  Alford,  and  es- 


THE   REVELATION   OF  JOHN.  191 

pecially  Elliott).    But  three  other  classes  should  be  added, 
making  six: 

(a)  Preterist  theories.    That  all  fulfilled  in  the  past. 

(1)  Neronlan — that  written  in  time  of  Nero,  and  all  ful- 

filled in  two  or  three  years — most  Germans,  Renan, 
Stuart,  Cowles. 

(2)  Domitianic — that  written  in  time  of  Domitian,  and 

fulfilled  in  three  or  four  centuries — Bousset,  and 
most  Romanist  writers  now. 

(b)  Historical  theories — that  fulfillment  going  on  throiigh- 

out  history,  past  and  future. 

(1)  Synchronous — make  the  three  series  of  seven  par- 

allel.— Lord,  Vaughan,  Fairbairn.  Some  include 
also  the  seven  churches,  as  in  part  Vitringa,  Elliott, 
IV.,  p.  485. 

(2)  Continuous — make  the  three  series  of  seven  succes- 

sive.— Elliott  (closely  followed  by  Gumming), 
Barnes,  most  English  and  American  writers  now. 

(c)  Futurist  theory — that  all  yet  to  be  fulfilled  in  the  future. 

(d)  Theory  of  successive  fulfillment.  Arnold,  Alexander,  see 
Elliott,  IV.,  p.  564.  Examined  in  Elliott,  IV.,  p.  620.  Our 
Lord  certainly  seems  to  describe  himself  as  "coming"  at 
the  destruction  of  Jerusalem.  Similar  to  this  theory  is 
what  Lee  calls  the  Spiritual  System  (Bib.  Comm.,  p.  491). 

(e)  Theory  of  miscellaneous  or  sporadic  fulfillment. 

(f )  Theory  that  all  is  merely  spiritual.   Davidson,  III.,  627ff. 

(g)  Historical  spiritual  theory.  Since  Broadus  wrote 
as  above.  Sir  W.  M.  Ramsay  (Letters  to 
the  Seven  Churches)  has  proposed  a  new  theory 
of  considerable  plausibility.  He  takes  the  two  beasts  to 
be  Imperial  and  Provincial  Rome  and  conceives  the  point 
of  the  book  to  be  the  encouragement  of  the  Christians  in 
their  struggle  with  Rome  during  the  Domitianic  persecu- 
tions with  the  promise  of  ultimate  spiritual  victory  over 
Rome.  This  struggle  with  Rome  is  used  as  a  type  of 
Christianity's  conflict  with  the  world  power  of  evil  in  all 
the  ages,  but  without  specific  application  of  all  the  images 


192         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

to  definite  persons  and  events.  The  picture  is  drawn  on 
large  canvas  with  bold  outline  and  symbolic  imagery  of 
the  world  conflict.  The  actual  condition  of  the  Seven 
Churches  is  thus  seen  to  be  immediately  in  the  writer's 
mind.  The  discoveries  in  Asia  Minor  throw  some  light  on 
this  theory.  The  lessons  of  the  book  are  spiritual  for  all 
time,  though  the  historical  background  was  definite  and 
near  to  the  readers  of  the  book. 

7.  Scripture  lesson.    Rev.  1-3. 

8.  Any  Bible  dictionary  or  commentary. 

For  further  study,  see  Ramsay — Letters  to  the  Seven 
Churches;  Anderson,  Scott — (New-Century  Bible);  Swete — 
Apocalypse  of  St.  John;  Hort — Apocalypse  1-3. 

LESSON  II. 
Revelation  4-11. 

1.  Scripture  lesson.    Rev.  4-11. 

2.  History  of  the  Theories  (Broadus). 

Sketch  the  history  of  interpretation  of  the  book.  (Elliott's 
history  fullest — brief  in  Smith's  Dictionary.  Herzog,  etc. — also 
in  Stuart.)     Three  great  periods. 

I.  In  first  three  centuries  before  Constantino  the  Christians 
were  persucted  by  authorities  at  Rome;  they  therefore  regarded 
Rome  as  their  great  enemy,  the  beast,  the  harlot,  the  antichrist, 
etc.,  and  looked  with  longing  for  the  coming  of  Christ  to  reign 
1,000  years  with  his  people.  Some  regarded  this  reign  as  in- 
volving only  spiritual  enjoyments.  But  others  took  a  grossly 
sensual  view — Chiliasm,  like  "The  Gates  Ajar,"  and  much 
worse — a  tendency  strengthened  by  Montanism,  and  this  led  to 
violent  opposition,  so  that  some  in  the  third  century  began  to 
attack  the  book  as  too  much  encouraging  Chiliasm.  (See 
Neander,  I.,  p.  649ff.    Herzog,  "Chiliasmus.") 

n.  After  Constantine  (say  A.  D.  325),  views  changed.  Rome 
was  now  reckoned  the  friend  and  supporter  of  Christianity.  Be- 
came common  to  hold  that  Christ's  reign  of  1,000  years  began 


THE   REVELATION   OF  JOHN.  193 

with  Constantine.  He  (C.)  was  the  man-child  of  chap,  xii.,  bom 
of  the  woman,  the  church.  So  there  had  already  begim  before 
the  resurrection,  a  secular  reign  of  Christ  for  1,000  years.  Con- 
sequences of  this  change:  (1)  Thus  the  longing  for  Christ's 
coming  died  out  among  men.  (2)  So,  too,  arose  the  historical 
theory  of  interpretation — part  already  past,  the  1,000  years 
having  begun,  remainder  yet  to  come.  Successive  interpreters 
make  the  book  a  waxen  nose  (Ebrard  in  Herzog).  Every  in- 
terpreter of  each  successive  age  would  find  in  the  book  events 
up  to  his  time.  This  not  wrong,  if  cautiously  done.  But  con- 
stant tendency  was,  as  it  has  been  ever  since,  to  make  these 
events  cover  the  whole  groimd  of  the  book,  so  as  to  infer  that 
the  end  was  near.  For  this  tendency  two  reasons:  (1)  We  are 
taught  to  look  for  Christ's  coming.  (2)  Only  the  men  whose 
imaginations  were  inflamed  by  the  thought  that  the  book  showed 
Christ's  coming  to  be  certainly  near,  set  themselves  to  write 
expositions  of  the  book.  We  easily  see  the  error  thus  com- 
mitted by  men  who  lived,  say  six  or  nine  centuries  ago,  in  as- 
suming that  the  events  up  to  their  time  covered  nearly  the 
v/hole  ground — and  there  is  here  a  warning. 

III.  The  Reformers  of  the  16th  century  (Luther,  Calvin, 
etc.)  gained  two  new  points.  (1)  It  was  already  more  than 
1,000  years  since  Constantine,  (2)  They  began  to  see  in  the 
harlot  Babylon  the  Papacy.  Then  comparing  Daniel  and  2 
Thess.,  they  identified  the  harlot  Babylon  with  Antichrist.  That 
the  Papacy  is  Antichrist  was  asserted  by  Ltuher,  Calvin,  Knox, 
and  in  1703  was  declared  by  Turrettin  to  be  the  firm  belief  of  all 
Reformers  and  Protestants.  This  position  has  obviously  great 
plausibility.  In  the  first  period  the  Christians  had  understood 
the  Babylon  of  chap.  xvil.  to  be  Rome,  especially  in  xvii.,  9.  So 
the  Protestants  were  but  reviving  the  interpretation  of  the 
early  Fathers,  only  not  Pagan,  but  Papal  Rome. 

To  escape  from  the  Protestant  position,  two  Spanish  Jesuits, 

late  in  the  16th  century,  devised  each  a  new  theory.    Ribera  of 

Salamanca,  in  A.  D.  1585    (about  3  centuries  ago),  presented 

the  Futurist  scheme;  and  a  little  later,  Alcasar  of  Seville,  the 

13 


IM  NEW  TESTAMENT   SYLLABUS. 

Preterist  scheme  (Elliott,  IV.,  465-9).  Of  course,  each  has  since 
Ixeen  a  good  deal  modified. 

It  is  curious  to  trace  the  history  of  the  principal  works  that 
followed.  In  England  Mede,  in  1632,  published  a  powerful  expo- 
sition on  the  historical  scheme.  The  second  beast  is  the 
Papacy,  the  first  three  vials  are  John  Huss,  Luther,  Queen 
Elizabeth,  etc.  But  Hammond,  in  1656  (time  of  Cromwell,  when 
Churchmen  were  hardly  treated  by  the  Puritans,  and  so  less 
hostile  to  Rome)  adopted  the  Preterist  scheme  of  Alcasar.  In 
France,  Jurieu,  a  Protestant  exiled  by  revocation  of  the  Edict  of 
Nantes,  published  in  1685  an  exposition  mainly  based  on  Mede; 
and  this  was  answered  five  years  after  by  the  celebrated 
Bossuet,  taking  the  preterist  view,  so  as  to  guard  the  Papacy 
from  the  charge  of  being  the  harlot  Babylon  and  Antichrist. 
His  view  has  ever  since  been  the  favorite  among  Romanists. 

In  the  18th  century  the  most  famous  works  are  those  of  Vit- 
ringa  (in  Holland)  and  Sir  Isaac  Newton,  both  on  the  historical 
theory.  Late  in  the  century  began  the  great  series  of  Preterist 
expositions  in  Germany,  continuing  to  the  present  day. 

Among  historical  expositors  (including  nearly  all  Protestants 
out  of  Germany)  the  French  Revolution  introduced  a  new  idea, 
viz.:  that  popular  revolution  and  infidelity,  one  or  both,  are 
among  the  things  predicted  by  the  beast  and  the  vials.  It  was 
found  to  be  just  1,260  years  from  Justinian's  edict,  recognizing 
the  Pope's  supremacy,  to  the  French  Revolution.  The  French 
Revolution  still  plays  an  important  part  in  most  treatises  on 
the  historical  scheme. 

Early  in  this  century  the  Futurist  theory  was  urged  by  some 
Romanists  and  some  Church  of  England  writers. 

For  further  study,  see  Smith,  Scott,  Swete,  Moffatt,  Charles. 


LESSON   III. 
Revelation  12:1-19:10. 


1.  Scripture  lesson.    Rev.  12:1-19:10. 

2.  Examination  of  the  theories  (Broadus). 


THE   REVELATION    OF  JOHN.  195 

I.  Preterist  Theories. 

Neronian  Preterists  hold  that  the  book  was  written  in  the 
reign  of  Nero  (who  died  A.  D.  68),  or  in  that  of  Galba,  just 
after ;  that  all  the  predictions  refer  to  the  overthrow  of  Judaism 
by  the  destruction  of  Jerusalm  in  A.  D.  70  (see  chap,  xi.,  8),  and 
the  fall  of  Heathenism  as  represented  by  the  death  of  Nero  and 
the  interruption  of  his  persecutions.  A  favorite  passage  with 
them  is  xvii.,  9,  10,  where  the  6th  head,  beginning  with  Julius 
Caesar,  would  be  Nero,  and  the  7th  which  was  to  follow,  "must 
remain  a  little  time,"  viz.:  Galba,  who  reigned  a  few  months. 
That  is  certainly  one  of  the  most  exact  correspondences  ever 
yet  found  in  the  interpretation  of  the  book.  (Duesterdieck, 
Cowles,  p.  38.)  They  say  that  Rome  is  called  a  harlot  because 
idolatrous.  They  dwell  much  on  the  expression,  "the  time  is  at 
hand,"  i.,  3;  xxii.,  6,  10,  etc.  They  insist  that  we  must  not  ex- 
pect to  find  a  separate  event  corresponding  to  every  detail  of 
the  imagery.  Stuart  compares  Psalm  xviii.,  in  which  David's 
deliverance  from  Saul  is  described  by  high  wrought  and  multi- 
plied images. 

Objections. 

(1)  It  depends  on  the  theory  of  the  early  (Neronian)  date, 
which  is  contrary  to  the  very  strong  evidence  of  the  early  Chris- 
tians and  conflicts  with  the  striking  appropriateness  of  the  book 
to  be  the  last  book  of  the  New  Testament.  (Compare  Bernard.) 
Still  a  good  many  orthodox  writers  now  contend  for  early  date, 
on  general  grounds,  as  Lightfoot  (on  Gal.),  Westcott  on  John 
(Bib.  Comm.).  Opinion  that  it  was  written  in  the  time  of  Nero 
is  first  found  in  the  Syriac  translation  of  Revelation,  made  in 
the  6th  century  (Warfield,  p.  232). 

(2)  The  fulfillment  being  so  long  past,  it  ought  by  this 
time  to  have  become  quite  plain;  but  it  is  not  so. 

(3)  It  is  impossible  to  work  out  the  details,  referring  chap, 
vi.-xi.  to  overthrow  of  Judaism,  and  chap.  xii.  or  xix.  to  death  of 
Nero  and  end  of  the  persecutions  he  introduced.  And  Psa.  xviii- 
is  by  no  means  a  parallel  case. 


196         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

(4)  In  the  favorite  text,  xrii.,  9-11,  what  of  the  8th  head  (in 
verse  11)  ?  Compare  xiii.,  3.  Stuart  makes  it  refer  to  a  popular 
belief  that  Nero  was  not  really  dead,  or  would  come  to  life 
again — a  strange  interpretation,  surely.  Cowles  rejects  this, 
but  has  nothing  to  substitute. 

(5)  Predictions  as  to  future  rest  and  glory  are  belittled  by 
being  restricted  to  earthly  conditions,  and  to  3  or  4  years. 
Stuart  tried  to  remove  this  objection  by  making  chap,  xx.-xxii. 
refer  to  future  triumphs  of  Christianity.  But  thus  a  great  leap 
in  the  interpretation  with  no  corresponding  gap  in  the  pre- 
diction. And  then  what  of  vii.,  9  ff.,  and  many  similar  pas- 
sages ? 

(6)  Analogy  of  Old  Testament  prophecies  is  against  it. 
Daniel,  most  closely  connected  with  Revelation,  predicts  (ac- 
cording to  the  common  view)  as  far  as  the  coming  of  Christ, 
and  probably  much  farther.  So  with  most  of  the  prophets. 
But  here  only  3  or  4  years  at  farthest. 

Yet  this  is  the  opinion  of  most  Germans  now,  including 
Ewald,  Duesterdieck,  DeWette  (though  not  of  Hengstenberg  and 
Ebrard).  Also  of  Stuart,  who  commonly  followed  the  Germans; 
and  of  Renan,  in  his  book,  "L' Antichrist."  Recent,  brief  and 
clear  exposition  on  this  theory  in  Cowles.  The  Germans  like 
it,  because  it  reduces  the  prophetic  element  to  a  minimum; 
Cowles,  because  it  takes  away  everything  mystical,  makes  all 
simple  and  clear. 

2.  Domitianic  Preterists. 

This  view  began  with  the  Spanish  Jesuits  about  3  centuries 
ago,  and  was  put  in  better  form  nearly  2  centuries  ago  by  Bos- 
suet,  who  was  not  only  a  most  eloquent  preacher,  but  a  most 
skillful  controversialist  (Variations  of  Protestantism). 

They  hold  that  the  Apocalypse  predicted  the  triumphs  of 
iChristianity  over  Judaism  and  Paganism,  in  the  first  3  or  4 
Kjenturies.  As  to  Jews,  only  their  later  calamities  predicted,  for 
-the  book  was  written  twenty-five  years  after  the  destruction  of 
Jerusalem  by  Titus.  It  might  Include  the  second  destruction 
'in  time  of  Barcochba.  But  the  destruction  by  Titus  was  the 
great  calamity  to  the  Jews  and  Judaism,  of  which  the  sub- 


THE   REVELATION   OF  JOHN.  197 

sequent  events  were  but  subordinate  consequences.  Thus  the 
Domitianic  scheme  gains  over  the  Neronian  as  to  Rome  and 
Paganism,  but  loses  as  to  Jerusalem  and  Judaism. 

In  the  details,  Bossuet  utterly  fails  (Elliott,  IV.,  p.  55011). 
His  particular  interpretations  are  not  only  often  wanting  in 
plausibility,  but  they  often  contradict  one  another,  and  involve 
great  confusion  and  arbitrariness.  Thus  the  destruction  of 
the  Apocalyptic  Babylon  is  with  him  only  the  partial  destruc- 
tion of  Pagan  Rome  by  the  Northern  Barbarians.  But  it  was 
Christianized  Rome,  and  not  Pagan  Rome,  that  was  sacked 
by  the  Goths.  And  then  Babylon  was  to  be  afterwards  the  seat 
of  unclean  beasts  and  demons — whereas  Rome  after  the  sack- 
ing by  the  Barbarians  continued  to  b,e  the  seat  of  professed 
Christianity.  Such  facts  seem  fatal  to  Bossuet's  scheme.  More- 
over the  ZV2  years  (1260  days)  so  prominent,  are  not  explained. 
But  any  one  who  wishes  to  meet  the  Romanists  on  the  interpre- 
tation of  Revelation,  must  make  himself  well  acquainted  with 
the  Domitianic  Preterist  scheme,  of  which  Bossuet  is  said  to  be 
still  the  principal  exponent. 


II.  Futurist  Theories. 

These  hold  that  all,  at  least  after  chap,  i.-iii.,  refers  to 
Christ's  second  advent  and  events  immediately  preceding  it. 
Some  say  even  the  Epistle  to  the  seven  churches.  Israel  is  the 
literal  Israel. 

The  Apocalyptic  beast  or  Antichrist  under  his  last  head,  is 
held  to  be  a  personal,  infidel  opposer  of  Christianity,  who  will 
rule  over  Saints  ZV2  years  (no  year-day),  till  destroyed  by 
Christ's  coming. 

These  writers  then  agree  with  the  Preterists  in  rejecting 
year-day  and  holding  to  only  literal  Israel,  but  opposed  as  to 
time  of  fulfillment. 

The  Futurist  theory  was  devised,  as  the  Preterist  was,  three 
centuries  ago  (by  Spanish  Jesuit  Ribera),  to  set  aside  the  Pro- 
testant historical  interpretation.  It  is  of  late  a  good  deal  advo- 
cated in  the  church  of  England,  for  several  reasons.     (1.)  DIs- 


198         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

satisfaction  with  the  common  Protestant  interpretations  and 
with  the  Preterist  scheme,  and  just  cutting  the  knot.  (2.)  Op- 
position to  year-day  theory,  which  was  little  heard  of — really, 
not  a  little  different.  Chief  advocate  Dr.  S.  R.  Maitland — also 
some  of  the  celebrated  Oxford  tracts.  (Elliott,  IV.,  524,  526.) 
I  know  of  no  American  work  advocating  it,  and  but  one  German 
Protestant  work,  that  of  Fuller,  1875. 

This  theory  cannot  be  proved,  nor  entirely  disproved.  The 
analogy  of  the  Old  Testament  prophecies  is  against  it.  It 
seems  inconsistent  with  statements  such  as  "the  things  must 
shortly  come  to  pass,"  etc.,  but  this  might  be  explained.  It 
seems  less  appropriate  to  console  John's  first  readers — but 
James  said,  "Be  patient,  brethren,  unto  the  coming  of  the 
Lord."  To  take  the  Apocalyptic  Israel  as  the  literal  Israel  in- 
volves the  literal  restoration  of  the  Jews,  etc.  (which  is  very 
doubtful),  and  also  various  practical  difficulties  in  accord  with 
events  that  have  already  occurred,  so  as  to  make  it  very  prob- 
able that  some  of  the  predictions  have  been,  at  least  in  part, 
fulfilled. 

One  thing  they  urge  is  certainly  true,  viz.:  that  the  book 
is  really  a  prophecy  of  the  second  coming  of  Christ,  and  the 
events  that  will  precede  it — not  of  coming  events  in  general, 
ending  with  the  second  coming.  This  is  important.  For  Chris- 
tians the  great  event  of  the  future  is  Christ's  second  coming, 
and  other  things  derive  their  chief  importance  from  their  rela- 
tion to  it.  And  so  we  are  still  in  the  same  attitude  as  regards 
this  book  that  the  first  readers  occupied,  still  looking  for  the 
great  coming  event,  though  some  of  the  preliminary  events 
have  no  doubt  already  occurred. 

III.  Historical  Theories. 

1.  Synchronous.  This  holds  that  the  three  series  of  sevens 
are  parallel.  Some  writers  include  the  seven  churches  also,  as 
Vitringa  (Elliott,  IV.,  485).  This  synchronous  scheme  is 
adopted  by  very  many  English  writers;  e.  g.  Vaughan,  Fair- 
bairn.    It  has  able  representatives  in  Lord  and  Smith.     They 


THE   REVELATION   OF  JOHN.  199 

do  not  suppose  that  the  three  series  correspond  at  every  step, 
as  for  .example,  that  the  fourth  seal,  the  fourth  trumpet  and 
the  fourth  vial  mean  exactly  the  same  event;  but  that  each 
series  begins  near  the  time  of  John,  and  each  extends  to  the 
second  coming  of  Christ.    In  favor  of  this  theory: 

(1)  Analogy  of  many  Old  Testament  prophecies,  particular- 
ly Pharaoh's  dream  (two  sevens  too),  and  Daniel's  prophecies. 

(2)  The  imagery  of  the  later  seals  and  later  trumpets  seems 
naturally  to  suggest  the  time  of  the  end;  e.  g.  vi.,  12-17,  par- 
ticularly verse  17,  and  vii.,  9-17;  again,  x.,  6  (sixth  trumpet) 
and  xi.,  15: 

(3)  Diflaculty  of  fixing  certainly  the  fulfillment  of  the  seals 
and  trumpets  upon  the  other  theory.  Upon  the  continuous 
theory,  these,  at  any  rate  the  seals,  are  long  past,  and  it  ought 
to  be  possible  to  settle  their  interpretation;  but  the  various 
schemes  are  still  uncertain.  (This  holds  against  Elliott's  seals 
as  truly  as  against  Bossuet's  scheme  of  the  whole.)  Upon  syn- 
chronous theory,  much  easier  to  suppos,e  that  the  first  of  each 
series,  while  still  obscure,  will  become  plain  hereafter,  in  con- 
nection  with  the  second  coming. 

Each  of  these  three  arguments  has  no  small  weight. 

Objections. 

(1)  It  seems  to  us  less  natural  than  the  continuous  theory; 
it  appears  to  make  of  the  book  a  jumble. 

(2)  In  viii.,  1  the  trumpets  seem  to  grow  out  of  the  seals — 
s.eventh  seal  has  no  fulfillment  indicated,  save  in  the  trumpets. 
Still,  there  is  the  silence  in  heaven — and  it  may  be  said  that  the 
matter  ends  with  only  that,  because  other  and  parallel  series 
were  to  follow. 

Thus  the  synchronous  seems  to  have  very  good  ground  as 
against  the  continuous  theory. 

(2)  Continuous.  Elliott  (closely  followed  by  Cumming), 
Barnes,  and  most  English  and  American  writers  now. 

This  seems  to  us  more  natural.  Events  beginning  soon,  and 
extending  to  the  second  coming.    If  the  preterist  and  the  futur- 


200         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

ist  theories  are  not  established,  we  seem  shut  up  to  the  histor- 
ical, and  the  continuous  is  in  itself  the  natural  way  to  take  the 
successive  theories,  if  th,ere  is  nothing  to  the  contrary. 

Two  Great  Difficulties. 

apply  to  both  of  the  historical  theories,  but  one  of  them  espec- 
ially to  the  continuous  theory. 

(1)  Lack  of  clear  fulfillment  of  the  early  predictions.  If  the 
continuous  theory  be  correct,  then  the  seals  were  fulfilled  long 
ago,  and  should  now  be  clear. 

Thus  Elliott  makes  the  sixth  seal  refer  to  the  time  of  Con- 
stantine,  the  others  of  course  preceding.  These,  then,  ought  to 
be  clear.  Well,  as  to  the  four  horsemen  of  the  first  four  seals, 
Elliott  makes  a  fair  showing  for  taking  the  horses  as  denoting 
the  Roman  Empire,  the  horse  behind  sacred  to  Mars  from  the 
time  of  Romulus  (tradition)  L,  117  f. 

The  first  s.eal  is  the  period  of  preparation  which  followed  the 
reign  of  Domitian,  beginning  a  year  or  so  after  these  visions  and 
reaching  to  the  early  years  of  Commodus,  say  three-fourths  of 
a  century. 

The  second  seal  represents  the  civil  wars  which  followed, 
vi.,  4. 

The  third  seal  is  quite  imperfectly  made  out.  Alexander 
Severus,  oppressive  taxation  (black  horse  denoting  consequent 
distress — rider  with  balance  represents  Roman  proconsuls,  etc. 
To  prevent  these  the  Senate  sometimes  fixed  the  price  of  food 
(proof  from  Cicero! ! ).  Oil  and  wine.  All  Emperors  had  given 
the  Roman  populace  grain — at  this  period  oil  also  was  given 
by  several  emperors;  and  of  a  later  Emperor  (Aurelian)  we  are 
told  that  he  determined  to  give  the  people  wine — don't  know 
that  he  did  (Elliott,  I.,  165).    Does  not  this  look  like  trifling? 

The  fourth  seal  the  great  famine,  pestilence,  etc.,  in  the 
third  quarter  of  the  third  century.    Fits  very  well. 

The  fifth  seal  the  persecutions  under  Diocletian,  about  A.  D. 
300.  Fits  very  well.  "How  long"  (vi.,  10)  referred  to  the  fact 
that  many  grievous  persecutions  occurred  before  this.  The 
Christian  martyrs,  before  this  time  already,  were  beginning  to 


THE   REVELATION   OF  JOHN.  201 

expect  and  to  declare  that  their  blood  would  be  avenged  (Elliott, 
I.,  210) — of  course  they  did. 

The  sixth  seal — primary  vision  (vi.,  12-17)  destruction  of  the 
Pagan  power  in  the  Empire,  by  Constantine.  This  does  not 
come  up  to  the  strong  language.  Did  the  pagans  universally 
(every  bondman  and  freeman,  verse  17)  believe  that  the  day 
of  the  Lamb's  wrath  had  then  come?  It  was  not  a  day  of  gen- 
eral wailing  and  woe,  for  Constantine  did  not  forbid  pagan  wor- 
ship;   he  tolerated  and  protected  it. 

Second  vision,  chap,  vii.,  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel  mean 
the  mass  of  professing  Christians  under  and  after  Constantine 
(when  multitudes  joined  the  Christians,  most  of  them  without 
piety)  and  the  144,000  the  elect  of  grace  at  that  time.  There 
is  thought  to  be  special  reference  to  Augustine,  who  so  clearly 
brought  out  the  doctrine  of  election  and  the  certain  salvation 
of  the  elect,  as  prefigured  by  the  vision  of  the  palmbearers. 

Thus  the  interpretation  of  the  sixth  seal  seems  quite  a 
failure,  and  this  is  the  main  point  in  the  series.  The  third  also 
fails,  and  the  others,  though  more  plausible,  are  in  no  case  cer- 
tain. No  infidel  could  be  converted  by  the  fulfillment  of  this 
series  of  seals,  as  given  by  Elliott,  and  his  is  generally  regarded 
as  the  best  interpretation  of  them  on  the  continuous  scheme. 
And  Elliott  expresses  willingness  to  have  his  whole  theory 
tested  by  the  six  seals.  III.,  267. 

(2)  The  other  great  difficulty  about  historical  schemes  is, 
that  they  seem  to  require  the  year-day  theory. 

Year-day  theory  first  mentioned  A.  D.  1190  (see  Elliott, 
Cowles'  Appendix  and  Lee).  Applied  to  the  1260  days  (xi.,  3 
and  xii.,  6) ;  the  42  months  (xi.,  2  and  xiii.,  5) ;  the  time,  times 
and  half  a  time — ZV2  years  (xii.,  14) — this  last  in  Dan.  vii.,  25; 
xii.,  7.  Besides  some  (e.  g.  Elliott)  so  understand  the  5  months 
(ix.,  10),  the  hour  and  day  and  month  and  year  (ix.,  15),  and 
the  2V2  days  (xi.,  9,11).. 

The  principle  is  denied  by  Preterists  and  Futurists,  including 
Romanists,  Rationalists,  and  some  orthodox  writers,  and  also  by 
most  of  those  who  hold  to  successive  fulfillments,  or  to  the 
purely  spiritual  theory. 


202         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

1.  Passages  chiefly  relied  on  to  establish  the  year-day  theory 
are  three,  Dan.  ix.,  24-7;  Ezek.  iv.,  4-6;  Numb,  xiv.,  33-4. 

In  Daniel,  Gabriel  tells  him  it  shall  be  "seventy  weeks"  until 
Messiah. 

Ezek.  iv.,  4-6,  390  days  and  40  days,  "I  have  appointed  thee 
each  day  for  a  year." 

Numb,  xiv.,  34 — "each  day  for  a  year." 

This  is  all  the  Scriptural  proof — a  few  other  passages  ad- 
duced by  some,  but  clear  that  they  furnish  no  proof.  Corre- 
spondence between  Jewish  Sabbath,  Sabbatical  year  and  year  of 
Jubilee.  Further  argued  that  results  as  to  the  Papacy  show  that 
the  principle  is  true. 

Bush  urges  that  in  attacking  year-day  we  attack  the  Prot- 
estant Reformation,  which  built  itself  largely  on  the  application 
of  Revelation  to  the  Papacy.  If  true,  this  would  settle  nothing, 
for  the  Reformers  made  many  grave  mistakes.  But  it  is  not 
true,  for  Luther  and  other  Reformers  of  his  time  knew  noth- 
ing of  the  year-day  theory  at  all. 

2.  Objections  to  the  year-day  theory. 

Observe  that  it  is  improbable  in  itself,  and  requires  clear 
proof  from  Scripture. 

In  Dan.  ix.,  24-27,  it  is  literally  '70  sevens'  or  '70  hebdomads,' 
and  may  mean  '70  sevens'  of  years,  just  as  well  as  '70  sevens'  of 
days.  Gesenius  quotes  from  a  late  Latin  writer  the  phrase  'heb- 
domas  annorum,'  'a  seven  of  years.'  Some  Rabbinical  writers 
use  the  Hebrew  term  in  this  way,  a  sev,en  of  years.  Elliott  says 
that  this  proves  nothing  as  to  Scripture,  but  certainly  as  to 
Daniel  at  least,  it  proves  such  a  sense  possible. 

Daniel  had  been  considering  Jeremiah's  prediction  that  the 
captivity  would  last  70  years,  and  thought  they  must  be  nearly 
ended  (Dan.  ix.,  2).  They  he  prayed  long  for  God's  forgiving 
mercy  to  Israel,  and  Gabriel  appeared  saying  that  it  would  be 
'70  sevens'  till  Messiah. 

As  the  prophecy  he  had  been  studying  told  of  70  years,  so 
here  he  would  naturally  understand  70  sevens  of  years,  seven 
times  as  long.  Compare  "till  7  seven  times?  Yea,  till  70  times 
seven."     Grant  then  that  by  Old  Testament  usage  70  sevens 


THE   REVELATION   OF  JOHN.  20» 

would  more  naturally  mean  70  weeks,  it  does  not  certainly  mean 
that,  th,e  other  being  not  only  possible,  but  under  the  circum- 
stances natural. 

In  Ezek.  iv.,  4-6,  the  day  is  appointed  as  a  symbol  of  a  year; 
but  the  Lord  does  not  there  say  day  and  mean  year. 

In  Numbers  xiv.  there  is  a  correspondence  between  the  ap- 
pointed punishment  of  the  nation  and  the  time  spent  by  the 
spies,  'each  day  for  a  year.'  Now  if  God  had  said,  "Ye  shall 
wander  40  days,"  and  it  had  turned  out  40  years,  this  would  then 
be  a  case  in  point. 

These  passages  show  that  such  might  have  been  the  mean- 
ing, that  such  a  prophetic  relation  could  have  been  established, 
but  they  do  not  at  all  prove  that  it  was  done.  If  the  question  be 
asked,  what  right  have  you  to  understand  that  1260  days  signify 
1260  years? — do  these  passages  prove  the  right?  At  most  they 
only  furnish  a  perhaps. 

But  then  remember  how  many  dates  are  given  elsewhere  in 
prophecy  and  never  with  the  year-day  meaning.  The  prophecy 
which  Daniel  himself  was  studying,  the  prophecy  of  Jeremiah 
as  to  70  years,  was  correctly  taken  by  him  as  literal.  Suppose 
he  had  taken  it  as  year-day,  then  it  would  have  meant  25,200 
years.  So,  too,  with  Daniel's  time,  times,  and  the  dividing  of  a 
time  vii.,  25  and  xii.,  7),  said  to  mean  not  merely  3%  years  but 
(1260  days  and  so)  1260  years;  compare  Dan.  iv.,  17,  23,  25,  32, 
where  four  times  over  it  is  predicted  that  Nebuchadnezzar's  in- 
sanity would  last  until  7  "times"  should  have  passed  over  him. 
Here  a  time  is  evidently  a  year — nobody  would  understand  the 
7  times  to  be  2520  years.  And  we  are  bound  therefore  so  to 
understand  the  3 1/^  times  of  Daniel  till  the  contrary  be  proved. 
This  phase  in  Daniel  and  Revelation  sounds  mysterious  and 
seems  to  prove  something,  but  Daniel's  own  usage  shows  what 
he  means  by  it.  In  like  manner  in  Revelation,  if  we  apply  the 
year-day  theory  to  the  3  V2  years,  we  should  also  apply  it  to  the 
1,000  years  of  Christ's  reign,  making  it  360,000  years,  which 
nobody  does,  except  Mr.  Lord,  Glasgow,  and  a  German  writer, 
Driessen,  A.  D.  1717. 

Thus  then  the  year-day  theory  is  possible,  but  not  proven. 


204         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

with  a  strong  probability  against  it  from  the  very  usage  of 
Daniel  and  Revelation. 

Now  as  to  the  results  of  the  year-day  theory. 

Take  Elliott's  interpretation.  The  1260  years  begins  with 
the  decree  of  Justinian,  recognizing  the  Pope's  supremacy,  in 
A.  D.  529-533.  Add  1,260,  and  w,e  get  1789-93,  French  Revolution. 
Then,  we  are  told,  the  Papacy  was  overthrown.  But  afterwards 
Phocas  issued  a  decree  confirming  the  Pope's  supremacy,  in 
604-8,  and  this  with  1260  gives  1864-8.  So  a  few  years  ago  it 
was  urged  that  at  that  epoch,  say  1867,  Christ  would  come  and 
completely  destroy  the  Papacy.  To  this  effect  numerous  works 
of  Gumming. 

In  1872  Dr.  Gumming,  following  Elliott,  published  another 
volume,  comparing  events  of  1870  with  the  vials  in  chap,  xvi., 
and  triumphantly  claiming  that  here  was  a  plain  fulfillment,  etc. 

And  what  right  have  we  to  count  the  1260  years  from  two 
distinct  decrees,  75  years  apart?  Elliott  says  Jeremiah's  70 
years  of  the  captivity  have  to  be  counted  both  from  B.  G.  606  to 
decree  of  Cyrus,  and  from  B.  C.  588  (destruction  of  Jerusalem) 
to  decree  of  Darius,  about  B.  C.  518  or  520.  This  is  not  all 
certain;  and  if  it  were,  we  could  not  with  any  certainty  infer 
the  same  thing  here. 

So  the  results  prove  nothing  conclusive.  Mr.  Lord  is  very 
chary  of  fixing  the  beginning  of  the  1260  years. 

The  year-day  theory  may  perhaps  be  true — no  better  can  be 
said  for  it. 

The  Historical  Scheme  in  general  does  not  stand  or  fall  with 
the  year-day  theory;  but  all  the  now  current  historical  interpre- 
tations are  based  on  it. 

For  further  study,  see  J.  A.  Smith,  Anderson  Scott,  Swete, 
Moffatt. 

LESSON  IV. 
Revelation  19:11-22:21. 

1.  Scripture  lesson.    Rev.  19:11-22:21. 

2.  The  Millennium.    Rev.  XX.  (Broadus). 

A  thousand  years  would  be  natural  as  a  round  number  for 


THE  REVELATION   OF  JOHN.  205 

a  long  period.  Plato's  Republic  supposes  men  to  return  to  life 
at  the  end  of  every  thousand  years,  and  the  Talmud  variously 
connects  a  p.eriod  of  a  thousand  years  with  King  Messiah  (Lee, 
p.  809). 


Different  Theories. 

1.  The  1,000  years  after  the  Christian  era,  or  after  the  tri- 
umph of  Christianity  over  Pagan  Rome  in  time  of  Constantine, 
(some  say  Charlemagne  about  A.  D.  800).  Towards  the  end  of 
the  10th  century  there  was  a  widespread  opinion  that  the  end 
of  the  world  was  approaching.  Many  charters  of  that  time  be- 
gin with  the  words:     "As  the  world  is  now  drawing  to  a  close." 

In  the  beginning  of  the  14th  century,  1,000  years  after  Con- 
stantine, the  Turks  came  into  prominence  (thought  to  be  Gog 
and  Magog). 

This  theory  was  once  universal.  Now  held  by  the  Romanists. 
Enough  for  us  that  duriung  this  period  Popery  and  Moham- 
medanism were  almost  universal  in  place  of  primitive  Christian- 
ity. 

2.  Millennium  a  new  Church  organization.  The  Anabaptists 
of  Munster,  1533,  made  It  the  new  Zion,  with  community  of 
gods  and  wives.  Swedenborg  made  it  the  new  Jerusalem 
Church,  which  he  founded.  The  Mormons  call  themselves 
Latter-day  Saints,  and  propose  to  restore  nature  to  Paradisaical 
innocence,  by  a  sort  of  Theocracy  and  polygamy.  "The  Temple" 
at  Jaffa,  etc.  (community  of  goods).    Many  others. 

3.  Millennium  before  second  Advent,  or  postmlllennial  Ad- 
rent.  According  to  this  view  the  millennium  consists  in  a  gen- 
eral prevalence  of  Christianity  upon  earth,  before  the  second 
coming  of  Christ— supposed  to  be  prefigured  by  Old  Testament 
prophets,  particularly  the  latter  part  of  Isaiah.  This  view  Is 
the  most  common  one  among  us — first  mentioned  three  cen- 
turies ago  (Elliott,  rV.,  103n).  It  grew  out  of  the  first  theory, 
as  heretofore  explained.  The  best  book  in  favor  of  it  is  prob- 
ably Brown  on  the  second  Advent. 

The  great  argument  against  it  is  the  passages,  "Shall  he  find 


206         NEW  TESTAMENT  SYLLABUS. 

faith  on  the  Earth?" — "As  in  the  days  of  Noah,  Lot,"  «tc.,  Rev. 
i,,  7;  chap,  xx.,  etc.  The  common  view  must  at  least  be  greatly 
modified. 

4.  Millennium  after  second  Advent,  or  premillennial  Advent. 
Christ  will  come,  first  resurrection  of  the  saints  only,  who  will 
reign  with  Christ  in  this  world  1,000  years — then  Satan  loosed 
again,  renewed  struggle  and  victory,  resurrection  of  the  wicked 
and  last  judgment. 

This  was  common  among  the  early  Christians,  many  of  them 
with  gross  notions  we  call  Chiliasm  (contrast  Millennarianism — 
so  the  words  apostle  and  missionary — marriage  supper  and  New 
Jerusalem  signifying  that  every  day  a  sumptuous  meal  and 
plenty  of  gold  and  precious  stones.  But  not  all  Christians  were 
Chiliasts  in  this  sense. 

This  view  is  now  increasingly  popular — its  advocates  usually 
called  Adventists  or  Millenarians.  Good  specimen  in  Elliott. 
Lord  holds  in  like  manner  that  it  shall  follow  the  Advent,  and 
then  carries  out  the  year-day  theory  consistently  by  making  the 
1,000  years  represent  360,000  years.  Throughout  this  period 
the  holy  dead,  having  had  their  resurrection,  are  to  reign  with 
Christ  on  earth — and  only  after  that  will  come  the  resurrection 
of  the  wicked  and  the  judgment.  This  follows  the  text  strictly. 
Glasgow  gives  the  same  view  as  to  360,000.  See  also  "Yesterday, 
today,"  etc.,  for  beautiful  descriptions  of  the  marriage  of  the 
Lamb,  Millennium  and  Many  Mansions. 

This  has  in  its  favor  the  plain  meaning  of  Rev.  xx.,  and  the 
teachings  of  our  Lord  above  mentioned,  and  the  utter  uncertainty 
as  to  when  Christ  will  come,  which  is  not  so  strictly  true  ac- 
cording to  the  third  theory.  These  are  strong  arguments.  See 
valuable  article  in  Presb.  Review,  July,  1882. 

5.  Purely  spiritual — 1,000  years  and  all — Davidson.  Sweden- 
borg  (No.  842)  says  that  the  phrase  1,000  years  signifies  an  in- 
definite time.  In  general  he  says  that  when  'thousand'  stands 
alone  (i.  e.  not  7  thousand,  12  thousand,  etc.),  it  always  denotes 
an  indefinite  number;  he  has  been  so  told  from  Heaven.  In  the 
Heavenly  world,  to  which  our  Bible  answers,  they  read  for  'a 


THE   REVELATION    OF  JOHN.  207 

thousand'  an  indefinite  number.  And  they  wonder  there  at  the 
errors  upon  earth  about  this  matter  of  the  1,000  years. 

6.  Millennium  in  modified  s,ense — Fairbairn,  Milligan.  Fair- 
bairn's  view:  Millennium  before  second  Advent,  but  indefinite 
as  to  time.  Consisting  only  in  greater  prevalence  of  Christianity 
than  ever  before,  and  its  introduction  constitutes  in  one  sense  a 
coming  of  Christ — there  will  be  many  comings. 

Milligan  compares  Ezek.  xxxix.,  912,  to  show  that  7  years,  7 
months,  there  signify  only  complete  destruction  or  cleansing, 
not  denoting  a  particular  period  of  time.  So  he  thinks  here — 
1,000  years  denoting  completeness  of  Christ's  reign — 1,000  being 
a  favorite  number  in  this  book,  to  symbolize  what  is  perfect  and 
glorious  in  the  condition  of  Christianity,  e.  g.  ix.,  4ff.;  xxi.,  16. 
This  quite  possible. 

Time  of  Beginning. 

To  some  extent  discussed  independently  of  the  question  as 
to  time  of  second  Advent.  Early  Christians — some  said  accept- 
able year  of  the  Lord  and  A.  D.  365 — many  said  at  end  of  6,000 
years,  and  this  according  to  Septuagint  chronology  would  be 
about  A.  D.  550  (Elliott,  L,  370,  371).  Very  many,  as  A.  D.  1000 
approached,  thought  Christ  would  come  then.  (See  above.) 
Of  late  the  time  is  usually  inferred  from  the  1260  years.  But 
the  time  of  Christ's  second  coming  is  unknown  and  unknowable. 

Remark  upon  Glasgow's  grave  calculations  as  to  whether 
the  earth  can  hold  the  population  at  the  end  of  1,000  years  (not 
to  say  360,000)  of  profound  peace,  universal  industry,  and  free- 
dom from  vices.  A  new  Malthusianism.  He  holds  (1)  that  the 
sea  may  cease,  and  the  deserts  and  ice  mountains  be  changed; 
(2)  that  the  earth  may  be  enlarged;  (3)  that  natural  inclina- 
tions may  be  so  moderated  as  to  restrict  the  increase  of  the 
race. 

Note. — The  lectures  which  accompany  these  lessons  dwell 
on  the  moral  and  spiritual  instructions  of  the  book,  showing 
that  whatever  view  may  be  adopted  as  to  the  fulfillment  of  its 
predictions,  it  should  be  freely  used  for  practical  edification. 

For  further  study,  see,  as  above,  Smith.  Scott,  Swete, 
MofEatt. 


Date 

Due 

^//...'.■._i  i 

Jf^  u 

ja?-:5j 

► 

Imt; 

^ 

